2011 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M

Home , Chevrolet Suburban, Chevrolet Tahoe, Lights Go Out

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents ...... 8-13 Vehicle Features ...... 1-21 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Performance and Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-27 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Controls ...... 5-2 Starting and Operating ...... 9-27 Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Exhaust ...... 9-35 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Indicators ...... 5-11 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-37 Doors ...... 2-10 Information Displays ...... 5-27 Drive Systems ...... 9-43 Vehicle Security...... 2-14 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-36 Brakes ...... 9-50 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-17 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-46 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-52 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-20 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-54 Cruise Control ...... 9-55 Windows ...... 2-21 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-58 Roof ...... 2-23 Lighting ...... 6-1 Fuel ...... 9-67 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Towing...... 9-73 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-91 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 General Information ...... 10-2 Safety Belts ...... 3-20 Introduction ...... 7-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Airbag System ...... 3-37 Radio ...... 7-8 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Child Restraints ...... 3-52 Audio Players ...... 7-14 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-34 Electrical System ...... 10-38 Phone ...... 7-47 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2011 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M

Wheels and Tires ...... 10-46 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Jump Starting ...... 10-83 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Towing...... 10-87 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Appearance Care ...... 10-93 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Customer Information ...... 13-2 General Information ...... 11-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-15 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-3 Vehicle Data Recording Recommended Fluids, and Privacy...... 13-16 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-7 Index ...... i-1 Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens the features found on your vehicle. A French language copy of this For vehicles first sold in Canada, manual can be obtained from your substitute the name “General dealer or from: Motors of Canada Limited” for The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and it appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, hybrid supplement for more the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, information. Helm, Incorporated SUBURBAN, and Z71 are P.O. Box 07130 Keep this manual in the vehicle Detroit, MI 48207 trademarks and/or service marks for quick reference. of General Motors LLC, its 1-800-551-4123 subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Numéro de poste 6438 This manual describes features that de langue française may or may not be on your specific www.helminc.com vehicle either because they are options that you did not purchase or due to changes subsequent to the printing of this owner manual.

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System : : Oil Pressure Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control g : Outside Power Foldaway that may be found on the vehicle B : Engine Coolant Temperature Mirrors and what they mean. For more } information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps : Power the Index. / # : Fog Lamps : Remote Vehicle Start 0 : Adjustable Pedals > . : Fuel Gauge : Safety Belt Reminders : Airbag Readiness Light 9 + : Fuses 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor : Air Conditioning _ # 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam : Tow/Haul Mode ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Changer F : Traction Control % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls j : LATCH System Child M : Windshield Washer Fluid or OnStar® Restraints $ : Brake System Warning Light * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Steering Wheel Performance and Maintenance In Brief Adjustment ...... 1-15 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-27 Throttle and Brake Pedal Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-27 Instrument Panel Adjustment ...... 1-15 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-28 Interior Lighting ...... 1-15 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-28 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-16 Driving for Better Fuel Initial Drive Information Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-17 Economy ...... 1-28 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Climate Controls ...... 1-18 Roadside Assistance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmission ...... 1-19 Program ...... 1-29 ® System ...... 1-4 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 1-20 OnStar ...... 1-30 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-5 Vehicle Features Door Locks ...... 1-5 Radio(s) ...... 1-21 Liftgate ...... 1-6 Satellite Radio ...... 1-23 Windows ...... 1-6 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-23 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 Bluetooth® ...... 1-23 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-23 Second Row Seats ...... 1-10 Cruise Control ...... 1-24 Third Row Seats ...... 1-10 Navigation System ...... 1-24 Heated Seats ...... 1-11 Side Blind Zone Heated and Ventilated Alert (SBZA) ...... 1-25 Seats ...... 1-12 Rear Vision Head Restraint Camera (RVC) ...... 1-25 Adjustment ...... 1-12 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-25 Safety Belts ...... 1-12 Power Outlets ...... 1-26 Sensing System for Universal Remote System . . . 1-26 Passenger Airbag ...... 1-13 Sunroof ...... 1-26 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-13 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview

United States Version Shown; Canada Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑13. I. Exterior Lamp Controls on P. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 6 1. page 5 2. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change J. Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. Q. Horn on page 5‑5. Signals on page 6‑5. Instrument Panel Illumination R. Steering Wheel Controls on Windshield Wiper/Washer on Control on page 6‑7. page 5‑3. page 5 5. ‑ Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 S. Climate Control Systems on Rear Window Wiper/Washer on (If Equipped). page 8‑1 (If Equipped). page 5‑6. K. Hood Release. See Hood on Dual Automatic Climate C. Instrument Cluster on page 10‑5. Control System on page 8‑4 page 5‑12. L. Integrated Trailer Brake (If Equipped). D. Hazard Warning Flashers on Controller (If Equipped). T. Power Outlets on page 5‑9. page 6‑5 (Out of View). See Towing Equipment on U. StabiliTrak® System on page 9 82. E. Shift Lever. See Automatic ‑ page 9‑52 (If Equipped). Transmission on page 9‑37. M. Data Link Connector (DLC) Pedal Adjust Button (If (Out of View). See Malfunction F. Manual Mode on page 9‑40 Equipped). See Adjustable (If Equipped). Indicator Lamp on page 5‑20. Throttle and Brake Pedal on N. Automatic Transfer Case page 9 28. Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑41 ‑ (If Equipped). Control. (If Equipped). See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed page 9‑58 (If Equipped). G. Driver Information Center (DIC) Automatic Transfer Case) on Buttons. See Driver Information page 9‑43 or Four-Wheel Drive Power Assist Steps on Center (DIC) on page 5‑27. (Single Speed Automatic page 2‑14 (If Equipped). H. Infotainment on page 7‑1. Transfer Case) on page 9‑47. V. Glove Box on page 4‑1. O. Cruise Control on page 9‑55. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive Lock and unlock feedback can be personalized. See Vehicle Information Personalization (With DIC Buttons) on page 5 46. This section provides a brief ‑ overview about some of the m : Press and hold to unlock the important features that may or may liftglass. not be on your specific vehicle. & : Press and hold to open or For more detailed information, refer close the power liftgate. to each of the features which can be L : Press and release to locate found later in this owner manual. the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry Press L and hold for more than (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. two seconds to sound the panic K alarm. The RKE transmitter is used to Press again within three seconds remotely lock and unlock the doors to unlock all remaining doors. Press L again to cancel the panic from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from Q : Press to lock all doors. alarm. the vehicle. See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start Door Locks With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start: There are several ways to lock and started from outside of the vehicle. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the unlock the vehicle. Starting the Vehicle vehicle and press and hold / From outside, use the Remote until the parking lamps turn off. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the the key in the driver door. From . Turn on the hazard warning vehicle. inside, use the power door locks or flashers. 2. Press Q. the manual door locks. To lock or . Turn the ignition on and then unlock the door with the manual 3. Immediately after completing back off. locks, push down or pull up on the / Step 2, press and hold until See Remote Vehicle Start on manual lock knob. the turn signal lamps flash. page 2‑5. Power Door Locks When the vehicle starts, the parking lamps will turn on and remain on as If available, these switches are on the front doors. long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate K : Press to unlock the doors. control system may come on. Q : Press to lock the doors. The engine will continue to run for See Door Locks on page 2‑8. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Remote start can be extended only once. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Liftgate . Press & on the overhead Windows console inside the vehicle. Power Liftgate . Press the touchpad switch (B) on the outside liftgate handle to open.

. Press the l button next to the liftgate latch to close. To disable the power liftgate function, press OFF on the overhead console. Liftglass There are two ways to unlatch the liftglass: The power window switches are . Press the button on the located on the driver door. In Press K on the Remote Keyless underside of the license plate addition, each passenger door Entry (RKE) transmitter or use the applique (A). has a switch for its own window. power door lock switches to unlock Press the switch to lower the the liftgate. . Press m on the RKE transmitter. window. Pull the switch up to There are several ways to open and raise it. close the power liftgate: See Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑10 For more information, see: or Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑12. . & Press and hold on the RKE . Windows on page 2‑21. transmitter until the liftgate starts . moving. Power Windows on page 2‑22. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Seat Adjustment Power Seats . If available, raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire Manual Seats control up or down. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more information. Lumbar Adjustment Manual Lumbar

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. To adjust the seat: Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. forward or rearward. 2. Slide the seat to the desired . If available, raise or lower the position and release the bar. front or rear part of the seat cushion by moving the front or 3. Try to move the seat back and If equipped, increase or decrease rear of the control up or down. forth to be sure the seat is manual lumbar support by turning locked in place. the knob forward or rearward. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3 See Lumbar Adjustment on for more information. page 3‑6 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Power Lumbar . On vehicles with four-way Reclining Seatbacks lumbar, press and hold the front or rear of the control to increase Manual Reclining Seatbacks or decrease lumbar support. To raise or lower the height of the support, press and hold the top or bottom of the control. See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑6 for more information.

To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped: To recline a manual seatback: . On vehicles with two-way lumbar, press and hold the top 1. Lift the lever. or bottom of the control to 2. Move the seatback to the increase or decrease lumbar desired position, and then support. release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

To return the seatback to the upright Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑7 for more information.

To adjust a power seatback, if equipped: On vehicles with the memory feature, the controls on the driver . Tilt the top of the control door are used to program and recall rearward to recline. memory settings for the driver seat, . Tilt the top of the control forward outside mirrors, and the adjustable to raise. throttle and brake pedals, if the vehicle has this feature. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑7 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Storing Memory Positions if available, will move to the position Second Row Seats To save into memory: previously stored for the identified driver. On vehicles with a 60/40 split bench 1. Adjust the driver seat and or buckets seats, the seatbacks can seatback recliner, both outside See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, and be folded for additional cargo space, mirrors, and the throttle and Pedals” under Power Seat or the seats can be folded and brake pedals, if available. Adjustment on page 3‑4 and Vehicle tumbled for easy entry/exit to the Personalization (With DIC Buttons) third row seats, if equipped. On See Power Mirrors on page 2‑18 on page 5‑46 for more information. vehicles with bucket seats, the and Adjustable Throttle and seatbacks also recline. Brake Pedal on page 9‑28 for Easy Exit Driver Seat more information. This feature can move the seat See Second Row Seats on page 3 12 for more information. Not all mirrors and adjustable rearward to allow extra room to ‑ exit the vehicle. throttles and brake pedals will Third Row Seats have the ability to save and B : Press to recall the easy exit recall their positions. seat position. The vehicle must be On vehicles with third row seats, the 2. Press and hold “1” until in P (Park). seatbacks can be folded, and the entire seat can be tumbled or two beeps sound. See Memory Seat, Mirrors, and “ removed from the vehicle. 3. Repeat for a second driver Pedals” under Power Seat position using “2.” Adjustment on page 3‑4 and Vehicle For detailed instructions, see Personalization (With DIC Buttons) Third Row Seats on page 3‑16. To recall, press and release “1” or on page 5‑46 for more information. “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). A single beep will sound. The seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable throttle and brake pedals, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Heated Seats Press the button once for the Rear Seats highest setting. With each press of Front Seats the button, the heated seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. See Heated Front Seats on page 3‑9.

If available, the buttons are on the Rear Sear Audio (RSA) panel on the If available, the buttons are on the rear of the center console. front doors. M L I Press or to heat the left : Press to heat the outboard or right outboard seat seatback only. cushion and to cycle through the J : Press to heat the seat and temperature settings. seatback. See Heated Rear Seats on page 3‑11. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the Safety Belts highest setting. With each press of Seats the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑10. Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and Refer to the following sections for adjusted properly. If available, the buttons are on the important information on how to use front doors. To achieve a comfortable seating safety belts properly. position, change the seatback . Safety Belts on page 3 20. H : Press to cool the seat. recline angle as little as necessary ‑ I : Press to heat the while keeping the seat and the head . How to Wear Safety Belts seatback only. restraint height in the proper Properly on page 3‑24. position. J : Press to heat the seat and . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑28. seatback. For more information see Head . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Children (LATCH System) on Adjustment on page 3 3. ‑ page 3‑61. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Sensing System for Mirror Adjustment Passenger Airbag Exterior Mirrors The passenger sensing system, Vehicles with manual outside if equipped, will turn off the right mirrors can be adjusted so that the front passenger frontal airbag under side of the vehicle and the area certain conditions. The driver airbag, United States behind are seen. seat‐mounted side impact airbags (if equipped), and roof‐rail airbags See Manual Mirrors on page 2‑18 are not affected by this. If the vehicle has towing mirrors, If the vehicle has one of the they can be adjusted for a clearer indicators pictured in the following view of the objects behind you. illustrations, then the vehicle has a Manually pull out the mirror head to passenger sensing system for the extend it for better visibility when right front passenger position. Canada and Mexico towing a trailer. See Trailer-Tow Mirrors on page 2‑18. The passenger airbag status See Passenger Sensing System on indicator, if equipped, will be visible page 3‑45 for important information. on the overhead console when the vehicle is started. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Power Mirrors Power Foldaway Mirrors Interior Mirrors To fold the mirrors: Vehicles with a manual rearview 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out mirror can be adjusted to see clearly to the driving position. behind the vehicle. Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in to and side to side. Adjust the mirror to the folded position. avoid glare from the headlamps The mirrors may also include a behind you. Push the tab forward for memory function that works with the daytime use and pull it for memory seats. See “Memory Seat, nighttime use. Mirrors, and Pedals” in Power Seat Vehicles with the automatic dimming Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more feature will automatically reduce information. glare from the headlamps of the Manual Foldaway Mirrors vehicle behind you. The dimming Vehicles with outside power mirrors feature comes on and the indicator and foldaway mirrors have controls Manually fold the mirrors inward light illuminates each time the located on the driver door. to prevent damage when going vehicle is started. through an automatic car wash. 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the See Automatic Dimming Rearview driver or passenger side mirror. To fold, push the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, Mirror on page 2‑20 for more 2. Press the arrows on the control to return to its original position. information. pad to move the mirror up, down, right, or left. See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑19. 3. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑18. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Steering Wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel Interior Lighting while driving. Adjustment Dome Lamps Throttle and Brake Pedal The dome lamps are located in the Adjustment overhead console. On vehicles with this feature, you They come on when any door is can change the position of the opened and turn off after all the throttle and brake pedals. doors are closed. Turn the instrument panel brightness knob located below the dome lamp override button, clockwise to the farthest position to manually turn on the dome lamps. The dome lamps remain on until the knob is turned counterclockwise. The tilt lever is located on the lower The control used to adjust the left side of the steering column. pedals is located on the instrument To adjust the steering wheel: panel below the climate control system. 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever. Press the bottom of the control to move the pedals closer to your 2. Move the steering wheel up body. Press the top of the control to or down. move the pedals away. 3. Release the lever to lock the See Adjustable Throttle and Brake wheel in place. Pedal on page 9‑28. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Dome Lamp Override Reading Lamps Exterior Lighting The dome lamp override button is For vehicles with reading lamps in located next to the exterior lamps the overhead console, press the control. button located next to the lamp to turn it on or off. The vehicle may also have reading lamps in other locations. To turn the lamps on or off, press the button located next to the lamp. For more information about interior lamps, see: The exterior lamps control is located . Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. . Reading Lamps on page 6‑8. O : Turns off the automatic . Instrument Panel Illumination headlamps and Daytime Running Control on page 6‑7. Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp control to the off position again to k : Press the button in and the turn the automatic headlamps or dome lamps remain off when a door DRL back on. is opened. Press the button again to return it to the extended position so For vehicles first sold in Canada, that the dome lamps come on when the off position will only work when a door is opened. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

AUTO: Automatically turns on Windshield Wiper/Washer Rear Wiper Window Wiper/Washer the headlamps, parking lamps, To turn the rear wiper on, slide the taillamps, instrument panel lights, lever to a wiper position. and license plate lamps. 9 : Turns the wiper off. ;: Turns on the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, 5 : Turns on the rear wiper delay. and license plate lamps. Z : Turns on the rear wiper. 2: Turns on the headlamps, = : Press the button on the end of parking lamps, taillamps, instrument the lever to spray washer fluid on 8 : Single wipe, turn to 8, then panel lights, and license plate the rear window. lamps. release. Several wipes, hold the 8 See Windshield Wiper/Washer on For more information, see: band on longer. 9 page 5‑5 and Rear Window Wiper/ . Exterior Lamp Controls on : Turns the windshield Washer on page 5‑6. page 6‑1. wipers off. 6 . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) : Turn the band up for more on page 6‑3. frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. . Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. 6 : Slow wipes. ? : Fast wipes. L : Push this paddle to spray washer fluid on the windshield. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with these systems. If this vehicle is a Hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information.

A. Fan Control E. Air Conditioning B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) F. Driver and Passenger C. Air Recirculation Temperature Controls D. Air Delivery Mode Control G. Rear Window Defogger See Climate Control Systems on page 8‑1. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

Transmission Range Selection Mode

Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) The Range Selection Mode switch is located on the shift lever. To A. Fan Control K. Air Conditioning enable the Range Selection feature, move the column shift lever to the B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) L. PASS M (Manual) position. The current C. Defrost M. Passenger Temperature Control range will appear next to the M. This is the highest attainable range with D. Air Recirculation See Dual Automatic Climate Control all lower gears accessible. As an E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) System on page 8‑4. For vehicles example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is with rear heating and air F. Air Delivery Mode Control selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) conditioning controls, see Rear gears are available. G. Driver Temperature Control Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) on page 8‑10 H. Display or Rear Climate Control System I. Power Button (Rear Climate with Rear Seat Audio) on page 8‑11. J. Rear Window Defogger Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Press the plus/minus buttons, Automatic Transfer Case located on the steering column shift lever, to select the desired range of gears for current driving conditions. See Manual Mode on page 9‑40. While using Range Selection Mode, cruise control and the Tow/Haul mode can be used. Grade Braking is not available when Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑41. Four-Wheel Drive Single Speed Transfer Case Two Speed Transfer Case The transfer case knob is located If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive, to the left of the instrument panel you can send the engine's driving cluster. Use this knob to shift into power to all four wheels for extra and out of the different Four-Wheel traction. Drive modes. 2 m : This setting is used for driving in most street and highway situations. AUTO: This setting is ideal for use when road surface traction conditions are variable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

4 m : Use the Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle Features High position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy Radio(s) roads or in most off-road situations. 4 n : Vehicles with a two speed transfer case have a Four-Wheel-Drive Low position. This setting sends maximum power to all four wheels. You might choose Four-Wheel-Drive Low if you are driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills. N (Neutral): Vehicles with a two speed transfer case have a N (Neutral) position. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral) only when towing the vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10‑87 or Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑87. Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) See Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between page 9‑43 or Four-Wheel Drive and off. Turn to increase or FM, AM, or XM™, if equipped. (Single Speed Automatic Transfer decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. Case) on page 9‑47. © ¨ : Seek or scan stations. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

4 : Press to switch the display Storing Radio Stations Setting the Clock between the radio station frequency A maximum of 36 stations can be To set the time and date for the and the time. While the ignition is stored as favorites using the radio with CD, DVD, and USB Port: off, press this button to display the six softkeys located below the radio 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ time. Press to display additional text station frequency tabs and by using information related to the current ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then the radio FAV button. Press FAV to O FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, go through up to six pages of press , to turn the radio on. or WMA song. If information is favorites, each having six favorite 2. Press H to display HR, MIN, available during XM, CD, MP3, stations available per page. Each or WMA playback, the song title MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, page of favorites can contain any minute, month, day, and year). information displays on the top line combination of AM, FM, or XM of the display and artist information stations. 3. Press the softkey located under displays on the bottom line. When any one of the labels to be For more information, see Storing information is not available, “NO “ changed. INFO” displays. Radio Stations” in AM-FM Radio on page 7‑8. 4. To increase or decrease the time For more information about these or date, turn f clockwise or and other radio features, see counter‐clockwise. Operation on page 7‑3. For detailed instructions on setting For vehicles with a Rear Seat the clock for the vehicle's specific Entertainment System (RSE) and audio system, see Clock on Rear Seat Audio System (RSA), page 5 8. see Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) ‑ System on page 7‑34 and Rear Seat Audio (RSA) System on page 7‑45 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

Satellite Radio iPod®, laptop computers, Steering Wheel Controls MP3 players, CD changers, USB XM is a satellite radio service based storage device, etc. can be in the 48 contiguous United States connected to the auxiliary port using and 10 Canadian provinces. a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the XM satellite radio has a wide USB port depending on the audio variety of programming and system. commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑30 for further information. A fee is required to receive the XM service. Bluetooth® For more information, refer to: For vehicles with a Bluetooth . www.xmradio.com or call system, it allows users with a 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.) Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone to If available, some audio controls . www.xmradio.ca or call make and receive hands-free calls can be adjusted at the steering 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) using the vehicle’s audio system and controls. wheel. See Satellite Radio on page 7‑9. The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone w / c x : Press to select preset must be paired with the Bluetooth or favorite radio stations, select Portable Audio Devices system before it can be used in the tracks on a CD/DVD, or to navigate This vehicle has an auxiliary input, vehicle. Not all phones will support an iPod or USB device. located on the audio faceplate, all functions. For more information, and a USB port located on the visit www.gm.com/bluetooth. instrument panel or in the center For more information, see Bluetooth console. External devices such as on page 7‑47. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

b g : Press to silence the vehicle Cruise Control SET − : Press to set the speed and speakers only. Press again to turn activate cruise control or make the the sound on. Press and hold longer vehicle decelerate. than two seconds to interact with [ : Press to disengage cruise ® OnStar or Bluetooth systems, control without erasing the set if equipped. speed from memory. + e − e : Press to increase or See Cruise Control on page 9‑55. decrease volume. c x : Press to reject an Navigation System incoming call, or to end a call. If the vehicle has a navigation SRCE: Press to switch between system, there is a separate the radio and CD, and for equipped Navigation System Manual that vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, includes information on the radio, and rear auxiliary. The cruise control buttons are audio players, and navigation system. ¨ : Press to seek the next radio located on the left side of the station, the next track or chapter steering wheel. The navigation system provides while sourced to the CD or DVD T : Press to turn the system on detailed maps of most major slot, or to select tracks and folders or off. The indicator light is on when freeways and roads. After a on an iPod or USB device. cruise control is on and turns off destination has been set, the when cruise control is off. system provides turn-by-turn For more information, see Steering instructions for reaching the Wheel Controls on page 5‑3. + RES : Press briefly to make the destination. In addition, the system vehicle resume to a previously set can help locate a variety of points of speed, or press and hold to interest (POIs), such as banks, accelerate. airports, restaurants, and more. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

See the navigation system manual This message may also activate Ultrasonic Parking Assist for more information. during heavy rain or due to road spray. The vehicle does not need If available, Ultrasonic Rear Parking Side Blind Zone service. Assist (URPA) uses sensors on the rear bumper to detect objects while Alert (SBZA) See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) parking the vehicle. URPA comes on page 9 60 for more information. If available, this feature will alert you ‑ on automatically when the shift lever to vehicles located in the vehicle's is moved into R (Reverse) and side blind zone. When the system Rear Vision operates at speeds less than 8 km/h detects a vehicle in the side blind Camera (RVC) (5 mph). URPA uses audio beeps to zone, an amber SBZA display will provide distance and system If available, the rear vision camera information. light up in the corresponding outside displays a view of the area behind side mirror. the vehicle when the vehicle is Keep the sensors on the vehicle's The system is enabled at every shifted into R (Reverse). The rear bumper clean to ensure proper vehicle startup. It can be disabled display will appear on either the operation. through the Driver Information inside rearview mirror or navigation The system can be disabled by Center (DIC). screen, if equipped. pressing the rear park aid disable If the message SIDE BLIND ZONE To clean the camera lens, located button located next to the radio. SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE appears above the license plate, rinse it with See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on on the DIC, the system has been water and wipe it with a soft cloth. page 9‑58 for more information. disabled because the sensor is See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on blocked and cannot detect vehicles page 9‑62. in the blind zone. The sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, slush, or even heavy rainstorms. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

Power Outlets Universal Remote System Sunroof The accessory power outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. There are two under the climate controls, one inside the center floor console, one on the rear of the center floor console and one accessory power outlet in the rear This system provides a way to cargo area on the passenger side. replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate The accessory power outlets are devices such as garage door powered, even with the ignition off. openers, security systems, and Continuing to use accessory power home automation devices. outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ Read the instructions completely There are two sunroof switches on OFF may cause the vehicle's the overhead console above the battery to run down. before attempting to program the transmitter. Because of the steps rearview mirror. See Power Outlets on page 5‑9. involved, it may be helpful to have To open or close the sunroof, press another person assist with the open or close switch (A) to the programming the transmitter. first detent position. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑54. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

In Brief 1-27

To express open or close the Performance and . Press and release 5 again to sunroof, press the open or close turn on both systems. switch (A) to the second detent Maintenance For more information, see position and release. To stop the StabiliTrak® System on page 9 52. movement, press the switch again. StabiliTrak® System ‑ To automatically vent or close the If equipped, the vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor sunroof, press the vent open or traction control system that limits close switch (B). This vehicle may have a Tire wheel spin and the StabiliTrak Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The sunroof also has a sunshade system that assists with directional that you can pull forward to block control of the vehicle in difficult the rays of the sun. The sunshade driving conditions. Both systems must be opened and closed turn on automatically every time the manually. vehicle is started. See Sunroof on page 2‑23. . To turn off traction control, press and release 5 on the instrument panel. F illuminates and the The TPMS warning light alerts you appropriate DIC message to a significant loss in pressure of displays. See Ride Control one of the vehicle's tires. If the System Messages on page 5‑42. warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the . To turn off both traction control tires to the recommended pressure and StabiliTrak, press and hold 5 shown on the Tire and Loading until F illuminates and the Information label. See Vehicle Load appropriate DIC message Limits on page 9‑22. The warning displays. See Ride Control light will remain on until the tire System Messages on page 5‑42. pressure is corrected. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

1-28 In Brief

During cooler conditions, the low tire Resetting the Oil Life System See Engine Oil Life System on pressure warning light may appear To reset the Engine Oil Life System page 10‑10. when the vehicle is first started and on most vehicles: then turn off. This may be an early Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) indicator that the tire pressures are 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING getting low and the tires need to be on the DIC. If the vehicle does Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge inflated to the proper pressure. not have DIC buttons, the and a yellow fuel cap can use either vehicle must be in P (Park) to unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel The TPMS does not replace normal access this display. containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). monthly tire maintenance. It is the See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET driver’s responsibility to maintain page 9‑69. For all other vehicles, correct tire pressures. button on the DIC, or the trip use only the unleaded gasoline odometer reset stem if the described under Recommended See Tire Pressure Monitor System vehicle does not have DIC Fuel on page 9‑68. on page 10‑55. buttons, for more than five seconds. The oil life will Engine Oil Life System change to 100%. Driving for Better Fuel Economy The engine oil life system calculates On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life engine oil life based on vehicle use System can be reset as follows: Driving habits can affect fuel and, on most vehicles, displays a mileage. Here are some driving tips 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with DIC message when it is necessary to get the best fuel economy the engine off. to change the engine oil and filter. possible. The oil life system should be reset 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal . Avoid fast starts and accelerate to 100% only following an oil slowly three times within smoothly. change. five seconds. . Brake gradually and avoid 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING abrupt stops. on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the system is reset. . Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

In Brief 1-29

. When road and weather Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance and OnStar conditions are appropriate, (U.S. and Canada) use cruise control. Program If you have an active OnStar . U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 Always follow posted speed subscription, press the Q button limits or drive more slowly TTY Users (U.S.): 1-888-889-2438 and the current GPS location will when conditions require. Canada: 1-800-268-6800 be sent to an OnStar advisor who . Keep vehicle tires properly will assess your problem, contact inflated. Mexico: 01-800-466-0800 Roadside Assistance, and relay . Combine several trips into a As the owner of a new Chevrolet, your exact location to get the help single trip. you are automatically enrolled in you need. the Roadside Assistance program. . Replace the vehicle's tires with Online Owner Center (U.S. and the same TPC Spec number See Roadside Assistance Program Canada) (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 7 or molded into the tire's sidewall ‑ The Online Owner Center is a Roadside Assistance Program near the size. complimentary service that includes (Mexico) on page 13‑9 for more . online service reminders, vehicle Follow recommended scheduled information. maintenance. maintenance tips, online owner manual, special privileges, and more. Sign up today at: www.chevyownercenter.com (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

1-30 In Brief

® OnStar ] : Push this red emergency For a full description of OnStar button to get priority help from services and system limitations, specially trained OnStar Emergency see the OnStar Owner's Guide in Advisors. the glove box. X : Push this button for hands‐free, OnStar service is subject to the voice‐activated calling and to give OnStar Terms and Conditions voice commands for Turn‐by‐Turn included in the OnStar Glove Navigation. Box Kit. OnStar uses several innovative Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle OnStar service requires wireless technologies and live Advisors to Assistance, Vehicle Diagnostics, communication networks and the provide a wide range of safety, Remote Door Unlock, Roadside Global Positioning System (GPS) security, navigation, diagnostics, Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn satellite network. Not all OnStar and calling services. Navigation, and Hands‐Free services are available everywhere or on all vehicles at all times. Automatic Crash Response Calling are available on most vehicles. Not all OnStar services OnStar service can’t work unless In a crash, built‐in sensors can are available on all vehicles. For your vehicle is in a place where automatically alert an OnStar more information see the OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a Advisor who is immediately Owner's Guide or visit wireless service provider for service connected to the vehicle to www.onstar.com (U.S.) or in that area, and the wireless see if you need help. www.onstar.ca (Canada), contact service provider has coverage, How OnStar Service Works OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR network capacity, reception, and (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY Q technology compatible with OnStar : This blue button connects 1‐877‐248‐2080, or push Q to service. Service involving location you to a specially trained OnStar speak with an OnStar Advisor information about your vehicle can’t Advisor to verify your account 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. work unless GPS signals are information and to answer available, unobstructed, and questions. compatible with the OnStar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

In Brief 1-31

hardware. The vehicle has to have a OnStar Steering Wheel check. If the light appears clear working electrical system and Controls (no light is appearing), your OnStar adequate battery power for the subscription has expired and all OnStar equipment to operate. This vehicle may have a b g / c services have been deactivated. OnStar service may not work if the x Talk/Mute button that can be Push Q to confirm that the OnStar OnStar equipment isn’t properly used to interact with OnStar equipment is active. installed or you haven’t maintained Hands-Free Calling. See Steering ® it and your vehicle is in good Wheel Controls on page 5‑3 for OnStar more information. working order and in compliance If the vehicle is equipped with an with all government regulations. On some vehicles, the mute button active OnStar system, that system If you try to add, connect, or modify can be used to dial numbers into may also record data in crash or any equipment or software in your voice mail systems, or to dial phone near crash-like situations. The vehicle, OnStar service may not extensions. See the OnStar Owner's OnStar Terms and Conditions work. Other problems OnStar can’t Guide for more information. provides information on data control may prevent service to you, collection and use and is available such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, Your Responsibility in the OnStar Glove Box Kit, at weather, electrical system design Increase the volume of the radio if www.onstar.com (U.S.) or and architecture of your vehicle, the OnStar Advisor cannot be www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by damage to important parts of your heard. Q vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone pushing and speaking to an network congestion or jamming. If the light next to the OnStar Advisor. buttons is red, the system may not See Radio Frequency Statement on Q page 13‑18 for information be functioning properly. Push regarding Part 15 of the Federal and request a vehicle diagnostic Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada Standards RSS-210/220/310. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

1-32 In Brief

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors and Liftgate (Power) ...... 2-10 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-20 Windows Liftgate (Manual) ...... 2-12 Automatic Dimming Rearview Power Assist Steps ...... 2-14 Mirror ...... 2-20 Vehicle Security Windows Keys and Locks Vehicle Security ...... 2-14 Windows ...... 2-21 Keys ...... 2-2 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . 2-14 Power Windows ...... 2-22 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer ...... 2-15 Sun Visors ...... 2-23 System ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-16 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roof System Operation ...... 2-3 Exterior Mirrors Sunroof ...... 2-23 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-17 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-18 Power Door Locks ...... 2-8 Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-18 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 Power Mirrors ...... 2-18 Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-9 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-19 Lockout Protection ...... 2-9 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-19 Safety Locks ...... 2-9 Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-20 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-20 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks See your dealer if a replacement key or additional key is needed. Keys Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be damaged to get them out. Always { WARNING carry a spare key. Leaving children in a vehicle with If you are locked out of the vehicle, the ignition key is dangerous for call the Roadside Assistance many reasons. Children or others Center. See Roadside Assistance could be badly injured or even Program (U.S. and Canada) on killed. They could operate the page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance power windows or other controls Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. The key is used for the ignition and or even make the vehicle move. all door locks. The windows will function with the Remote Keyless Entry keys in the ignition and children The key has a bar-coded key tag (RKE) System could be seriously injured or killed that the dealer or qualified locksmith See Radio Frequency Statement on if caught in the path of a closing can use to make new keys. Store page 13‑18 for information window. Do not leave the keys in this information in a safe place, not in the vehicle. regarding Part 15 of the Federal a vehicle with children. Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada Standards RSS-210/220/310. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

If there is a decrease in the RKE The following functions may be operating range: available if your vehicle has the RKE system: . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from / (Remote Vehicle Start): For the vehicle. vehicles with this feature, press to start the engine from outside the . Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be vehicle using the RKE transmitter. blocking the signal. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5 for additional information. . Check the transmitter's battery. (Lock): Press to lock all the See “Battery Replacement” later Q in this section. doors. If enabled through the Driver . If the transmitter is still not With Remote Start and Liftglass working correctly, see your Information Center (DIC), the turn dealer or a qualified technician signal lamps flash once to indicate for service. locking has occurred. If enabled through the DIC, the horn chirps when the lock button is pressed Remote Keyless Entry again within three seconds. See (RKE) System Operation Vehicle Personalization (With DIC The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Buttons) on page 5‑46 for additional transmitter functions work up to information. 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Pressing Q arms the content theft‐ There are other conditions which deterrent system. See Anti-Theft can affect the performance of the Alarm System on page 2‑14. transmitter. See Remote Keyless With Remote Start and Power Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. Liftgate and Liftglass Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

K (Unlock): Press once to unlock & (Power Liftgate): Press and for driver 1 will be recalled when only the driver door. If K is pressed hold to open and close the liftgate. using the transmitter labeled “1”, if enabled through the DIC. See again within three seconds, all The taillamps flash and a chime Memory Seat, Mirrors, and Pedals remaining doors unlock. The interior sounds to indicate when the liftgate “ ” under Power Seat Adjustment on lamps may come on and stay on for is opening and closing. page 3 4 and Vehicle 20 seconds or until the ignition is ‑ L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Personalization (With DIC Buttons) turned on. Alarm): Press and release to on page 5‑46 for more information. If enabled through the DIC, the turn locate the vehicle. The turn signal signal lamps flash twice to indicate lamps flash and the horn sounds Programming Transmitters to unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle three times. the Vehicle Personalization (With DIC Buttons) Press and hold L for more than Only RKE transmitters programmed on page 5‑46. If enabled through two seconds to activate the panic to this vehicle will work. If a the DIC, the exterior lights turn on alarm. The turn signal lamps flash transmitter is lost or stolen, a briefly if it is dark enough outside. and the horn sounds repeatedly for replacement can be purchased and See “Approach Lighting” under 30 seconds. The alarm turns off programmed through your dealer. Vehicle Personalization (With DIC when the ignition is moved to ON/ When the replacement transmitter is Buttons) on page 5‑46. RUN or L is pressed again. The programmed to this vehicle, all remaining transmitters must also be Pressing K on the RKE transmitter ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen disarms the content theft deterrent the panic alarm to work. ‐ transmitters will no longer work system. See Anti-Theft Alarm The vehicle comes with two once the new transmitter is System on page 2 14. ‑ transmitters. Each transmitter will programmed. The vehicle can have m (Liftglass): Press and hold to have a number on it, “1” or “2”. a maximum of eight transmitters unlock the liftglass. These numbers correspond to programmed to it. See your dealer the driver of the vehicle. For to program transmitters to the example, the memory seat position vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

Battery Replacement To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start Replace the battery if the REPLACE 1. Separate the transmitter with a If available, this feature allows you BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY flat, thin object, such as a flat to start the engine from outside of message displays in the DIC. See head screwdriver. the vehicle. It may also start up the “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE . Carefully insert the tool vehicle's heating or air conditioning KEY” under Key and Lock into the notch located systems and rear window defogger. Messages on page 5‑41 for along the parting line of the Normal operation of the system will additional information. transmitter. Do not insert return after the key is turned to the Notice: When replacing the the tool too far. Stop as ON/RUN position. battery, do not touch any of the soon as resistance is felt. If the vehicle has an automatic circuitry on the transmitter. Static . Twist the tool until the climate control system, the climate from your body could damage the transmitter is separated. control system will default to a transmitter. heating or cooling mode depending 2. Remove the old battery. Do not on the outside temperatures. If the use a metal object. vehicle does not have an automatic 3. Insert the new battery, positive climate control system, the system side facing down. Replace with a will turn on at the setting the vehicle CR2032 or equivalent battery. was set to when the vehicle was 4. Snap the transmitter back last turned off. together. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

During a remote start, if the vehicle If the vehicle has the remote start 3. Immediately press and hold / has an automatic climate control feature, the RKE transmitter until the turn signal lamps flash. system and heated seats, the functions will have an increased If you cannot see the vehicle's heated seats will turn on during range of operation. However, the lamps, press and hold / for colder outside temperatures and will range may be less while the vehicle shut off when the key is turned to is running. two to four seconds. ON/RUN. If the vehicle does not There are other conditions which When the vehicle starts, the have an automatic climate control can affect the performance of the parking lamps will turn on and system, during remote start, transmitter. See Remote Keyless remain on while the vehicle is manually turn the heated seats on running. The doors will be Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for and off. See Heated Front Seats on additional information. locked and the climate control page 3‑9 for additional information. system may come on. / (Remote Start): This button will Laws in some communities may be on the RKE transmitter if the The engine will continue to run restrict the use of remote starters. vehicle has remote start. for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps For example, some laws may for a 10-minute time extension. require a person using the remote To start the vehicle using the remote Remote start can be extended start to have the vehicle in view start feature: only once. when doing so. Check local 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the After entering the vehicle during a regulations for any requirements vehicle. remote start, insert and turn the key on remote starting of vehicles. to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. 2. Press . Do not use the remote start feature Q if the vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

To cancel a remote start: For example, if Q and then / are Also, the engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if the coolant . Aim the RKE transmitter at the pressed again after the vehicle / has been running for 5 minutes, temperature gets too high or if the vehicle and press and hold oil pressure gets low. until the parking lamps turn off. 10 minutes are added, allowing the engine to run for 15 minutes. Remote Start Ready . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. The additional 10 minutes are If the vehicle does not have the considered a second remote remote vehicle start feature, it may . Turn the ignition on and then vehicle start. have the remote start ready feature. back off. Once two remote starts, or a single This feature allows your dealer to The vehicle can be remote started remote start with one time extension add the manufacturer's remote two separate times between driving has been done, the vehicle must be vehicle start feature. sequences. The engine will run for started with the key. After the key See your dealer to add the 10 minutes after each remote start. is removed from the ignition, the manufacturer's remote vehicle Or, you can extend the engine run vehicle can be remote started again. start feature to the vehicle. time by another 10 minutes within The vehicle cannot be remote the first 10 minute remote start time started if the key is in the ignition, frame, and before the engine stops. the hood is not closed, or if there is an emission control system malfunction and the check engine light is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Door Locks Power Door Locks WARNING (Continued) With power door locks, the switches { WARNING injuries or even death from on the front doors can be used to heat stroke. Always lock the lock and unlock the vehicle. Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the There are several ways to lock and doors are not locked. So, unlock the vehicle. all passengers should wear From outside, use the Remote safety belts properly and Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or the doors should be locked the key in the driver door. whenever the vehicle is From inside, use the power door K (Unlock): Press to unlock the driven. locks or manual door locks. To lock doors. . Young children who get into or unlock the door with the manual Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. unlocked vehicles may be locks, push down or pull up on the unable to get out. A child can manual lock knob. be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Delayed Locking See Vehicle Personalization (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑46 for more When locking the doors with the information on DIC programming. power lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open, the doors will lock Lockout Protection five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes If the driver side power door lock to signal that the delayed locking switch is pressed when the driver feature is in use. door is open and the key is in the ignition, all of the doors will lock and Pressing the power lock switch then the driver door will unlock. twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately If the passenger side power door lock switch is pressed when the lock all the doors. Open the rear doors to access the front passenger door is open and This feature will not operate if the security locks on the inside edge of the key is in the ignition, all of the key is in the ignition. each door. doors will lock and then the front You can program this feature using passenger door will unlock. To set the locks, insert a key into the Driver Information Center (DIC). the slot and turn it to the horizontal See “Delay Door Lock” under Safety Locks position. The door can only be Vehicle Personalization (With DIC opened from the outside with the Buttons) on page 5‑46. The vehicle has rear door security door unlocked. To return the door to locks to prevent passengers from normal operation, turn the slot to the Automatic Door Locks opening the rear doors from the vertical position. inside. The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Doors The taillamps will flash and a chime WARNING (Continued) will sound when the power liftgate is moving. Liftgate (Power) . Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that Power Liftgate Operation brings in only outside air and { WARNING set the fan speed to the You or others could be injured if { WARNING highest setting. See Climate Control System in the Index. caught in the path of the power Exhaust gases can enter the liftgate. Make sure there is no one . If the vehicle is equipped with vehicle if it is driven with the in the way of the liftgate as it is a power liftgate, disable the opening and closing. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with power liftgate function. any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the For more information about Notice: If you open the liftgate trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine carbon monoxide, see Engine without checking for overhead exhaust contains Carbon Exhaust on page 9‑35. obstructions such as a garage Monoxide (CO) which cannot be door, you could damage the seen or smelled. It can cause On vehicles with a power liftgate the liftgate or the liftgate glass. unconsciousness and even death. button is on the overhead console. Always check to make sure the area above and behind the liftgate If the vehicle must be driven with The vehicle must be in P (Park) to is clear before opening it. the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: use the power liftgate feature. . Close all of the windows. & : Press the top of the button to open or close the power liftgate. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument OFF: Press the bottom of the panel. button for manual operation of the (Continued) power liftgate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

The power liftgate can be power The power liftgate may be Obstacle Detection Features opened and closed in the temporarily disabled under extreme If the liftgate encounters an obstacle following ways: temperatures, or under low battery during a power open or close cycle, conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate . & a warning chime will sound and the Press and hold on the can still be operated manually. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) liftgate will automatically reverse transmitter until the liftgate starts If the transmission is shifted out of direction to the full closed or open moving. See Remote Keyless P (Park) while the power function is position. After removing the Entry (RKE) System Operation in progress, the liftgate power obstruction, the power liftgate on page 2‑3. function will continue to completion. operation can be used again. If the transmission is shifted out of If the liftgate encounters multiple . Press & on the overhead P (Park) and the vehicle accelerates obstacles on the same power cycle, console. before the power liftgate latches the power function will deactivate, closed, the liftgate may reverse to . Press the touchpad on the and you must manually open or the open position. Cargo could fall outside liftgate handle. close the liftgate. The REAR out of the vehicle. Always make ACCESS OPEN warning message Pressing the buttons, or touchpad sure the power liftgate is closed and in the Driver Information Center switch a second time while the latched before you drive away. (DIC) will indicate that the liftgate liftgate is moving reverses the If you power open the liftgate and is open. After removing the direction. the liftgate support struts have lost obstructions, manually open the l : The liftgate can also be pressure, the lamps will flash and a liftgate to the full open position or closed by pressing this button chime will sound. The liftgate will close the liftgate to the fully closed next to the liftgate latch. stay open temporarily, then slowly and latched position. The liftgate will close. See your dealer for service now resume normal power Press the button a second time operation. during liftgate operation to reverse before using the liftgate. that operation. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Pinch sensors are located on the close. The liftgate latch will power Liftgate (Manual) sides of the liftgate. If an object is close. Always close the liftgate caught between the liftgate and the before driving. { WARNING body and presses against this If the RKE button or the power close sensor, the liftgate will reverse button on the liftgate is pressed It can be dangerous to drive direction and open fully. The liftgate while power operation is disabled, with the liftglass or liftgate open will remain open until it is activated the lamps will flash three times, because carbon monoxide (CO) again or closed manually. Do not but the liftgate will not move. force the liftgate open or closed gas can come into your vehicle. during a power cycle. It is not recommended that you You cannot see or smell CO. drive with the liftgate open, It can cause unconsciousness Manual Operation of Power however, if you must drive with the and even death. Liftgate liftgate open, the liftgate should be If you must drive with the liftglass To change the liftgate to manual set to manual operation by pressing or liftgate open, or if electrical operation, press the switch on the the OFF switch on the center wiring or other cable connections console. overhead console to the OFF must pass through the seal position. The liftgate has an electric latch. between the body and the With the power liftgate disabled and If the battery is disconnected or liftglass or liftgate: has low voltage, the liftgate will all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate . not open. The liftgate will resume Make sure all other windows can be manually opened and are shut. closed. operation when the battery is reconnected and charged. . Turn the fan on your heating To open the liftgate, press the If the battery is properly connected or cooling system to its touchpad on the handle on the highest speed with the outside of the liftgate, and lift the with adequate voltage, the switch is not disabled, and the liftgate still will recirculation mode off. That gate open. To close the liftgate, use will force outside air into your the pull cup to lower the liftgate and not function, your vehicle should be taken to a dealer for service. vehicle. See Climate Control (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

The liftgate or liftglass cannot be WARNING (Continued) opened if the rear wipers are in motion. Attempting to open the Systems on page 9‑35 or liftgate or liftglass while the rear Dual Automatic Climate wipers are in motion will cause the Control System on page 8‑4. release of the liftglass or liftgate to . If you have air outlets on or delay until the wipers are moved off under the instrument panel, the liftglass. open them all the way. Both the liftglass and liftgate have . If your vehicle has a power an electric latch. If the battery is liftgate, disable the power disconnected or has low voltage, liftgate function. the liftglass and liftgate will not open. The liftglass and liftgate will See Engine Exhaust on On vehicles with a liftglass, press resume operation when the battery page 9‑35. the button on the underside of the license pocket applique (A) to open is reconnected and charged. it. The liftglass can also be opened Press K on the Remote Keyless by pressing m on the RKE Entry (RKE) transmitter or use the transmitter. power door lock switches to unlock the liftgate. See Remote Keyless To open the entire liftgate, press the Entry (RKE) System Operation on touchpad on the underside of the liftgate handle (B). The vehicle must page 2‑3. be in PARK (P) to open the liftgate. To close the liftgate, use the pull cup or pull strap. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Assist Steps Vehicle Security arming. If a door is open when the doors are locked, the The vehicle may have power assist This vehicle has theft-deterrent security light will flash. steps. features; however, they do not make If the delayed locking feature is it impossible to steal. turned on, the theft‐deterrent system will not start the arming Anti-Theft Alarm System process until the last door is Your vehicle has a content closed and the delay timer has theft-deterrent alarm system. expired. See Delayed Locking on page 2‑9. The switch used to disable the 3. Close all doors. The security power assist steps is located on the light should go off after about center console below the climate 30 seconds. The alarm is not control system. armed until the security light goes off. The power assist steps If a locked driver door is opened automatically extend from beneath This is the security light. the vehicle on the side in which the without using the RKE transmitter, door has been opened. Once the To arm the theft-deterrent system: a 10-second pre-alarm will occur. The horn will chirp and the lights door is closed, the assist steps 1. Open the door. automatically move back under the will flash. If the key is not placed in vehicle after a brief delay. The 2. Lock the door with the Remote the ignition and turned to START or vehicle must not be moving for the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter the door is not unlocked by pressing assist steps to extend or retract. or the power door lock switch. the unlock button on the RKE The security light will come on to transmitter during the 10-second The assist steps cannot be disabled inform the driver the system is pre-alarm, the alarm will go off. in the extended position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

Your vehicle's headlamps will flash If you set off the alarm by accident, While the alarm is set, the power and the horn will sound for about press unlock on the RKE transmitter door unlock switch will not work. 30 seconds, then will turn off to save or place the key in the ignition and If the alarm does not sound when the battery power. turn it to START to turn off the it should but the headlamps flash, The theft-deterrent system will not alarm. The alarm will not stop if you check to see if the horn works. The activate if the doors are locked with try to unlock a door any other way. horn fuse may be blown. To replace the vehicle's key or the manual door Testing the Alarm the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit lock. It activates only if you use the Breakers on page 10‑39. To test the alarm: power door lock switch with the door If the alarm does not sound or the open or the RKE transmitter. You 1. From inside the vehicle, lower headlamps do not flash, the vehicle should also remember that you can the driver window and open the should be serviced by your dealer. start your vehicle with the correct driver door. ignition key if the alarm has been 2. Activate the system by locking set off. Immobilizer the doors with the power door See Radio Frequency Statement on To avoid setting off the alarm by lock switch while the door is accident: open, or with the RKE page 13‑18 for information transmitter. regarding Part 15 of the Federal . If you do not want to activate Communications Commission (FCC) the theft-deterrent system, the 3. Get out of the vehicle, close the rules and Industry Canada vehicle should be locked with door and wait for the security Standards RSS-210/220/310. the door key after the doors are light to go out. closed. 4. Then reach in through the . Always unlock the doors with the window, unlock the door with the RKE transmitter. Unlocking a manual door lock and open the door any other way will set off door. This should set off the the alarm if it is armed. alarm. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Immobilizer Operation When the PASS-Key III+ system If the vehicle does start, the first key ® senses that someone is using the may be faulty. See your dealer who This vehicle has PASS-Key III+ wrong key, it prevents the vehicle can service the PASS-Key III+ to (Personalized Automotive Security from starting. Anyone using a have a new key made. System) theft-deterrent system. trial-and-error method to start the It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ PASS-Key III+ is a passive vehicle will be discouraged because theft-deterrent system. decoder to learn the transponder of the high number of electrical key value of a new or replacement key. The system is automatically armed codes. Up to 10 keys may be programmed when the key is removed from the If the engine does not start and the for the vehicle. The following ignition. security light on the instrument procedure is for programming The system is automatically panel cluster comes on when trying additional keys only. If all the disarmed when the key is turned to start the vehicle, there may be a currently programmed keys are lost to ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, problem with the theft-deterrent or do not operate, you must see or START from the LOCK/OFF system. Turn the ignition off and try your dealer or a locksmith who can position. again. service PASS-Key III+ to have keys If the engine still does not start, and made and programmed to the You do not have to manually arm system. or disarm the system. the key appears to be undamaged, try another ignition key. At this time, See your dealer or a locksmith who The security light will come on if you may also want to check the can service PASS-Key III+ to get a there is a problem with arming or fuse. See Fuses and Circuit new key blank cut exactly as the disarming the theft-deterrent Breakers on page 10‑39. If the ignition key that operates the system. engine still does not start with the system. other key, the vehicle needs service. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

To program the new additional key: 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if Exterior Mirrors 1. Verify that the new key has additional keys are to be programmed. a 1 stamped on it. Convex Mirrors If you lose or damage your 2. Insert the original, already PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer programmed key in the ignition or a locksmith who can service { WARNING and start the engine. If the PASS-Key III+ to have a new A convex mirror can make things, engine will not start, see your key made. dealer for service. like other vehicles, look farther Do not leave the key or device away than they really are. If you 3. After the engine has started, that disarms or deactivates the cut too sharply into the right lane, turn the key to LOCK/OFF, theft-deterrent system in the you could hit a vehicle on the and remove the key. vehicle. right. Check the inside mirror or 4. Insert the new key to be glance over your shoulder before programmed and turn it to changing lanes. the ON/RUN position within five seconds of turning the ignition to the LOCK/OFF The passenger side mirror is convex position in Step 3. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from The security light will turn off the driver seat. once the key has been programmed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

Manual Mirrors The lower portion of the mirror is To adjust each mirror: convex. A convex mirror's surface is Adjust the outside mirrors for a 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the curved to see more from the driver driver or passenger side mirror. clearer view. seat. The convex mirror can be Using hood-mounted air deflectors adjusted manually to the driver 2. Press the arrows on the control and add-on convex mirror preferred position for better vision. pad to move the mirror up, down, right, or left. attachments could decrease The mirror may have a turn signal mirror performance. arrow that flashes in the direction 3. Adjust each outside mirror so of the turn or lane change. that a little of the vehicle and Trailer-Tow Mirrors the area behind it can be seen. Power Mirrors 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. The mirrors may also include a memory function that works with the memory seats. See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, and Pedals” under Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more information.

If the vehicle has towing mirrors, they can be adjusted for a clearer view of the objects behind you. Manually pull out the mirror head to extend it for better visibility when towing a trailer. Vehicles with outside power mirrors have the controls on the driver door armrest. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-19

Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Foldaway Turn Signal Indicator Mirrors The vehicle may have a turn signal Reset the power foldaway mirrors if: indicator on the mirror. An arrow on . The mirrors are accidentally the mirror flashes in the direction of obstructed while folding. the turn or lane change. . They are accidentally manually Ground Illumination Lamps folded/unfolded. The mirrors may also include . The mirrors will not stay in the ground illumination lamps in the unfolded position. base of the mirror. These lamps help to see the area near the . The mirrors shake and flutter base of the front doors when at normal driving speeds. it is dark out. Fold and unfold them one time Vehicles with outside power using the mirror controls to reset Heated Mirrors them to their normal position. foldaway mirrors have the controls For vehicles with heated mirrors: located on the driver door armrest. Manual Foldaway < (Rear Window Defogger): Power Foldaway Manually fold the mirrors inward Press to heat the mirrors. to prevent damage when going 1. Press (A) to fold the mirrors See Rear Window Defogger under through an automatic car wash. “ ” out to the driving position. Dual Automatic Climate Control To fold, push the mirrors toward the System on page 8 4 or Climate 2. Press (B) to fold the mirrors vehicle. Push the mirrors outward, ‑ Control Systems on page 8 1 for in to the folded position. to return to its original position. ‑ more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors and Windows

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Park Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors If your vehicle has the Side Blind Vehicles with the memory package Zone Alert (SBZA) system, see Side have a passenger and/or driver Manual Rearview Mirror Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on mirror that tilts to a preselected Hold the mirror in the center to page 9‑60. position when the vehicle is in move it for a clearer view of behind R (Reverse). This feature lets the your vehicle. Adjust the mirror to Automatic Dimming driver view the curb when parallel avoid glare from the headlamps Mirror parking. The mirror(s) return to the behind you. Push the tab at the original position when the vehicle is Vehicles with the dimming feature bottom of the mirror forward for shifted out of R (Reverse), or the daytime use and pull it for have a driver outside mirror that ignition is turned off. adjusts for the glare of headlamps nighttime use. behind you. See Manual Rearview Turn this feature on or off through Mirror on page 2‑20 for more the Driver Information Center (DIC). Automatic Dimming information. See Vehicle Personalization (With Rearview Mirror DIC Buttons) on page 5‑46 for more information. The vehicle may have an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror. Automatic dimming reduces the glare from the headlamps of the vehicle behind you. The dimming feature comes on and the indicator light illuminates each time the ignition is turned to start. O (On/Off): Press to turn the dimming feature on or off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-21

The vehicle may also have a Rear Windows Vision Camera (RVC). See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑62 for more information. { WARNING If the vehicle has RVC, the O button Leaving children, helpless adults, for turning the dimming feature on or or pets in a vehicle with the off will not be available. windows closed is dangerous. Vehicles with OnStar have three They can be overcome by the additional control buttons for the extreme heat and suffer OnStar system. See your dealer for permanent injuries or even death more information about OnStar and from heat stroke. Never leave a how to subscribe to it. See the child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are OnStar Owner Guide for more designed to improve fuel economy the windows closed in warm or information about the services performance. This may result in a hot weather. OnStar provides. pulsing sound when either rear Cleaning the Mirror window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the Do not spray glass cleaner directly sound, open either a front window on the mirror. Use a soft towel or the sunroof (if equipped). dampened with water. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Windows Express Down Windows Windows that have the express‐ { WARNING down feature allow the windows to be lowered without holding the Leaving children in a vehicle with switch. Press the window switch the keys is dangerous for many fully and release it to activate the reasons. Children or others could express‐down feature. The express be badly injured or even killed. mode can be canceled at any time They could operate the power by briefly pressing, or pulling the windows or other controls or even switch. make the vehicle move. The Window Lockout windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed The power window controls are o (Window Lockout): The if caught in the path of a closing located on each of the side doors. window lockout switch is on the window. Do not leave keys in a The driver door also has switches driver door. This feature prevents vehicle with children. that control the passenger and rear the rear passenger windows from operating, except from the driver When there are children in the windows. The power windows work when the ignition is in ON/RUN or position. Press the switch to turn rear seat use the window lockout ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained the lockout feature on or off. An button to prevent unintentional Accessory Power (RAP). See indicator light shows the feature operation of the windows. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is on. on page 9‑32 Press the switch to lower the window. Pull up the front of the switch to raise the window. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-23

Sun Visors Roof The sunroof only operates when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Sunroof Accessory Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑32 for more information. To open or close the sunroof, press the open or close switch (A) to the first detent position. To express open or close the sunroof, press the open or close switch (A) to the second detent position and release. To stop the movement, press the switch again. Pull the sun visor down to block The sunroof has a comfort stop glare. Detach the sun visor from the feature which stops the sunroof from center mount to pivot to the side A. Open or Close Sunroof opening to the full-open position. window, or to extend along the rod, B. Vent From the comfort stop position, if available. press the open or close switch (A) a On vehicles with a sunroof, there second time to open the sunroof to are two sunroof switches on the the full-open position. overhead console above the rearview mirror. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

2-24 Keys, Doors and Windows

To automatically vent or close the water drainage system. Periodically sunroof, press the vent open or open the sunroof and remove any close switch (B). obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the When the sunroof is opened, an air sunroof seal and roof sealing area deflector will automatically raise. using a clean cloth, mild soap, and The air deflector will retract when water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof is closed. the sunroof. The sunroof also has a sunshade which can be pulled forward to block sun rays. The sunshade must be opened and closed manually. If an object is in the path of the Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof while it is closing, the sunroof seal or in the track. This anti-pinch feature will detect the could cause an issue with sunroof object and stop the sunroof. operation, noise, or plugging the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety Belt Use During Child Restraints Seats and Pregnancy ...... 3-34 Older Children ...... 3-52 Restraints Lap Belt ...... 3-34 Infants and Young Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-35 Children ...... 3-54 Safety System Check ...... 3-35 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-57 Head Restraints Safety Belt Care ...... 3-36 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-60 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Replacing Safety Belt System Lower Anchors and Tethers Parts After a Crash ...... 3-36 for Children (LATCH Front Seats System) ...... 3-61 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System Replacing LATCH System Center Seat ...... 3-4 Airbag System ...... 3-37 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-69 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-39 Securing Child Restraints Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-6 When Should an Airbag (Rear Seat Position) ...... 3-69 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-7 Inflate? ...... 3-41 Securing Child Restraints Heated Front Seats ...... 3-9 What Makes an Airbag (Center Front Seat Heated and Ventilated Front Inflate? ...... 3-43 Position) ...... 3-72 Seats ...... 3-10 How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Restrain? ...... 3-43 (Right Front Seat Rear Seats What Will You See After an Position) ...... 3-72 Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-44 Second Row Seats ...... 3-12 Passenger Sensing Third Row Seats ...... 3-16 System ...... 3-45 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 3-49 Safety Belts ...... 3-20 Adding Equipment to the How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-50 Properly ...... 3-24 Airbag System Check ...... 3-51 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-28 Replacing Airbag System Parts After a Crash ...... 3-52 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints The front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the Pull the head restraint up to raise it. drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same To lower the head restraint, press all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's the button, located on the top of the adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the seatback, and push the chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraint down. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Push down on the head restraint Front Seats after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. Seat Adjustment The head restraints are not designed to be removed. { WARNING The vehicle's 2nd-row seats have head restraints in the outboard You can lose control of the seating positions that cannot be vehicle if you try to adjust a adjusted. manual driver seat while the The vehicle's 3rd-row seat, vehicle is moving. The sudden if equipped, has headrests that movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a can be adjusted up and down. To adjust the seat: pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Lift the bar under the front edge the vehicle is not moving. of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Center Seat Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see “Power Reclining Seatbacks” under If equipped, the center front Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑7. seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/storage area for the driver Memory Seat, Mirrors, and and passenger when the center Pedals front seat is not used. Do not use it as a seating position when the seatback is folded down.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control On vehicles with the memory forward or rearward. feature, the controls on the driver door are used to program and recall . If available, raise or lower the memory settings for the driver seat, front or rear part of the seat outside mirrors, and the adjustable cushion by moving the front or throttle and brake pedals, rear of the control up or down. if equipped. . If available, raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up or down. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Storing Memory Positions Memory Remote Recall If something has blocked the driver To save into memory: The memory feature can recall the seat and/or the adjustable pedals driver seat, outside mirrors, and while recalling a memory position, 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback the recall may stop. Remove the recliner, both outside mirrors, pedals, if available, to stored positions when entering the vehicle. obstruction; then press and hold the and the throttle and brake appropriate manual control for the pedals, if available. To activate, unlock the driver memory item that is not recalling door with the Remote Keyless See Power Mirrors on page 2‑18 for two seconds. Try recalling the and Adjustable Throttle and Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver memory position again by pressing seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable Brake Pedal on page 9‑28 for the appropriate memory button. more information. pedals, if available, will move to the If the memory position is still not memory position associated with the recalling, see the dealer for service. Not all mirrors and adjustable transmitter used to unlock the throttles and brake pedals will vehicle. Easy Exit Driver Seat have the ability to save and This feature can move the seat recall their positions. This feature can be turned on or off using the vehicle personalization rearward to allow extra room to 2. Press and hold “1” until menu. See “Memory Seat Recall” exit the vehicle. two beeps sound. under Vehicle Personalization (With B (Easy Exit Driver Seat): Press 3. Repeat for a second driver DIC Buttons) on page 5‑46 for more to recall the easy exit seat position. position using “2.” information. The vehicle must be in P (Park). To recall, press and release “1” or To stop recall movement, press one If the easy exit seat feature is “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). of the power seat controls, memory programmed on in the vehicle A single beep will sound. The seat, buttons, or power mirror buttons, personalization menu, automatic outside mirrors, and adjustable or the adjustable pedal switch. seat movement occurs when the throttle and brake pedals will move ignition key is removed. to the position previously stored for the identified driver. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

A single beep sounds. The driver Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar seat moves back approximately 8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back Manual Lumbar farther, press the easy exit seat button again until the seat is all the way back. If something has blocked the driver seat while recalling the exit position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction; then press and hold the power seat control rearward for two seconds. Try recalling the exit position again. If the exit position is still not recalling, see the dealer for service. To adjust the power lumbar support, See “Easy Exit Recall” and “Easy if equipped: If equipped, increase or decrease Exit Setup” under Vehicle . On vehicles with two-way Personalization (With DIC Buttons) manual lumbar support by turning the knob forward or rearward. lumbar, press and hold the top on page 5‑46 for more information. or bottom of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

. On vehicles with four-way lumbar, press and hold the front WARNING (Continued) or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. To The lap belt cannot do its job raise or lower the height of the either. In a crash, the belt could support, press and hold the top go up over your abdomen. The or bottom of the control. belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could Reclining Seatbacks cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the { WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well Sitting in a reclined position when back in the seat and wear the Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is in motion can be safety belt properly. the vehicle is moving. dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this. The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Manual Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright position: { WARNING 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the You can lose control of the seatback, and the seatback will vehicle if you try to adjust a return to the upright position. manual driver seat while the 2. Push and pull on the seatback to vehicle is moving. The sudden make sure it is locked. movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. To adjust a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. The seatback will automatically { WARNING fold forward. If either seatback is not locked, it 2. To recline, move the seatback could move forward in a sudden rearward to the desired position, stop or crash. That could cause then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the 3. Push and pull on the seatback to seatbacks to be sure they are make sure it is locked. locked. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Power Reclining Seatbacks Heated Front Seats

{ WARNING

If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures. To reduce the risk of burns, people with such a condition should use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on If available, the buttons are on the the seat that insulates against front doors. To recline a power seatback, heat, such as a blanket, cushion, I (Heated Seatback): Press to if equipped: cover, or similar item. This may heat the seatback only. . Tilt the top of the control cause the seat heater to J (Heated Seat and Seatback): rearward to recline. overheat. An overheated seat Press to heat the seat and heater may cause a burn or . Tilt the top of the control forward seatback. may damage the seat. to raise. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

The passenger seat may take Heated and Ventilated longer to heat up. Front Seats The heated seats will be canceled 10 seconds after the ignition is { WARNING turned off. Remote Start Heated Seats If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the When it is cold outside, the heated seat heater may cause burns seats may turn on automatically even at low temperatures. See during a remote vehicle start. The the Warning under Heated Front heated seats will be canceled when the ignition is turned on. Press the Seats on page 3‑9. desired button to use the heated If available, the buttons are on the seats after the vehicle is started. front doors. The lights on the heated seat H (Cooled Seat): Press to cool buttons do not turn on during a the seat. remote start. I (Heated Seatback): Press to The temperature performance of an heat the seatback only. unoccupied seat may be reduced. J This is normal. (Heated Seat and Seatback): Press to heat the seat and See Remote Vehicle Start on seatback. page 2‑5 for more information. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

the off setting. The lights indicate Rear Seats three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. Heated Rear Seats The heated and cooled seats turn off automatically when the ignition is turned off. To use this feature after { WARNING restarting the vehicle, press the If you cannot feel temperature desired button again. change or pain to the skin, the Remote Start Heated Seats seat heater may cause burns When it is cold outside, the heated even at low temperatures. See seats may turn on automatically the Warning under Heated Front Seats on page 3 9. during a remote vehicle start. The ‑ If available, the buttons are on the heated seats will be canceled when Rear Seat Audio (RSA) panel on the the ignition is turned on. Press the rear of the center console. desired button to use the heated seats after the vehicle is started. Press M or L to heat the left outboard or right outboard seat The lights on the heated seat cushion. An indicator on the RSA buttons do not turn on during a display appears when this feature remote start. is on. The temperature performance of an unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Press the button once for the To recline the seatback: To return the seatback to the upright highest setting. With each press of position: the button, the heated seat changes 1. Lift the lever fully without to the next lower setting, and then applying pressure to the the off setting. Indicator bars next to seatback, and the seatback will the symbol show the setting: three return to the upright position. for high, two for medium, and one for low. { WARNING The heated seats are canceled when the ignition is turned off. If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden Second Row Seats stop or crash. That could cause The second row seats can be folded injury to the person sitting there. for additional cargo space or folded Always push and pull on the and tumbled for easy entry and exit 1. Lift the lever on the outboard seatbacks to be sure they are to the third row seat, if equipped. side of the seat. locked. The seat has either the manual fold 2. Move the seatback to the and tumble feature or the automatic desired position, and then 2. Push and pull on the seatback to seat release fold and tumble release the lever to lock the make sure it is locked. feature. seatback in place. Reclining Seatbacks (Bucket 3. Push and pull on the seatback Seats Only) to make sure it is locked. On vehicles with second row bucket seats, the seatbacks can be reclined. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Manual Fold and Tumble Feature Folding and Tumbling the Seat To fold and tumble the seat: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat. Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position 2. Lift the lever, on the outboard The seatback will fold forward to before folding a rear seat. side of the seat, to release the create a flat load floor. seatback. If the seatback cannot fold flat, try moving the front seat forward and/or put the front seatback in the upright position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the Third Row Seat

{ WARNING

Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the 3. Lift the lever again to release the seat to make sure it is locked 60/40 Split-Bench Seat Shown, rear of the seat from the floor. into place. Bucket Seat Similar The seat will tumble forward. 2. Lift the lever, on the bottom rear To fold and tumble the seat from the of the second row seat on the third row seat, if equipped: inboard side, to release the seatback. The seatback will fold 1. Make sure that there is nothing forward. under, in front of, or on the seat. 3. Lift the same lever again to Notice: Folding a rear seat with release the rear of the seat from the safety belts still fastened may the floor. The seat will tumble cause damage to the seat or the forward. safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature { WARNING The transmission must be in Using the third row seating P (Park) for this feature to work. position while the second row is folded, or folded and tumbled, { WARNING could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return Automatically folding and the seat to the passenger seating tumbling the seat when someone position. Push and pull on the is sitting in the seat, could cause seat to make sure it is locked injury to the person sitting there. into place. Always make sure there is no one Driver Side Rear Panel Button sitting in the seat before pressing To fold and tumble the seat from Shown the automatic seat release button. the third row seat, if equipped: 2. Press the automatic seat release 1. Make sure that there is nothing button on the panel behind the Folding and Tumbling the under, in front of, or on the seat. rear doors. Second Row Seat from the Third Row Seat or Outside the Notice: Folding a rear seat with The seatback automatically Vehicle the safety belts still fastened may folds flat and the seat tumbles cause damage to the seat or the forward. There will be a slight safety belts. Always unbuckle the delay between the folding of the safety belts and return them to seatback and the tumbling of their normal stowed position the seat. before folding a rear seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Returning the Seat to the Third Row Seats Sitting Position { WARNING If the vehicle has a third row seat, To return the seat to the sitting A safety belt that is improperly the seatback can be folded, and position from the tumbled position: routed, not properly attached, the entire seat can be tumbled or 1. Pull the seat down until it latches or twisted will not provide the removed from the vehicle. protection needed in a crash. to the floor. The seatback cannot Folding the Seatback be raised if the seat is not The person wearing the belt could latched to the floor. be seriously injured. After raising To fold the seatback: the rear seatback, always check 1. Open the liftgate to access the { WARNING to be sure that the safety belts controls for the seat. are properly routed and attached, 2. Remove all items on the seat If either seatback is not locked, it and are not twisted. cushion. could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause 3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, Notice: Folding a rear seat with injury to the person sitting there. make sure the safety belt in the the safety belts still fastened may Always push and pull on the center seating position is not cause damage to the seat or the seatbacks to be sure they are caught between the two seats safety belts. Always unbuckle the locked. and is not twisted. safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. 2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

3. Fold the seatbacks forward { WARNING using lever “1” and the instructions listed previously If either seatback is not locked, it under “Folding the Seatback.” could move forward in a sudden The seat cannot be unlatched stop or crash. That could cause from the floor unless the injury to the person sitting there. seatback is folded. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

3. Push and pull on the seatback to 3. Lift the release lever “1,” on the make sure it is locked. bottom rear of the seatback on Tumbling the Third Row Seat the outboard side of the seat, and the seatback folds forward. To tumble the seat: Returning the Seatback to the 1. Open the liftgate to access the Upright Position controls for the seat. To return the seatback to the upright 2. Make sure the headrests are position: completely lowered and there is 4. Unlatch the seat from the floor nothing under, in front of, or on by lifting lever “2” next to the 1. Open the liftgate to access the the seat. carrying handle on the rear of controls for the seat. the seat, near the bottom. 2. Raise the seatback to the 5. Lift the rear of the seat up from upright position. the floor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

6. Tilt the seat fully forward to lock 5. Raise the seatback to the it into place. upright position. 7. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked. { WARNING Put the seat in this position only If either seatback is not locked, it when necessary for additional cargo could move forward in a sudden space. stop or crash. That could cause Returning the Third Row Seat injury to the person sitting there. from a Tumbled Position Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are To return the seat to the normal locked. seating position: 3. Unlatch the seat from the floor 1. Open the liftgate to access the 6. Push and pull on the seatback to by pulling the handle at the rear controls for the seat. make sure it is locked. of the seat “3 Removal Only” 2. Make sure there is nothing that toward the rear of the vehicle. Removing the Third Row Seat could become trapped under 4. Roll the seat out of the vehicle. the seat. To remove the seat: There is a track in the floor to 3. Release the seat from the 1. Open the liftgate to access the guide the seat wheels out of the tumbled position by lifting lever controls for the seat. vehicle. 2 next to the carrying handle “ ” 2. Fold the seatbacks forward at the bottom rear of the seat. using lever “1” and the 4. Pull the seat down until it latches instructions listed previously to the floor. The seatback cannot under “Folding the Seatback.” be raised to the upright position The seat cannot be unlatched unless the seat is latched to the from the floor unless the floor. seatback is folded. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Installing the Third Row Seat 4. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place. { WARNING To install the seat: The seatback cannot be raised 1. Open the liftgate to access the to the upright position unless the A safety belt that is improperly rear of the vehicle. seat is latched to the floor. routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the 2. Slide the front outboard seat 5. Raise the seatback to the protection needed in a crash. The wheels into the track on the floor upright position. person wearing the belt could be and roll the seat forward. The seriously injured. After raising the front latches should lock into { WARNING rear seatback, always check to be place. If the latches do not lock, sure that the safety belts are try tilting the rear of the seat If either seatback is not locked, it properly routed and attached, upward slightly. could move forward in a sudden and are not twisted. 3. Lower the rear of the seat and stop or crash. That could cause push down on the seat to injury to the person sitting there. engage the rear floor latches. Always push and pull on the 7. Make sure the safety belts are seatbacks to be sure they are returned to the original position { WARNING locked. over the seatbacks.

A seat that is not locked into 6. Push and pull on the seatback to place properly can move around make sure it is locked. in a collision or sudden stop. People in the vehicle could be injured. Be sure to lock the seat into place properly when installing it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belts In most states and in all Canadian { WARNING provinces, the law requires wearing This section of the manual safety belts. Here is why: describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride You never know if you will be in a properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside crash. If you do have a crash, you things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more do not know if it will be a serious one. { WARNING likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride A few crashes are mild, and some Do not let anyone ride where a in any area of your vehicle that is crashes can be so serious that even safety belt cannot be worn not equipped with seats and buckled up, a person would not properly. In a crash, if you or your safety belts. Be sure everyone in survive. But most crashes are in passenger(s) are not wearing the vehicle is in a seat and using between. In many of them, people safety belts, the injuries can be a safety belt properly. who buckle up can survive and much worse. You can hit things sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been inside the vehicle harder or be This vehicle has indicators as a badly hurt or killed. ejected from the vehicle. You reminder to buckle the safety belts. and your passenger(s) can be See Safety Belt Reminders on After more than 40 years of safety seriously injured or killed. In the page 5‑17 for additional information. belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. same crash, you might not be, In most crashes buckling up does if you are buckled up. Always matter ... a lot! fasten your safety belt, and check that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider does not stop.

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it is just a seat on wheels. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

The person keeps going until or the instrument panel... or the safety belts! stopped by something. In a real With safety belts, you slow down vehicle, it could be the windshield... as the vehicle does. You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the forces. That is why safety belts make such good sense. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

Questions and Answers About Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Q: If I am a good driver, and I Safety Belts should I have to wear safety never drive far from home, belts? why should I wear safety Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle belts? after a crash if I am wearing a A: Airbags are supplemental safety belt? systems only; so they work with A: You may be an excellent driver, safety belts — not instead of but if you are in a crash — even A: You could be whether you are — them. Whether or not an airbag one that is not your fault — you wearing a safety belt or not. But is provided, all occupants still and your passenger(s) can be your chance of being conscious have to buckle up to get the hurt. Being a good driver does during and after an accident, so most protection. That is true not not protect you from things you can unbuckle and get out, is only in frontal collisions, but beyond your control, such as much greater if you are belted. especially in side and other bad drivers. And you can unbuckle a safety collisions. belt, even if you are Most accidents occur within upside down. 40 km (25 mi) of home. And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 65 km/h (40 mph). Safety belts are for everyone. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your this applies force to the strong passenger(s) wear a safety belt, pelvic bones and you would be less Properly there is important information you likely to slide under the lap belt. This section is only for people of should know. If you slid under it, the belt would adult size. apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal Be aware that there are special injuries. The shoulder belt should go things to know about safety belts over the shoulder and across the and children. And there are different chest. These parts of the body are rules for smaller children and best able to take belt restraining infants. If a child will be riding in the forces. vehicle, see Older Children on page 3‑52 or Infants and Young The shoulder belt locks if there is a Children on page 3‑54. Follow those sudden stop or crash. rules for everyone's protection. It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are Sit up straight and always keep your wearing safety belts. feet on the floor in front of you. The lap part of the belt should be worn Occupants who are not buckled up low and snug on the hips, just can be thrown out of the vehicle in a touching the thighs. In a crash, crash. And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if the lap belt is too loose. In a crash, you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will It will not give as much not give nearly as much protection this way. protection this way.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if the shoulder belt is too loose. In a crash, you would move forward too much, which could increase injury. The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

could cause serious internal You can be seriously injured if the injuries. Always buckle the belt belt goes over an armrest like into the buckle nearest you. this. The belt would be much too high. In a crash, you can slide Q: What is wrong with this? under the belt. The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen, not on the pelvic bones, and that could cause serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured if the belt is buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash, the belt A: The belt is over an armrest. would go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not on the pelvic bones. This (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

Q: What is wrong with this? WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

Also, the belt would apply too You can be seriously injured by much force to the ribs, which are not wearing the lap-shoulder belt not as strong as shoulder bones. properly. In a crash, you would You could also severely injure not be restrained by the shoulder internal organs like your liver or belt. Your body could move too spleen. The shoulder belt should far forward increasing the chance go over the shoulder and across of head and neck injury. You the chest. might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then Q: What is wrong with this? be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal A: The shoulder belt is worn under injuries. The shoulder belt should the arm. It should be worn over go over the shoulder and across the shoulder at all times. the chest.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward, which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. (Continued) A: The belt is behind the body. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Lap-Shoulder Belt Use the following pictures to determine the latch plate style: All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt except for the center front passenger position, if equipped, which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page 3‑34 for more information. The lap‐shoulder belts for the first and second row seating positions are equipped with free‐falling latch plates. If the vehicle has a third row, the lap‐shoulder belts have either free‐falling or cinching latch plates. A: The belt is twisted across Free-Falling Latch Plate the body.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In a crash, you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, or ask your dealer to fix it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt with a free‐falling latch plate is pulled out all the Cinching Latch Plate way, the child restraint locking If the belt stops before it reaches The following instructions explain feature may be engaged. If this the buckle, for lap‐shoulder belts how to wear a lap-shoulder belt happens, let the belt go back all with cinching latch plates, tilt the properly. the way and start again. latch plate and keep pulling the safety belt until it can be 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Engaging the child restraint buckled. adjustable, so you can sit up locking feature in the right front straight. To see how, see seating position may affect the “Seats” in the Index. passenger sensing system, if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑45 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt To unlatch the belt, push the button height adjuster, move it to the on the buckle. The belt should height that is right for you. See return to its stowed position. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” Before a door is closed, be sure the in this section for instructions on safety belt is out of the way. If a use and important safety door is slammed against a safety information. belt, damage can occur to both the belt and the vehicle. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and 3. Push the latch plate into the right front passenger positions. buckle until it clicks. If you find Adjust the height so the shoulder that the latch plate will not go portion of the belt is on the shoulder fully into the buckle, see if you and not falling off of it. The belt are using the correct buckle. should be close to, but not Pull up on the latch plate to contacting, the neck. Improper make sure it is secure. If the belt shoulder belt height adjustment is not long enough, see Safety could reduce the effectiveness of 5. To make the lap part tight, pull Belt Extender on page 3‑35. the safety belt in a crash. See How up on the shoulder belt. to Wear Safety Belts Properly on Position the release button on page 3 24. the buckle so that the safety belt It may be necessary to pull ‑ could be quickly unbuckled if stitching on the safety belt necessary. through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort This vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder occupants. Although the safety belt belt comfort guides. If not, they are pretensioners cannot be seen, they available through your dealer. The are part of the safety belt assembly. guides may provide added safety They can help tighten the safety belt comfort for older children who belts during the early stages of a have outgrown booster seats and moderate to severe frontal, near for some adults. When installed and frontal, or rear crash if the threshold properly adjusted, the comfort guide conditions for pretensioner positions the belt away from the activation are met. And, if the neck and head. Squeeze the buttons (A) on the vehicle has side impact airbags, There is one guide, if equipped, sides of the height adjuster and safety belt pretensioners can help for each outside passenger position move the height adjuster to the tighten the safety belts in a side in the second row seat and the desired position. crash or a rollover event. third row, if the vehicle has one. The adjuster can be moved up just Pretensioners work only once. If the by pushing up on the shoulder belt pretensioners activate in a crash, guide. the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle's safety After the adjuster is set to the belt system will need to be replaced. desired position, try to move it down See Replacing Safety Belt System without squeezing the buttons to Parts After a Crash on page 3 36. make sure it has locked into ‑ position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

Second Row Third Row 2. Place the guide over the belt, Here is how to install a comfort If your vehicle has a third row, and insert the two edges of the guide to the safety belt: remove the guide from its belt into the slots of the guide. 1. For the second row, remove the storage pocket on the side of guide from its storage clip on the the seat. interior body. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 3. Be sure that the belt is not 4. Buckle, position, and release twisted and it lies flat. The the safety belt as described elastic cord must be under the previously in this section. Make belt and the guide on top. sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide. Slide the guide into its storage clip on the interior body or storage pocket on the side of the seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them wear safety belts. properly. Lap Belt This part is only for the lap belt. To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on To make the belt longer, tilt the latch page 3‑28. plate and pull it along the belt. The vehicle may have a center Buckle, position and release it the seating position. When you sit in the same way as the lap part of a center front seating position, you lap-shoulder belt. have a lap safety belt, which has no retractor.

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Safety Belt Extender Safety System Check If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten Now and then, check that the safety around you, you should use it. belt reminder light, safety belts, But if a safety belt is not long buckles, latch plates, retractors, and enough, your dealer will order you anchorages are working properly. an extender. When you go in to Look for any other loose or order it, take the heaviest coat you damaged safety belt system parts will wear, so the extender will be that might keep a safety belt system long enough for you. To help avoid from doing its job. See your dealer personal injury, do not let someone to have it repaired. Torn or frayed else use it, and use it only for the safety belts may not protect you in a seat it is made to fit. The extender crash. They can rip apart under To make the belt shorter, pull its free impact forces. If a belt is torn or end as shown until the belt is snug. has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To frayed, get a new one right away. If the belt is not long enough, see wear it, attach it to the regular safety Make sure the safety belt reminder Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑35. belt. For more information, see the light is working. See Safety Belt Make sure the release button on the instruction sheet that comes with Reminders on page 5‑17 for more buckle is positioned so you would the extender. information. be able to unbuckle the safety belt Keep safety belts clean and dry. quickly if necessary. See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑36. If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, see if you are using the correct buckle. Be sure that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts After a replaced. Crash New parts and repairs may be { WARNING necessary even if the safety belt { WARNING Do not bleach or dye safety belts. system was not being used at the time of the crash. It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. Have the safety belt pretensioners provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the crash, or if the airbag readiness light soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle serious injury or even death in a or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 5 18. crash. To help make sure the ‑ safety belt systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

Airbag System The vehicle may have the following With seat‐mounted side impact airbags: airbags, the word AIRBAG will The vehicle has the following appear on the side of the seatback . A seat mounted side impact airbags: ‐ airbag for the driver. closest to the door. . A frontal airbag for the driver. With roof-rail airbags, the word . A seat‐mounted side impact . A frontal airbag for the right front airbag for the right front AIRBAG will appear along the passenger. passenger. headliner or trim. Airbags are designed to supplement . A roof-rail airbag for the driver . If the vehicle has a third row and passenger directly behind seat, it will have a third row the protection provided by safety the driver. roof-rail airbag. belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to help reduce . A roof-rail airbag for the right All of the airbags in the vehicle will the risk of injury from the force of an front passenger and the person have the word AIRBAG embossed inflating bag, all airbags must inflate seated directly behind that in the trim or on an attached label very quickly to do their job. passenger. near the deployment opening. For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { WARNING { WARNING Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against, { WARNING faster than the blink of an eye. or very close to, any airbag You can be severely injured or Anyone who is up against, or very when it inflates can be seriously killed in a crash if you are not close to, any airbag when it injured or killed. Airbags plus inflates can be seriously injured lap-shoulder belts offer protection wearing your safety belt — even if you have airbags. Airbags are or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily for adults and older children, but designed to work with safety close to any airbag, as you would not for young children and infants. belts, but do not replace them. be if you were sitting on the edge Neither the vehicle safety belt Also, airbags are not designed to of the seat or leaning forward. system nor its airbag system is deploy in every crash. In some Safety belts help keep you in designed for them. Young crashes safety belts are your only position before and during a children and infants need the restraint. See When Should an crash. Always wear a safety belt, protection that a child restraint even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑41. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older crash helps reduce your chance the vehicle. Children on page 3‑52 or Infants of hitting things inside the vehicle and Young Children on or being ejected from it. Airbags Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side page 3‑54. are “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. Everyone in your windows in seating positions with vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

Where Are the Airbags?

There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag The right front passenger frontal Readiness Light on page 5‑18 for airbag is in the instrument panel more information. The driver frontal airbag is in the on the passenger's side. middle of the steering wheel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Side Similar Side Similar If the vehicle has seat‐mounted side The roof-rail airbags for the driver, If the vehicle has a third row impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger, and second passenger seat, the roof-rail airbags right front passenger, they are in the row outboard passengers are in the are located in the ceiling above the side of the seatbacks closest to ceiling above the side windows. rear windows for the outboard the door. passenger positions in the third row.

{ WARNING

If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at WARNING (Continued) different crash speeds. For Inflate? example: that person causing severe injury Frontal airbags are designed to or even death. The path of an . If the vehicle hits a stationary inflate in moderate to severe frontal object, the airbags could inflate inflating airbag must be kept or near-frontal crashes to help clear. Do not put anything at a different crash speed than if reduce the potential for severe the vehicle hits a moving object. between an occupant and an injuries mainly to the driver's or right airbag, and do not attach or put front passenger's head and chest. . If the vehicle hits an object that anything on the steering wheel However, they are only designed to deforms, the airbags could hub or on or near any other inflate if the impact exceeds a inflate at a different crash speed airbag covering. predetermined deployment than if the vehicle hits an object does not deform. Do not use seat accessories that threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a . block the inflation path of a If the vehicle hits a narrow object crash is likely to be in time for the seat-mounted side impact airbag. (like a pole), the airbags could airbags to inflate and help restrain inflate at a different crash speed Never secure anything to the roof the occupants. than if the vehicle hits a wide of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags Whether the frontal airbags will or object (like a wall). by routing a rope or tie down should deploy is not based on . If the vehicle goes into an object through any door or window how fast the vehicle is traveling. at an angle, the airbags could opening. If you do, the path of an It depends largely on what you hit, inflate at a different crash speed inflating roof-rail airbag will be the direction of the impact, and how than if the vehicle goes straight blocked. quickly the vehicle slows down. into the object. Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Frontal airbags are not intended to The seat position sensor provides Roof-rail airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear information that is used to determine inflate in rear impacts. A seat‐ impacts, or in many side impacts. if the airbags should deploy at a mounted side impact airbag is In addition, the vehicle has reduced level or at full deployment. intended to deploy on the side of the dual-stage frontal airbags. The vehicle may or may not have vehicle that is struck. Both roof-rail airbags will deploy when either side Dual-stage airbags adjust the seat‐mounted side impact airbags. restraint according to crash severity. The vehicle has roof-rail airbags. of the vehicle is struck or if the sensing system predicts that the The vehicle has electronic frontal See Airbag System on page 3‑37. vehicle is about to roll over, or in a sensors, which help the sensing Seat‐mounted side impact airbags system distinguish between a and roof-rail airbags are intended to severe frontal impact. moderate frontal impact and a more inflate in moderate to severe side In any particular crash, no one can severe frontal impact. For moderate crashes. In addition, these roof-rail say whether an airbag should have frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags airbags are intended to inflate inflated simply because of the inflate at a level less than full during a rollover or in a severe damage to a vehicle or because deployment. For more severe frontal frontal impact. Seat‐mounted side of what the repair costs were. impacts, full deployment occurs. impact airbags and roof-rail airbags For frontal airbags, inflation is The vehicle has a seat position will inflate if the crash severity is determined by what the vehicle hits, sensor. Vehicles with dual stage above the system's designed the angle of the impact, and how airbags also have seat position threshold level. The threshold level quickly the vehicle slows down. sensors which enable the sensing can vary with specific vehicle For seat‐mounted side impact and system to monitor the position of design. roof-rail airbags, deployment is the driver seat and may or may not determined by the location and monitor the position of the front severity of the side impact. In a passenger seat. rollover event, roof-rail airbag deployment is determined by the direction of the roll. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help contain the Inflate? Restrain? head and chest of occupants in the In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or outboard seating positions in the system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted first, second, and third rows, triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering if equipped with a third row seat. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In The rollover capable roof-rail airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions, airbags are designed to help reduce of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact the risk of full or partial ejection in the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle. rollover events, although no system can prevent all such ejections. all part of the airbag module. Airbags supplement the protection Frontal airbag modules are located provided by safety belts. Frontal But airbags would not help in many inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of the types of collisions, primarily instrument panel. For vehicles with impact more evenly over the because the occupant's motion is seat‐mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body, stopping not toward those airbags. See When there are airbags modules in the the occupant more gradually. Should an Airbag Inflate? on side of the front seatbacks closest Seat‐mounted side impact and page 3‑41 for more information. to the door. For vehicles with roof-rail airbags distribute the force Airbags should never be regarded roof-rail airbags, there are airbag of the impact more evenly over the as anything more than a supplement modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, occupant's upper body. to safety belts. near the side windows that have occupant seating positions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

What Will You See After off the interior lamps and hazard { WARNING warning flashers by using the an Airbag Inflates? controls for those features. After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there may be dust in the air. This dust seat-mounted side impact airbags { WARNING inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems quickly that some people may not for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel they deploy. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a airbag modules, see What Makes airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑43. by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag the vehicle. but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek be some smoke and dust coming medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt from the vents in the deflated to restart the engine after a crash has occurred. airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle may have a feature that prevent the driver from seeing out of may automatically unlock the doors, the windshield or being able to steer turn on the interior lamps and In many crashes severe enough to the vehicle, nor does it prevent hazard warning flashers, and shut inflate the airbag, windshields are people from leaving the vehicle. off the fuel system after the airbags broken by vehicle deformation. inflate. You can lock the doors, turn Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Additional windshield breakage may . Let only qualified technicians also occur from the right front work on the airbag systems. passenger airbag. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work . Airbags are designed to inflate properly. See your dealer for only once. After an airbag service. inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. Passenger Sensing United States If you do not get them, the airbag system will not be there System to help protect you in another If the vehicle has the passenger crash. A new system will include airbag status indicator pictured in airbag modules and possibly the following illustration, then the other parts. The service manual vehicle has a passenger sensing for your vehicle covers the need system for the right front passenger Canada and Mexico to replace other parts. position. The passenger airbag . The vehicle has a crash sensing status indicator, if equipped, is The words ON and OFF, or the and diagnostic module which visible on the overhead console symbols for on and off, will be records information after a when the vehicle is started. visible during the system check. If you are using remote start, crash. See Vehicle Data In addition, if the vehicle has a Recording and Privacy on if equipped, to start the vehicle from passenger sensing system for the a distance, you may not see the page 13‑16 and Event Data right front passenger position, the Recorders on page 13‑16. system check. When the system label on the vehicle's sun visors check is complete, either the word refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑19. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system will riding in a forward-facing child seat; turn off the right front passenger an older child riding in a booster WARNING (Continued) frontal airbag under certain seat; and children, who are large conditions. The driver airbag, enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right seat‐mounted side impact airbags A label on the sun visor says, (if equipped) and the roof-rail front passenger frontal airbag, no “Never put a rear-facing child seat in airbags are not affected by the system is fail-safe. No one can the front.” This is because the risk to passenger sensing system. guarantee that an airbag will not the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual The passenger sensing system if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though the works with sensors that are part of airbag is turned off. the right front passenger seat and { WARNING safety belt. The sensors are Secure rear-facing child restraints designed to detect the presence of A child in a rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the a properly-seated occupant and restraint can be seriously airbag is off. If you secure a determine if the right front injured or killed if the right front forward-facing child restraint in passenger frontal airbag should be passenger airbag inflates. the right front seat, always move enabled (may inflate) or not. This is because the back of the the front passenger seat as far According to accident statistics, rear-facing child restraint would back as it will go. It is better to children are safer when properly be very close to the inflating secure the child restraint in a secured in a rear seat in the correct airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat. child restraint for their weight child restraint can be seriously and size. injured or killed if the right front We recommend that children be passenger airbag inflates and the secured in a rear seat, including: passenger seat is in a forward an infant or a child riding in a position. rear-facing child restraint; a child (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

The passenger sensing system is The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front designed to turn on (may inflate) the { WARNING passenger frontal airbag if: right front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever . The right front passenger seat is comes on and stays on, it means unoccupied. person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front that something may be wrong . The system determines an infant passenger seat. with the airbag system. To help is present in a child restraint. avoid injury to yourself or others, When the passenger sensing have the vehicle serviced right . A right front passenger takes system has allowed the airbag to be away. See Airbag Readiness his/her weight off of the seat enabled, the on indicator will light Light on page 5 18 for more for a period of time. and stay lit as a reminder that the ‑ airbag is active. information, including important . There is a critical problem safety information. with the airbag system or the For some children, including passenger sensing system. children in child restraints, and for If the On Indicator is Lit for a When the passenger sensing very small adults, the passenger system has turned off the right front sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint passenger frontal airbag, the off off the right front passenger frontal If a child restraint has been installed indicator will light and stay lit as a airbag, depending upon the and the on indicator is lit: reminder that the airbag is off. See person's seating posture and body 1. Turn the vehicle off. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator build. Everyone in the vehicle who on page 5‑19. has outgrown child restraints 2. Remove the child restraint from should wear a safety belt the vehicle. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. 3. Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

4. Reinstall the child restraint 6. Restart the vehicle. use the following steps to allow the following the directions The passenger sensing system system to detect that person and provided by the child restraint may or may not turn off the enable the right front passenger manufacturer and refer to airbag for a child in a child frontal airbag: Securing Child Restraints (Rear restraint depending upon the 1. Turn the vehicle off. Seat Position) on page 3 69 or ‑ child’s seating posture and body Securing Child Restraints 2. Remove any additional material build. It is better to secure the from the seat, such as blankets, (Center Front Seat Position) on child restraint in a rear seat. page 3‑72 or Securing Child cushions, seat covers, seat Restraints (Right Front Seat If the Off Indicator is Lit for an heaters, or seat massagers. Position) on page 3‑72. Adult-Size Occupant 3. Place the seatback in the fully 5. If, after reinstalling the child upright position. restraint and restarting the 4. Have the person sit upright in vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, the seat, centered on the seat turn the vehicle off. Then slightly cushion, with legs comfortably recline the vehicle seatback and extended. adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that 5. Restart the vehicle and have the the vehicle seatback is not person remain in this position for pushing the child restraint into two to three minutes after the on the seat cushion. indicator is lit. Also make sure the child Additional Factors Affecting restraint is not trapped under the If a person of adult size is sitting in System Operation vehicle head restraint. If this the right front passenger seat, but Safety belts help keep the happens, adjust the head the off indicator is lit, it could be passenger in position on the seat restraint. See Head Restraints because that person is not sitting during vehicle maneuvers and on page 3 2. ‑ properly in the seat. If this happens, braking, which helps the passenger Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

sensing system maintain the page 3‑50 for more information Your dealer and the service manual passenger airbag status. See about modifications that can affect have information about servicing the “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” how the system operates. vehicle and the airbag system. To in the Index for additional The on indicator may be lit if an purchase a service manual, see information about the importance object, such as a briefcase, Service Publications Ordering of proper restraint use. handbag, grocery bag, laptop, Information on page 13‑14. If the shoulder portion of the belt is or other electronic device, is put on pulled out all the way, the child an unoccupied seat. If this is not { WARNING restraint locking feature will be desired, remove the object from engaged. This may unintentionally the seat. For up to 10 seconds after the cause the passenger sensing ignition is turned off and the system to turn the airbag off for { WARNING battery is disconnected, an airbag some adult‐size occupants. If this can still inflate during improper happens, let the belt go back all the Stowing of articles under the service. You can be injured if you way and start again. passenger seat or between the are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. A thick layer of additional material, passenger seat cushion and such as a blanket or cushion, seatback may interfere with the They are probably part of the or aftermarket equipment such as proper operation of the passenger airbag system. Be sure to follow seat covers, seat heaters, and seat sensing system. proper service procedures, and massagers, can affect how well make sure the person performing the passenger sensing system work for you is qualified to do so. operates. We recommend that Servicing the you not use seat covers or other Airbag-Equipped Vehicle aftermarket equipment except when Airbags affect how the vehicle approved by GM for your specific should be serviced. There are parts vehicle. See Adding Equipment to of the airbag system in several the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on places around the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Adding Equipment to the In addition, the vehicle may have If you have any questions a passenger sensing system for about this, you should contact Airbag-Equipped Vehicle the right front passenger's Customer Assistance before you Q: Is there anything I might add position, which includes sensors modify your vehicle. The phone to or change about the vehicle that are part of the passenger's numbers and addresses for that could keep the airbags seat. The passenger sensing Customer Assistance are in from working properly? system may not operate properly Step Two of the Customer if the original seat trim is Satisfaction Procedure in A: Yes. If you add things that replaced with non-GM covers, this manual. See Customer change your vehicle's frame, upholstery or trim, or with GM Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. bumper system, height, front end covers, upholstery or trim and Canada) on page 13 2 or or side sheet metal, they may ‑ designed for a different vehicle. Customer Satisfaction keep the airbag system from Any object, such as an Procedure (Mexico) on working properly. Changing or aftermarket seat heater or a page 13 4. moving any parts of the front ‑ comfort enhancing pad or seats, safety belts, the airbag If the vehicle has rollover device, installed under or on top sensing and diagnostic module, roof-rail airbags, see Different of the seat fabric, could also steering wheel, instrument Size Tires and Wheels on interfere with the operation of panel, roof-rail airbag modules, page 10‑62 for additional the passenger sensing system. ceiling headliner or pillar garnish important information. This could either prevent proper trim, overhead console, front deployment of the passenger sensors, side impact sensors, airbag(s) or prevent the or airbag wiring can affect the passenger sensing system operation of the airbag system. from properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑45. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Q: What if I added a snow plow? Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag System Check Will it keep the airbags from I have to get my vehicle working properly? modified. How can I find out The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or A: We have designed our airbag whether this will affect my airbag system? replacement. Make sure the airbag systems to work properly under readiness light is working. See a wide range of conditions, A: If you have questions, call Airbag Readiness Light on including snow plowing with Customer Assistance. The page 5‑18 for more information. vehicles that have the optional phone numbers and addresses Snow Plow Prep Package for Customer Assistance are in Notice: If an airbag covering is (RPO VYU). But do not change Step Two of the Customer damaged, opened, or broken, the or defeat the snow plow's Satisfaction Procedure in this airbag may not work properly. “tripping mechanism.” If you do, manual. See Customer Do not open or break the airbag it can damage your snow plow Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. coverings. If there are any and your vehicle, and it may and Canada) on page 13‑2 or opened or broken airbag covers, cause an airbag inflation. Customer Satisfaction have the airbag covering and/or Procedure (Mexico) on airbag module replaced. For the page 13‑4. location of the airbag modules, see What Makes an Airbag In addition, your dealer and the Inflate? on page 3‑43. See your service manual have information dealer for service. about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints Parts After a Crash replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service. Older Children { WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes A crash can damage the on when you are driving, the airbag airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. A damaged airbag system Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light may not work properly and on page 5 18 for more information. may not protect you and your ‑ passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown possible. booster seats should wear the vehicle safety belts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

The manufacturer's instructions that . Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort come with the booster seat state the snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on weight and height limitations for that thighs? If yes, continue. If no, page 3‑28. return to the booster seat. booster. Use a booster seat with a According to accident statistics, lap-shoulder belt until the child . Can proper safety belt fit be children and infants are safer when passes the fit test below: maintained for the length of the properly restrained in a child . Sit all the way back on the seat. trip? If yes, continue. If no, restraint system or infant restraint Do the knees bend at the seat return to the booster seat. system secured in a rear seating edge? If yes, continue. If no, Q: What is the proper way to position. return to the booster seat. wear safety belts? In a crash, children who are not . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A: An older child should wear a buckled up can strike other people Does the shoulder belt rest on lap-shoulder belt and get the who are buckled up, or can be the shoulder? If yes, continue. additional restraint a shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older If no, try using the rear safety belt can provide. The shoulder children need to use safety belts belt comfort guide. See “Rear belt should not cross the face or properly. Safety Belt Comfort Guides” neck. The lap belt should fit under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snugly below the hips, just page 3‑28 for more information. touching the top of the thighs. If the shoulder belt still does not This applies belt force to the rest on the shoulder, then return child's pelvic bones in a crash. to the booster seat. It should never be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Never do this. Never do this. Never allow two children to wear Never allow a child to wear the the same safety belt. The safety safety belt with the shoulder belt belt can not properly spread the behind their back. A child can be impact forces. In a crash, the seriously injured by not wearing two children can be crushed the lap-shoulder belt properly. together and seriously injured. In a crash, the child would not be A safety belt must be used by restrained by the shoulder belt. only one person at a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child Infants and Young might also slide under the lap Children belt. The belt force would then be Everyone in a vehicle needs applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants That could cause serious or fatal and all other children. Neither the injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Children who are not restrained { WARNING properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and { WARNING the safety belt continues to Never do this. tighten. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never Never hold an infant or a child allow children to play with the while riding in a vehicle. Due to safety belts. crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer For example, in a crash at only protection for adults and older 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) children, but not for young children infant will suddenly become a and infants. Neither the vehicle's 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Every arms. An infant should be time infants and young children ride secured in an appropriate in vehicles, they should have the restraint. protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

For most basic types of child { WARNING restraints, there are many different models available. When Never do this. purchasing a child restraint, be Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in or very close to, any airbag when a motor vehicle. If it is, the it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying or killed. Never put a rear-facing that it meets federal motor child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards. seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer's restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and child restraint in a rear seat. If you Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular must secure a forward-facing add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which are many kinds of restraints seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle available for children with special needs. passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic will go. types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

Child Restraint Systems { WARNING { WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low because an infant's neck is not on the hip bones, as it should. fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around weighs so much compared with the child's abdomen. In a crash, the rest of its body. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a an infant in a rear-facing child body area that is unprotected by restraint settles into the restraint, any bony structure. This alone so the crash forces can be could cause serious or fatal distributed across the strongest injuries. To reduce the risk of part of an infant's body, the back serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat and shoulders. Infants should crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A) always be secured in rear-facing always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating child restraints. child restraints. surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a To help reduce the chance of injury, child to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Keep in mind that an unsecured Securing the Child Within the the LATCH system. See Lower child restraint can move around in a Child Restraint Anchors and Tethers for Children collision or sudden stop and injure (LATCH System) on page 3‑61 for people in the vehicle. Be sure to { WARNING more information. Children can be properly secure any child restraint in endangered in a crash if the child the vehicle — even when no child is A child can be seriously injured restraint is not properly secured in in it. or killed in a crash if the child is the vehicle. In some areas of the United States not properly secured in the child When securing an add-on child and Canada, Certified Child restraint. Secure the child restraint, refer to the instructions Passenger Safety Technicians properly following the instructions that come with the restraint which (CPSTs) are available to inspect that came with that child restraint. may be on the restraint itself or in a and demonstrate how to correctly booklet, or both, and to this manual. use and install child restraints. In The child restraint instructions the U.S., refer to the National are important, so if they are not Highway Traffic Safety available, obtain a replacement Administration (NHTSA) website copy from the manufacturer. to locate the nearest child safety seat inspection station. For CPST availability in Canada, check with Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

Where to Put the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Restraint According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child Even if the passenger sensing children and infants are safer restraint can be seriously system, if equipped, has turned when properly restrained in a child injured or killed if the right front off the right front passenger restraint system or infant restraint passenger airbag inflates. frontal airbag, no system is system secured in a rear seating This is because the back of the fail-safe. No one can guarantee position. rear-facing child restraint would that an airbag will not deploy be very close to the inflating under some unusual We recommend that children and airbag. A child in a forward-facing circumstance, even though child restraints be secured in a rear child restraint can be seriously it is turned off. seat, including: an infant or a child injured or killed if the right front riding in a rear-facing child restraint; Secure rear-facing child passenger airbag inflates and the a child riding in a forward-facing restraints in a rear seat, even if passenger seat is in a forward child seat; an older child riding in a the airbag is off. If you secure a position. booster seat; and children, who are forward-facing child restraint in large enough, using safety belts. The vehicle may have a the right front seat, always move A label on your sun visor says, passenger sensing system which the front passenger seat as far “Never put a rear-facing child seat in is designed to turn off the right back as it will go. It is better to the front.” This is because the risk to front passenger frontal airbag secure the child restraint in a the rear-facing child is so great, under certain conditions. rear seat. if the airbag deploys. (Continued) See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑45 for additional information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-61

Depending on where you place Lower Anchors and { WARNING the child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be Tethers for Children A child in a child restraint in the able to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) center front seat can be badly assemblies or LATCH anchors for injured or killed by the frontal The LATCH system holds a child additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. airbags if they inflate. Never restraints. Adjacent seating secure a child restraint in the This system is designed to make positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. center front seat. It is always child restraint prevents access to The LATCH system uses anchors in better to secure a child restraint or interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the in a rear seat. safety belt. child restraint that are made for use Wherever a child restraint is with the LATCH system. Do not use child restraints in the installed, be sure to secure the Make sure that a LATCH-compatible center front seat position. child restraint properly. child restraint is properly installed When securing a child restraint in Keep in mind that an unsecured using the anchors, or use the a rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a vehicle's safety belts to secure the instructions that came with your collision or sudden stop and injure restraint, following the instructions child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that restraint, and compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in also the instructions in this manual. your vehicle even when no child Child restraints and booster seats — is in it. vary considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. Always make sure the child restraint is properly secured. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

3-62 Seats and Restraints

When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be attached using only the top tether and anchor. In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top instructions on how to use the child built into the vehicle. There are of the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint and its attachments. The two lower anchors for each A top tether anchor is built into following explains how to attach a LATCH seating position that will the vehicle. The top tether child restraint with these accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint attachments in your vehicle. lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the Not all vehicle seating positions or forward movement and rotation of child restraints have lower anchors the child restraint during driving or in and attachments or top tether a crash. anchors and attachments. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-63

Your child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Anchor Locations Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be Second Row — Bucket attached. Be sure to read and follow j (Lower Anchor): Seating the instructions for your child Second Row 60/40 positions with two lower anchors. restraint. — j (Lower Anchor): Seating i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors. i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

3-64 Seats and Restraints

For models with a third row seat, see the information following for installing a child restraint with a top tether in the third row, if your vehicle has one. Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor. For models with 60/40 second row seating, the rear right side passenger and center seating positions have exposed metal anchors located in the crease Third Row Seat between the seatback and the Second Row Seat — Bucket i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating seat cushion. For models with bucket second row positions with top tether anchors. For models with second row bucket seating, the top tether anchors are There is one top tether anchor that seats, both rear seating positions located at the bottom rear of the can be used for either the third row have exposed metal anchors seat cushion for each seating center or driver side seating position located in the crease between the position in the second row. Be sure but not both at the same time. seatback and the seat cushion. to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-65

Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating Second Row Seat — 60/40 Third Row Seat position. See Where to Put the For models with 60/40 second row For vehicles with a third row seat, Restraint on page 3‑60 for seating, the top tether anchors are there is one top tether anchor additional information. located at the bottom rear of the located at the bottom rear of the seat cushion for each seating seat cushion that can be used for position in the second row. Be sure either the third row center or driver to use an anchor located on the side seating position. Never install same side of the vehicle as the two top tethers using the same top seating position where the child tether anchor. restraint will be placed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

3-66 Seats and Restraints

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH { WARNING { WARNING System Do not attach more than one child Children can be seriously injured restraint to a single anchor. or strangled if a shoulder belt is { WARNING Attaching more than one child wrapped around their neck and restraint to a single anchor could the safety belt continues to If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment tighten. Buckle any unused safety not attached to anchors, the child to come loose or even break belts behind the child restraint so restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull the child correctly. In a crash, the could be injured. To reduce the the shoulder belt all the way out child could be seriously injured or risk of serious or fatal injuries of the retractor to set the lock, killed. Install a LATCH-type child during a crash, attach only if the vehicle has one, after the restraint properly using the one child restraint per anchor. child restraint has been installed. anchors, or use the vehicle safety belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that Notice: Do not let the LATCH came with the child restraint and attachments rub against the the instructions in this manual. vehicle’s safety belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-67

Do not fold the empty rear seat 2. If the child restraint manufacturer are using a single tether, with a safety belt buckled. This recommends that the top tether route the tether over the could damage the safety belt or be attached, attach and tighten seatback. the seat. Unbuckle and return the the top tether to the top tether safety belt to its stowed position, anchor, if the vehicle has one. before folding the seat. Refer to the child restraint 1. Attach and tighten the lower instructions and the following attachments to the lower steps: anchors. If the child restraint 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. does not have lower 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten attachments or the desired the top tether according to seating position does not have your child restraint lower anchors, secure the child instructions and the . If the position you are using restraint with the top tether and following instructions: the safety belts. Refer to your does not have a headrest child restraint manufacturer or head restraint and you instructions and the instructions are using a dual tether, in this manual. route the tether over the seatback. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lower . If the position you are using attachments on the child does not have a headrest restraint to the lower or head restraint and you anchors. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

3-68 Seats and Restraints

. If the position you are using . If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest has a fixed or an adjustable or head restraint and you headrest or head restraint are using a single tether, and you are using a dual . If the position you are using raise the headrest or head has a fixed headrest or tether, route the tether restraint and route the head restraint and you are around the headrest or tether under the headrest using a single tether, route head restraint. or head restraint and in the tether around the 3. Before placing a child in the between the headrest or inboard or outboard side child restraint, make sure it is head restraint posts. of the headrest or head securely held in place. To check, restraint. grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐ and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-69

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat Position) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in attached. { WARNING a rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the A crash can damage the LATCH the LATCH system, you will be child restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. LATCH system may not properly child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH came with the child restraint. Secure resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when death in a crash. To help make System) on page 3 61 for how and and as the instructions say. sure the LATCH system is ‑ where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint is see your dealer to have the needs to be installed in the rear secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑60. necessary replacements made see Lower Anchors and Tethers for as soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on The vehicle's lap‐shoulder belts for page 3‑61 for top tether anchor the first and second row seating positions are equipped with If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. free falling latch plates. If the and it was being used during a ‐ Do not secure a child seat in a vehicle has a third row, the crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor lap‐shoulder belts have either may be needed. if a national or local law requires free‐falling or cinching latch New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if plates. necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap time of the crash. must be anchored. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

3-70 Seats and Restraints

Use the following pictures to determine the latch plate style:

Cinching Latch Plate For third row seating positions, 1. Put the child restraint on with cinching latch plates, tilt the Free‐Falling Latch Plate the seat. latch plate to adjust the belt if needed. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-71

3. Push the latch plate into the 4. For passenger seating positions 5. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. with a lap‐shoulder belt and a on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on free‐falling latch plate, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle so that the safety belt rest of the shoulder belt all the tighten the lap portion of the belt could be quickly unbuckled if way out of the retractor to set and feed the shoulder belt back necessary. the lock. When installing a child into the retractor. When installing restraint using a lap‐shoulder a forward-facing child restraint, it belt and a cinching latch plate, may be helpful to use your knee skip Step 4 and proceed to to push down on the child Step 5. restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

3-72 Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (Center Front Seat (Right Front Seat regarding the use of the top Position) Position) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear Tethers for Children (LATCH { WARNING seat is a safer place to secure a System) on page 3‑61 for more forward-facing child restraint. See information. A child in a child restraint in the Where to Put the Restraint on 7. Before placing a child in the center front seat can be badly page 3‑60. injured or killed by the frontal child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle may have a securely held in place. To check, airbags if they inflate. Never secure a child restraint in the passenger sensing system which is grasp the child restraint at the designed to turn off the right front center front seat. It is always safety belt path and attempt to passenger frontal airbag under better to secure a child restraint move it side‐to‐side and back‐ certain conditions. See Passenger and forth. When the child in a rear seat. ‐ Sensing System on page 3‑45 and restraint is properly installed, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator there should be no more than Do not use child restraints in the on page 5‑19 for more information, 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. center front seat position. including important safety To remove the child restraint, information. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-73

A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and the front.” This is because the risk to Tethers for Children (LATCH Even if the passenger sensing the rear-facing child is so great if the System) on page 3‑61 for how and airbag deploys. system, if equipped, has turned where to install the child restraint off the right front passenger using LATCH. If a child restraint is { WARNING frontal airbag, no system is secured using a safety belt and it fail-safe. No one can guarantee uses a top tether, see Lower A child in a rear-facing child that an airbag will not deploy Anchors and Tethers for Children restraint can be seriously under some unusual (LATCH System) on page 3‑61 for injured or killed if the right front circumstance, even though top tether anchor locations. passenger airbag inflates. it is turned off. Do not secure a child seat in a This is because the back of the Secure rear-facing child restraints position without a top tether anchor rear-facing child restraint would in a rear seat, even if the if a national or local law requires be very close to the inflating airbag is off. If you secure a that the top tether be anchored, or if airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in the instructions that come with the child restraint can be seriously the right front seat, always move child restraint say that the top strap injured or killed if the right front the front passenger seat as far must be anchored. passenger airbag inflates and the back as it will go. It is better to In Canada, the law requires that passenger seat is in a forward secure the child restraint in a forward-facing child restraints have position. rear seat. a top tether, and that the tether be attached. The vehicle may have a See Passenger Sensing System passenger sensing system which on page 3‑45 for additional is designed to turn off the right information. front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

3-74 Seats and Restraints

You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way or around the restraint. The child buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the restraint instructions will show lock. When the retractor lock is you how. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. necessary. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-75

7. Before placing a child in the If a child restraint has been installed child restraint, make sure it is and the on indicator is lit, see “If the securely held in place. To check, On Indicator is Lit for a Child grasp the child restraint at the Restraint” under Passenger Sensing safety belt path and attempt to System on page 3‑45 for more move it side‐to‐side and back‐ information. and‐forth. When the child To remove the child restraint, restraint is properly installed, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and there should be no more than let it return to the stowed position. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the vehicle is equipped with the passenger sensing system, and 6. To tighten the belt, push down when the passenger sensing system on the child restraint, pull the has turned off the right front shoulder portion of the belt to passenger frontal airbag, the off tighten the lap portion of the belt, indicator in the passenger airbag and feed the shoulder belt back status indicator should light and stay into the retractor. When installing lit when you start the vehicle. See a forward-facing child restraint, it Passenger Airbag Status Indicator may be helpful to use your knee on page 5‑19. to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

3-76 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 open it. Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Cupholders Additional Storage Features For vehicles with cupholders located Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 in the front and rear of the floor Roof Rack System console or in the fold down armrest, Pull downward on the lid to access adjust the front cupholders by Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 the rear floor console cupholders. moving the insert forward or rearward. There could also be cupholders located in the second and third row seat armrest areas. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Armrest Storage Additional Storage To return the cover to the retracted position: For vehicles with a rear seat Features armrest, pull the loop at the top of 1. Pull up on the cover handle to release the cover posts from the the armrest down to access the Cargo Cover cupholders. retaining sockets. 2. Let the cover move forward to Rear Storage { WARNING the full retracted position. For vehicles with a rear storage An improperly stored cargo cover To remove the cover from a regular area, it is located in the rear cargo could be thrown about the vehicle wheelbase model: area of the vehicle on the during a collision or sudden 1. Let the cover go all the way into driver side. maneuver. Someone could be the holder. injured. If the cover is removed, Turn the knobs and pull the storage 2. Then, grasping the driver side always store it in the proper door to access. The door can be cover end cap, push the cover storage location. When it is removed. end cap toward the passenger replaced, always be sure that side of the vehicle. Center Console Storage it is securely reattached. 3. Swing the cover rearward and For vehicles with a console take it out of the vehicle. compartment, it is located between To use the cargo cover, if equipped: To put the cover in the vehicle: the bucket seats. 1. Pull the cover handle toward the 1. Make sure the cover slot in the Press the button and lift the lid to rear of the vehicle. holder faces rearward with the access the console compartment. 2. Latch the cover posts into the round surface facing down. A cupholder located in the rear of retaining sockets on the cargo 2. Then, hold the cover at an angle the console, swings down for the area trim panels. and place the cover end cap into rear seat passenger to use. the slot in the passenger side trim panel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

3. Move the other end of the cover Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the forward and hold it next to the roof rack that weighs more than driver side trim panel slot. 91 kg (200 lbs) or hangs over the { WARNING 4. Press the end caps in, to allow rear or sides of the vehicle may the cover to fit into the trim slot. damage the vehicle. Load cargo If something is carried on top of so that it rests evenly between 5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to the vehicle that is longer or wider the crossrails, making sure to make sure it is secure. than the roof rack — like paneling, fasten cargo securely. plywood, or a mattress the On extended wheelbase models — wind can catch it while the vehicle To prevent damage or loss of cargo there are two cover positions. is being driven. The item being when driving, check to make sure The slots furthest forward allow crossrails and cargo are securely carried could be violently torn off, the cover to be used if the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof and this could cause a collision third seat is removed or folded rack will make the vehicle’s center down. The cover can be and damage the vehicle. Never of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, installed and removed from carry something longer or wider sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden either side. than the roof rack on top of the braking or abrupt maneuvers, vehicle unless using a GM otherwise it may result in loss of certified accessory carrier. control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, For vehicles with a roof rack, the occasionally stop the vehicle to rack can be used to load items. make sure the cargo remains in its For roof racks that do not have place. crossrails included, GM Certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer for additional information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle . To carry long items, move capacity when loading the vehicle. the crossrails as far apart as For more information on vehicle possible. Tie the load to the capacity and loading, see Vehicle crossrails and the siderails or Load Limits on page 9‑22. siderail supports. Also tie the load to the bumpers, but do not . If small heavy objects are placed tie the load so tightly that the on the roof, cut a piece of 9 mm crossrails or siderails are or 3/8 inch plywood to fit inside damaged. the crossrails and siderails to spread the load. Tie the plywood . After moving a crossrail, be sure to the siderail supports. it is securely locked into the siderail. . Tie the load and secure it to the crossrails or the siderail A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp supports. Use the crossrails only (CHMSL) is located above the rear to keep the load from sliding. To window glass. move a crossrail, lift the release Make sure items loaded on the lever up, on both sides of the roof of the vehicle do not block or rail. Then slide the crossrail to damage the CHMSL. the desired position balancing the force side to side. Press the release lever down on both sides of the rail, down to tighten it. Try to slide the crossrail back and forth slightly to make sure it is tight. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Messages Instruments and Gauge ...... 5-16 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-36 Controls Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-17 Battery Voltage and Charging Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-17 Messages ...... 5-36 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-18 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-37 Controls Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-37 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Indicator ...... 5-19 Engine Cooling System Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-3 Charging System Light ...... 5-20 Messages ...... 5-38 Horn ...... 5-5 Malfunction Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-39 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-5 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-20 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-40 Rear Window Wiper/ Brake System Warning Fuel System Messages ...... 5-40 Washer ...... 5-6 Light ...... 5-23 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-41 Compass ...... 5-6 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Lamp Messages ...... 5-41 Clock ...... 5-8 Warning Light ...... 5-24 Object Detection System Power Outlets ...... 5-9 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-41 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . 5-24 Ride Control System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-42 Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-25 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-43 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Anti-Theft Alarm System Indicators ...... 5-11 Security Light ...... 5-26 Messages ...... 5-43 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Tire Messages ...... 5-44 Speedometer ...... 5-13 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-26 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-44 Odometer ...... 5-13 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-27 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-45 Trip Odometer ...... 5-13 Information Displays Tachometer ...... 5-13 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-46 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-14 Driver Information Engine Oil Pressure Center (DIC) ...... 5-27 Gauge ...... 5-15 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Personalization Controls To adjust the steering wheel: Vehicle Personalization (With 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull DIC Buttons) ...... 5-46 Steering Wheel the lever. Universal Remote System Adjustment 2. Move the steering wheel up Universal Remote System . . . 5-54 or down. Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-54 3. Release the lever to lock the Universal Remote System wheel in place. Operation ...... 5-59 Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.

The tilt lever is located on the lower left side of the steering column. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

Steering Wheel Controls Radio Navigating Folders on an iPod or To select preset or favorite radio USB Device (Vehicles without a stations: Navigation System): 1. Press and hold or Press and release w or c x to w c x go to the next or previous radio while listening to a song until the station stored as a preset or contents of the current folder favorite. display on the radio display. CD/DVD 2. Press and hold c x to go back to the previous folder list. To select tracks on a CD/DVD: 3. Press and release w or c x Press and release w or c x to to scroll up or down the list. go to the next or previous track. . To select a folder, press Selecting Tracks on an iPod or If equipped, some audio controls and hold w, or press ¨ USB Device (Vehicles without a can be adjusted at the steering when the folder is Navigation System) wheel. highlighted. w / c x (Next/Previous): Press 1. Press and hold w or c x . To go back further in the to select preset or favorite radio while listening to a song until the folder list, press and stations, select tracks on a contents of the current folder hold c x. CD/DVD, or navigate an iPod or display on the radio display. USB device. 2. Press and release w or c x to scroll up or down the list, then press and hold w, or press ¨ to play the highlighted track. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Navigating an iPod or USB Device 2. Press and hold w or c x to initiate voice recognition. See “Voice on the Main Audio Screen move quickly through the tracks Recognition” in the Navigation (Vehicles with a Navigation within the selected category. System manual for more System) information. 3. Press and release ¨ to move up 1. Press and release w or c x ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next one track within the selected radio station while in AM, to select the next or previous category. track within the selected FM, or XM™. category. b g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press to For vehicles with or without a silence the vehicle speakers only. navigation system: 2. Press and hold w or c x to Press again to turn the sound on. move quickly through the tracks. For vehicles with Bluetooth or Press ¨ to go to the next track or chapter while sourced to the CD or 3. Press and release to move up OnStar systems, press and hold for ¨ DVD slot. one track within the selected longer than two seconds to interact category. with those systems. See Bluetooth Press ¨ to select a track or a folder on page 7‑47 and the OnStar when navigating folders on an iPod Navigating an iPod or USB Device Owner's Guide for more information. on the Music Navigator Screen or USB device. (Vehicles with a Navigation c x (End): Press to reject an For vehicles with a navigation System) incoming call, or end a current call. system: SRCE (Source/Voice 1. Press and release w or c x Recognition): Press to switch 1. Press and hold ¨ until a beep is to select the next or previous between the radio and CD, and for heard, to place the radio into track within the selected equipped vehicles, the DVD, front SCAN mode. A station will play category. auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. for five seconds before moving to the next station. For vehicles with the navigation system, press and hold this button 2. To stop the SCAN function, for longer than one second to press ¨ again. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

While listening to a CD/DVD, press 9 (Off): Turns the windshield Windshield Washer and hold ¨ to quickly move forward wipers off. through the tracks. Release to stop 6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): { WARNING on the desired track. Turn the band up for more frequent In freezing weather, do not use + e − e (Volume): Press to wipes or down for less frequent wipes. the washer until the windshield is increase or to decrease the volume. warmed. Otherwise the washer 6 (Low Speed): Slow fluid can form ice on the Horn wipes. windshield, blocking your vision. To sound the horn, press the center ? (High Speed): Fast wipes. pad on the steering wheel. Clear ice and snow from the wiper L (Washer Fluid): Push this blades before using them. If frozen paddle to spray washer fluid on the Windshield Wiper/Washer to the windshield, carefully loosen or windshield. The wipers clear the thaw them. Damaged wiper blades window and then either stop or should be replaced. See Wiper return to the preset speed. Blade Replacement on page 10‑33. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down.

Turn the band with the wiper symbol to control the windshield wipers. 8 (Mist): Single wipe, turn to 8, then release. Several wipes, hold the band on 8 longer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Rear Window Wiper/ return to your preset speed. For Compass variance is the difference more washer cycles, press and hold between the earth's magnetic north Washer the button. and true geographic north. If the compass is not set to the zone { WARNING The rear window wiper/washer will not operate if the liftgate or liftglass where you live, the compass may give false readings. The compass In freezing weather, do not use is open or ajar. If the liftgate or liftglass is opened while the rear must be set to the variance zone in the washer until the windshield is which the vehicle is traveling. warmed. Otherwise the washer wiper is on, the wiper returns to the fluid can form ice on the parked position and stops. To adjust for compass variance, use the following procedure: windshield, blocking your vision. Compass Compass Variance (Zone) The rear wiper control is located on The vehicle may have a compass in Procedure the Driver Information Center (DIC). the turn and lane‐change lever. 1. Do not set the compass zone To turn the rear wiper on, slide the Compass Zone when the vehicle is moving. lever to a wiper position. Only set it when the vehicle The zone is set to zone eight upon is in P (Park). 9 (Off): Turns the wiper off. leaving the factory. Your dealer will 5 set the correct zone for your Press the vehicle information (Rear Wiper Delay): Turns on location. button until PRESS V TO the rear wiper delay. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE Z Under certain circumstances, (Rear Wiper): Turns on the such as during a long-distance, displays. Or, if the vehicle does rear wiper. cross-country trip or moving to a not have DIC buttons, press the = (Rear Wiper Wash): Press this new state or province, it will be trip odometer reset stem until button on the end of the lever to necessary to compensate for CHANGE COMPASS ZONE spray washer fluid on the rear compass variance by resetting the displays. window. The wipers will clear the zone through the DIC if the zone is rear window and either stop or not set correctly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

two seconds to select the next strong magnetic field interfering with available variance zone. Repeat the compass. Such interference this step until the appropriate may be caused by a magnetic CB variance zone is displayed. or cell phone antenna mount, a 5. If calibration is necessary, magnetic emergency light, magnetic calibrate the compass. See note pad holder, or any other magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, “Compass Calibration move the magnetic item, then turn Procedure” following. on the vehicle and calibrate the Compass Calibration compass. The compass can be manually To calibrate the compass, use the calibrated. Only calibrate the following procedure: compass in a magnetically clean 2. Find the vehicle's current Compass Calibration Procedure location and variance zone and safe location, such as an number on the map. open parking lot, where driving the 1. Before calibrating the compass, vehicle in circles is not a danger. make sure the compass zone is Zones 1 through 15 are It is suggested to calibrate away set to the variance zone in which available. from tall buildings, utility wires, the vehicle is located. See 3. Press the set/reset button to manhole covers, or other industrial “Compass Variance (Zone) scroll through and select the structures, if possible. Procedure” earlier in this appropriate variance zone. If CAL should ever appear in the section. 4. Press the trip/fuel button until DIC display, the compass should Do not operate any switches the vehicle heading, for be calibrated. such as window, sunroof, example, N for North, is If the DIC display does not show a climate controls, or seats during displayed in the DIC. Or, if the heading, for example, N for North, the calibration procedure. vehicle does not have DIC or the heading does not change buttons, press and hold the after making turns, there may be a trip odometer reset stem for Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

2. Press the vehicle information Clock 5. To decrease the time or date, do button until PRESS V TO one of the following: To set the time and date: CALIBRATE COMPASS . Press the © SEEK button. displays. Or, if the vehicle does 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ not have DIC buttons, press the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then . Press the s REV button. trip odometer reset stem until press the O button to turn the . f CALIBRATE COMPASS radio on. Turn the knob displays. counterclockwise. 2. Press the H button to display 3. Press the set/reset button to To change the time default setting HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, start the compass calibration. from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change minute, month, day, and year). Or, if the vehicle does not have the date default setting from month/ DIC buttons, press and hold the 3. Press the softkey located under day/year to day/month/year: trip odometer reset stem for any one of the tabs to change 1. Press the H button and then two seconds to start the that setting. compass calibration. the softkey located below the 4. To increase the time or date, do forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, the 4. The DIC will display one of the following: date MM/DD (month and day), CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN . Press the softkey below the and DD/MM/ (day and month) CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in selected tab. displays. tight circles at less than 8 km/h (5 mph) to complete the . Press the ¨ SEEK button. 2. Press the softkey located below calibration. The DIC will display the desired option. . Press the \ FWD button. CALIBRATION COMPLETE 3. Press the H button again to for a few seconds when the . Turn the f knob clockwise. apply the desired option, or let calibration is complete. The the screen time out. DIC display will then return to the previous menu. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Power Outlets Certain accessory plugs may not { WARNING be compatible with the accessory The accessory power outlets can be power outlet and could overload used to plug in electrical equipment, Power is always supplied to the adapter or vehicle fuses. If a such as a cell phone or MP3 player. outlets. Do not leave electrical problem is experienced, see your equipment plugged in when the There are two under the climate dealer. vehicle is not in use because the controls, one inside the center floor When adding electrical equipment, console, one on the rear of the vehicle could catch fire and cause injury or death. be sure to follow the proper center floor console and one installation instructions included accessory power outlet in the rear with the equipment. Do not use cargo area on the passenger side. Notice: Leaving electrical equipment exceeding the Remove the cover to access and equipment plugged in for an maximum amperage rating of replace when not in use. extended period of time while 20 amperes. See Add-On Electrical the vehicle is off will drain the Equipment on page 9‑91. The accessory power outlets are battery. Always unplug electrical Notice: Hanging heavy powered, even with the ignition off. equipment when not in use and equipment from the power outlet Continuing to use accessory power do not plug in equipment that can cause damage not covered outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ exceeds the maximum 20 ampere by the vehicle warranty. The OFF may cause the vehicle's rating. battery to run down. power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only, such as cell phone charge cords. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Power Outlet 110 Volt An indicator light on the outlet turns The power outlet is not designed for Alternative Current on to show it is in use. The light and may not work properly, if the comes on when the ignition is in following are plugged in: The vehicle may have a power ON/RUN and equipment requiring outlet that can be used to plug in . Equipment with high initial less than 150 watts is plugged into peak wattage such as: electrical equipment that uses a the outlet, and no system fault is maximum limit of 150 watts. compressor-driven refrigerators detected. and electric power tools. If equipment is connected using . Other equipment requiring more than 150 watts or a system an extremely stable power fault is detected, a protection circuit supply such as: shuts off the power supply and the microcomputer-controlled indicator light turns off. To reset the electric blankets, touch circuit, unplug the item and plug it sensor lamps, etc. back in or turn the Remote Accessory Power (RAP) off and then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑32

The power outlet is located on the rear of the center console. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning lights work together to indicate a Indicators problem with the vehicle. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English 6‐Speed Shown, Metric and 2500 Series Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Trip Odometer Tachometer hybrid supplement for more information. The trip odometer can show how far The tachometer displays the the vehicle has been driven since engine speed in revolutions per Speedometer the trip odometer was last set minute (rpm). to zero. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the The speedometer shows the Press the reset button, located on hybrid supplement for more vehicle speed in both kilometers the instrument panel cluster next to information. per hour (km/h) and miles per the trip odometer display, to toggle hour (mph). between the trip odometer and the regular odometer. Holding the reset Odometer button for approximately one second The odometer shows how far the while the trip odometer is displayed vehicle has been driven, in either resets it. kilometers or miles. To display the odometer reading with the ignition off, press the reset button. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Fuel Gauge When the fuel tank is low, the FUEL LEVEL LOW message appears in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Fuel System Messages on page 5‑40 for more information. Here are some situations owners may experience with the fuel gauge. None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gauge. . At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. English . It takes a little more or less fuel The fuel gauge, when the ignition Metric to fill up than the fuel gauge is on, shows how much fuel the indicated. For example, the vehicle has left in the tank. gauge may have indicated the An arrow on the fuel gauge tank was half full, but it actually indicates the side of the vehicle took a little more or less than the fuel door is on. half the tank's capacity to fill The gauge first indicates empty the tank. before the vehicle is out of fuel, and . The gauge goes back to empty the vehicle's fuel tank should be when the ignition is turned off. filled soon. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Engine Oil Pressure Oil pressure may vary with engine speed, outside temperature and oil Gauge viscosity, but readings above the low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range. When the oil pressure reaches the low pressure zone, the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE message appears in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑39 and Engine Oil on page 10‑8 for more English information. The oil pressure gauge shows the A reading in the low pressure zone engine oil pressure in psi (pounds may be caused by a dangerously Metric per square inch) when the engine is low oil level or some other problem running. Canadian vehicles indicate causing low oil pressure. Check the pressure in kPa (kilopascals). oil as soon as possible. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant { WARNING Temperature Gauge Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low. The engine can become so hot that it catches fire. Someone could be burned. Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. The repairs would not be English covered by the vehicle warranty. This gauge shows the engine Always follow the maintenance coolant temperature. schedule for changing engine oil. Metric It also provides an indicator of how If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hard the vehicle is working. During a hybrid supplement for more majority of the operation, the gauge information. reads 100°C (210°F) or less. If you are pulling a load or going up hills, it is normal for the temperature to fluctuate and approach the 122°C (250°F) mark. If the gauge reaches the 125°C (260°F) mark, it indicates that the cooling system is working beyond its capacity. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

See Engine Overheating on When the engine is running, the will come on or the SERVICE page 10‑21. gauge shows the condition of the BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the charging system. The charging DIC message will display. See hybrid supplement for more system regulates voltage based on Battery Voltage and Charging information. the state of the battery for improved Messages on page 5‑36 and fuel economy and battery life. The Charging System Light on gauge may transition from a higher page 5‑20 for more information. Voltmeter Gauge to lower or a lower to higher reading, this is normal. Readings Safety Belt Reminders between the low and high warning zones indicate the normal operating Driver Safety Belt Reminder range. The gauge may also read Light low during the fuel economy mode, When the engine is started, a chime this is normal. sounds for several seconds to Readings in the low warning zone remind a driver to fasten the safety may occur when a large number of belt, unless the driver safety belt is electrical accessories are operating already buckled. in the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to When the engine is not running, but provide full power at engine idle. the ignition is on, this gauge shows As engine speeds are increased, the battery's state of charge in this condition should correct itself DC volts. as higher engine speeds allow The safety belt light comes on and the charging system to create full stays on for several seconds, then power. If there is a problem with the flashes for several more. battery charging system, this light Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

This chime and light are repeated if Airbag Readiness Light the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion. If the driver The system checks the airbag's safety belt is already buckled, electrical system for possible neither the chime nor the light malfunctions. If the light stays on comes on. it indicates there is an electrical problem. The system check Passenger Safety Belt This chime and light are repeated if includes the airbag sensor, the Reminder Light the passenger remains unbuckled pretensioners, the airbag modules, and the vehicle is in motion. the wiring, and the crash sensing For vehicles equipped with the and diagnostic module. For more passenger safety belt reminder light, If the passenger safety belt is information on the airbag system, several seconds after the engine is buckled, neither the chime nor the see Airbag System on page 3 37. started, a chime sounds for several light comes on. ‑ seconds to remind the front The front passenger safety belt passenger to buckle their safety warning light and chime may turn on belt. The passenger safety belt light, if an object is put on the seat such located on the instrument panel, as a briefcase, handbag, grocery comes on and stays on for several bag, laptop or other electronic seconds and then flashes for device. To turn off the warning light several more. and or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the The airbag readiness light comes on safety belt. solid for a few seconds when the engine is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Passenger Airbag Status { WARNING Indicator If the airbag readiness light stays If the vehicle has the airbag status on after the vehicle is started or indicator pictured in the following comes on while driving, it means illustration, then the vehicle has a the airbag system might not be passenger sensing system for the Canada and Mexico working properly. The airbags in right front passenger position. The the vehicle might not inflate in a passenger airbag status indicator is When the vehicle is started, the crash, or they could even inflate on the overhead console. See passenger airbag status indicator without a crash. To help avoid Passenger Sensing System on will light ON and OFF, or the injury, have the vehicle serviced page 3‑45 for important safety symbols for on and off, for several right away. information. seconds as a system check. If you are using remote start, if equipped, In addition, if the vehicle has a to start the vehicle from a distance, If there is a problem with the airbag passenger sensing system for the you may not see the system check. system, a Driver Information Center right front passenger position, the (DIC) message can also come on. label on the vehicle's sun visors Then, after several more seconds, See Airbag System Messages on refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS.” the status indicator will light either page 5‑43 for more information. ON or OFF, or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal airbag. If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the right United States front passenger frontal airbag is enabled (may inflate). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

If the word OFF or the off symbol is Charging System Light must be driven a short distance with lit on the airbag status indicator, it the light on, turn off accessories, means that the passenger sensing such as the radio and air system has turned off the right front conditioner. passenger frontal airbag. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the If, after several seconds, both hybrid supplement for more status indicator lights remain on, information. or if there are no lights at all, there This light comes on briefly when may be a problem with the lights the ignition key is turned to START, Malfunction or the passenger sensing system. but the engine is not running, as a Indicator Lamp See your dealer for service. check to show it is working. If it does not, have the vehicle A computer system called OBD II { WARNING serviced by your dealer. (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Generation) monitors operation of If the airbag readiness light ever The light should go out once the the fuel, ignition, and emission comes on and stays on, it means engine starts. If it stays on, control systems. It ensures that that something may be wrong or comes on while driving, there emissions are at acceptable levels with the airbag system. To help could be a problem with the for the life of the vehicle, helping to charging system. A charging system avoid injury to yourself or others, produce a cleaner environment. message in the Driver Information have the vehicle serviced right Center (DIC) can also appear. See away. See Airbag Readiness Battery Voltage and Charging Light on page 5 18 for more ‑ Messages on page 5‑36 for more information, including important information. This light could indicate safety information. that there are problems with a generator drive belt, or that there is This light should come on when an electrical problem. Have it the ignition is on, but the engine checked right away. If the vehicle is not running, as a check to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

show it is working. If it does Notice: Modifications made to the To prevent more serious damage to not, have the vehicle serviced engine, transmission, exhaust, the vehicle: by your dealer. intake, or fuel system of the . Reduce vehicle speed. If the malfunction indicator lamp vehicle or the replacement of the . Avoid hard accelerations. comes on and stays on while the original tires with other than engine is running, this indicates that those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades. Performance Criteria (TPC) can there is an OBD II problem and . If towing a trailer, reduce the service is required. affect the vehicle's emission controls and can cause this light amount of cargo being hauled Malfunctions often are indicated by to come on. Modifications to as soon as it is possible. the system before any problem is these systems could lead to If the light continues to flash, when apparent. Being aware of the light costly repairs not covered by the it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. can prevent more serious damage vehicle warranty. This could also Find a safe place to park the to the vehicle. This system assists result in a failure to pass a vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at the service technician in correctly required Emission Inspection/ least 10 seconds, and restart the diagnosing any malfunction. Maintenance test. See engine. If the light is still flashing, Notice: If the vehicle is Accessories and Modifications on follow the previous steps and see continually driven with this light page 10‑3. your dealer for service as soon as on the emission controls might This light comes on during a possible. not work as well, the vehicle fuel malfunction in one of two ways: Light On Steady: An emission economy might not be as good, Light Flashing: A misfire condition control system malfunction has and the engine might not run as been detected on the vehicle. smoothly. This could lead to has been detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and Diagnosis and service might be costly repairs that might not be required. covered by the vehicle warranty. could damage the emission control system on the vehicle. Diagnosis and service might be required. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

The following may correct an stalling when the vehicle is inspection, the emission system emissions system malfunction: changed into gear, misfiring, test equipment is connected to hesitation on acceleration, the vehicle s Data Link . Make sure the fuel cap is fully ’ installed. See Filling the Tank on or stumbling on acceleration. Connector (DLC). These conditions might go away page 9‑70. The diagnostic system can determine if the once the engine is warmed up. fuel cap has been left off or If one or more of these conditions improperly installed. A loose or occurs, change the fuel brand used. missing fuel cap allows fuel to It will require at least one full tank of evaporate into the atmosphere. the proper fuel to turn the light off. A few driving trips with the cap See Recommended Fuel on properly installed should turn the page 9‑68. The DLC is under the instrument light off. panel to the left of the steering If none of the above have made . Make sure the electrical system wheel. See your dealer if assistance the light turn off, your dealer can is needed. is not wet. The system could be check the vehicle. The dealer wet if the vehicle was driven has the proper test equipment The vehicle may not pass through a deep puddle of water. and diagnostic tools to fix any inspection if: The condition is usually mechanical or electrical problems . The malfunction indicator lamp is corrected when the electrical that might have developed. system dries out. A few driving on with the engine running, or if trips should turn the light off. Emissions Inspection and the light does not come on when Maintenance Programs the ignition is turned to ON/RUN . Make sure to fuel the vehicle while the engine is off. with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality Some state/provincial and local causes the engine not to run as governments may have programs efficiently as designed and can to inspect the on-vehicle emission cause: stalling after start-up, control equipment. For the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

. The critical emission control The vehicle brake system systems have not been consists of two hydraulic circuits. { WARNING completely diagnosed by the If one circuit is not working, the system. This can happen if remaining circuit can still work to The brake system might not be the battery has recently been stop the vehicle. For normal braking working properly if the brake replaced or if the battery has performance, both circuits need system warning light is on. run down. The diagnostic system to be working. Driving with the brake system evaluates critical emission warning light on can lead to a control systems during normal If the warning light comes on and crash. If the light is still on after a chime sounds there could be a driving. This can take the vehicle has been pulled off brake problem. Have the brake several days of routine driving. the road and carefully stopped, system inspected right away. If this has been done and the have the vehicle towed for vehicle still does not pass the This light can also come on due to service. inspection, your dealer can low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on prepare the vehicle for page 10‑27 for more information. inspection. If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. Brake System Warning The pedal might be harder to push or might go closer to the floor. It can Light take longer to stop. If the light is still With the ignition on, the brake on, have the vehicle towed for system warning light comes on Metric English service. See Towing the Vehicle on when the parking brake is set. If the page 10‑87. vehicle is driven with the parking This light comes on briefly when the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the brake engaged, a chime sounds ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. hybrid supplement for more when the vehicle speed is greater If it does not come on then, have it information. than 8 km/h (5 mph). fixed so it is ready to warn if there is a problem. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning StabiliTrak® Indicator light is also on, the vehicle does not (ABS) Warning Light have antilock brakes and there is a Light problem with the regular brakes. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑23. For vehicles with a Driver Information Center (DIC), see Brake System Messages on page 5‑37 for all brake related DIC messages. For vehicles with the Antilock Brake For vehicles with the StabiliTrak System (ABS), this light comes on If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the system, this light comes on briefly briefly when the engine is started. hybrid supplement for more while starting the engine. information. If it does not, have the vehicle If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally the Tow/Haul Mode Light system is working normally the indicator light then goes off. indicator light then goes off. If the ABS light stays on, turn the If the light comes on and stays on ignition off. If the light comes on while driving, there could be a while driving, stop as soon as it is problem with the StabiliTrak system safely possible and turn the ignition and the vehicle might need service. off. Then start the engine again to For vehicles with the Tow/Haul When this warning light is on, the reset the system. If the ABS light Mode feature, this light comes on StabiliTrak system is off and does stays on, or comes on again while when the Tow/Haul Mode has been not limit wheel spin. driving, the vehicle needs service. activated. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has For more information, see Tow/Haul brakes, but not antilock brakes. Mode on page 9‑41. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

The light flashes if the system is When the Light is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light active and is working to assist the This indicates that one or more driver with directional control of the of the tires are significantly vehicle in difficult driving conditions. underinflated. ® See StabiliTrak System on A tire pressure message can page 9‑52 for more information. accompany the light. See Tire If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Messages on page 5‑44 for more hybrid supplement for more information. Stop as soon as information. possible, and inflate the tires to the { WARNING pressure value shown on the Tire Tire Pressure Light and Loading Information label. See Do not keep driving if the oil Tire Pressure on page 10‑53 for pressure is low. The engine can more information. become so hot that it catches fire. When the Light Flashes First and Someone could be burned. Check Then is On Steady the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced. This indicates that there may be a problem with the TPMS. The light flashes for about a minute and stays Notice: Lack of proper engine For vehicles with the Tire Pressure on steady for the remainder of the oil maintenance can damage the Monitor System (TPMS), this light ignition cycle. This sequence engine. The repairs would not be comes on briefly when the engine repeats with every ignition cycle. covered by the vehicle warranty. is started. It provides information See Tire Pressure Monitor Always follow the maintenance about tire pressures and the TPMS. Operation on page 10‑56 for more schedule for changing engine oil. information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

This light comes on briefly while This light and a chime comes on High-Beam On Light starting the engine. If it does not, when the fuel tank is low on fuel. have the vehicle serviced by your The Driver Information Center also dealer. If the system is working displays a “FUEL LEVEL LOW” normally the indicator light then message. See Fuel System goes off. Messages on page 5‑40 for more If the light comes on and stays on, it information. When fuel is added this means that oil is not flowing through light and message should go off. If it the engine properly. The vehicle does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light comes on when the could be low on oil and it might high-beam headlamps are in use. have some other system problem. Security Light See Headlamp High/Low-Beam If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Changer on page 6‑2 for more hybrid supplement for more information. information. Front Fog Lamp Light Low Fuel Warning Light

For information regarding this light and the vehicle's security system, see Anti-Theft Alarm System on page 2‑14. The fog lamp lights come on when This light, under the fuel gauge, the fog lamps are in use. comes on briefly while the engine is being started. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

The lights go out when the fog Information Displays The DIC has different displays lamps are turned off. See Fog which can be accessed by pressing Lamps on page 6‑6 for more the DIC buttons located on the information. Driver Information instrument panel, next to the Center (DIC) steering wheel. If the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, the trip Cruise Control Light Your vehicle has a Driver odometer reset stem can be used to Information Center (DIC). access some of the menu items. The DIC displays information The DIC displays trip, fuel, and about your vehicle. It also displays vehicle system information, and warning messages if a system warning messages if a system problem is detected. problem is detected. All messages will appear in the The DIC also allows some features DIC display located below the The cruise control light comes on to be customized. See Vehicle tachometer in the instrument panel whenever the cruise control is set. Personalization (With DIC Buttons) cluster. The light goes out when the cruise on page 5‑46 for more information. control is turned off. See Cruise The DIC comes on when the ignition Control on page 9‑55 for more is on. After a short delay, the DIC information. will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

DIC Buttons outside air temperature will also Trip/Fuel Menu Items (With be shown in the display. The DIC Buttons) temperature will be shown in °C or 3 °F depending on the units selected. (Trip/Fuel): Press to scroll through the following menu items: T (Vehicle Information): Press to display the oil life, units, side Odometer blind zone system on/off, tire Press the trip/fuel button until pressure readings for vehicles with ODOMETER displays. This display the Tire Pressure Monitor System shows the distance the vehicle has (TPMS), trailer brake gain and been driven in either kilometers (km) output information for vehicles with or miles (mi). Pressing the trip the Integrated Trailer Brake Control odometer reset stem will also (ITBC) system, engine hours, display the odometer. compass zone setting, and compass The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle recalibration. To switch between English and information, customization, and set/ metric measurements, see “Units” U (Customization): Press to reset buttons. The button functions later in this section. customize the feature settings on are detailed in the following pages. your vehicle. See Vehicle Trip Odometer 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to display Personalization (With DIC Buttons) Press the trip/fuel button until TRIP the odometer, trip odometer, fuel on page 5‑46 for more information. displays. This display shows the range, average economy, fuel used, V (Set/Reset): Press to set or current distance traveled in either timer, instantaneous economy reset certain functions and to turn kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since and Active Fuel Management ™ off or acknowledge messages on the last reset for the trip odometer. indicator, and transmission the DIC. Pressing the trip odometer reset temperature. The compass and stem will also display the trip odometer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

The trip odometer can be reset to For example, if the vehicle was For example, if driving in traffic and zero by pressing the set/reset driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is making frequent stops, this display button while the trip odometer is started again, and then the may read one number, but if the displayed. You can also reset the retro-active reset feature is vehicle is driven on a freeway, the trip odometer while it is displayed activated, the display will show number may change even though by pressing and holding the trip 8 km (5 miles). As the vehicle the same amount of fuel is in the odometer reset stem. begins moving, the display will fuel tank. This is because different The trip odometer has a feature then increase to 8.2 km (5.1 miles), driving conditions produce different called the retro-active reset. This 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. fuel economies. Generally, freeway driving produces better fuel can be used to set the trip odometer Fuel Range to the number of kilometers (miles) economy than city driving. Fuel driven since the ignition was last Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL range cannot be reset. RANGE displays. This display turned on. This can be used if the Average Economy trip odometer is not reset at the shows the approximate number beginning of the trip. of remaining kilometers (km) or Press the trip/fuel button until miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven AVG ECONOMY displays. This To use the retro-active reset feature, without refueling. The display will display shows the approximate press and hold the set/reset button show LOW if the fuel level is low. average liters per 100 kilometers for at least four seconds. The trip (L/100 km) or miles per gallon odometer will display the number of The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel (mpg). This number is calculated kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven based on the number of L/100 km since the ignition was last turned on economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in (mpg) recorded since the last time and the vehicle was moving. Once this menu item was reset. To reset the vehicle begins moving, the trip the fuel tank. This estimate will change if driving conditions change. AVG ECONOMY, press and hold the odometer will accumulate mileage. set/reset button. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Fuel Used to 99 hours, 59 minutes and particular moment and will change Press the trip/fuel button until 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which frequently as driving conditions FUEL USED displays. This display the display will return to zero. change. This display shows the shows the number of liters (L) or To stop the timer, press the set/reset instantaneous fuel economy in liters gallons (gal) of fuel used since the button briefly while TIMER is per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or last reset of this menu item. To reset displayed. miles per gallon (mpg). Unlike the fuel used information, press and average economy, this screen To reset the timer to zero, press cannot be reset. hold the set/reset button while FUEL and hold the set/reset button while USED is displayed. TIMER is displayed. An Active Fuel Management indicator will display on the right Timer Transmission Temperature side of the DIC, while INST ECON Press the trip/fuel button until Press the trip/fuel button until displays on the left side. Active Fuel TIMER displays. This display can TRANS TEMP displays. This Management allows the engine to be used as a timer. display shows the temperature of operate on either four or eight To start the timer, press the set/ the automatic transmission fluid in cylinders, depending on your driving reset button while TIMER is either degrees Celsius (°C) or demands. When Active Fuel displayed. The display will show degrees Fahrenheit (°F). Management is active, V4 will the amount of time that has passed display on the DIC. When Active since the timer was last reset, not Instantaneous Economy and Fuel Management is inactive, Active Fuel Management including time the ignition is off. ™ V8 will display. See Active Fuel Indicator ® Time will continue to be counted as Management on page 9‑34 for long as the ignition is on, even if If your vehicle has this display, more information. another display is being shown press the trip/fuel button until INST Blank Display on the DIC. The timer will record up ECON V8 displays. This display shows the current fuel economy at a This display shows no information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Vehicle Information Menu recommended in the Maintenance ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as Items (With DIC Buttons) Schedule in this manual. See a reminder that the system has Scheduled Maintenance on been turned off. See Object T (Vehicle Information): Press page 11‑3 for more information. Detection System Messages on to scroll through the following menu page 5‑41 and Side Blind Zone Alert items: Remember, you must reset the OIL LIFE display yourself after each oil (SBZA) on page 9‑60 for more Oil Life change. It will not reset itself. Also, information. Press the vehicle information be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE Units button until OIL LIFE REMAINING display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just Press the vehicle information button displays. This display shows an until UNITS displays. This display estimate of the oil's remaining useful been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. allows you to select between metric life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE or English units of measurement. REMAINING on the display, that To reset the engine oil life system, see Engine Oil Life System on Once in this display, press the set/ means 99% of the current oil life reset button to select between page 10‑10. remains. The engine oil life system METRIC or units ENGLISH. All of will alert you to change the oil on a Side Blind Zone Alert the vehicle information will then be schedule consistent with your displayed in the unit of driving conditions. If your vehicle has the Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this measurement selected. When the remaining oil life is low, display allows the system to be Tire Pressure the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON turned on or off. Once in this message will appear on the display. display, press the set/reset button to On vehicles with the Tire Pressure See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” select between ON or OFF. If you Monitor System (TPMS), the under Engine Oil Messages on choose ON, the system will be pressure for each tire can be viewed page 5‑39. You should change the turned on. If you choose OFF, the in the DIC. The tire pressure will be oil as soon as you can. See Engine system will be turned off. When the shown in either kilopascals (kPa) Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the SBZA system is turned off, the DIC or pounds per square inch (psi). engine oil life system monitoring the will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE oil life, additional maintenance is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Press the vehicle information button TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer Compass Recalibration until the DIC displays FRONT gain setting. This setting can be This display allows for calibrating TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ## adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either the compass. See Compass on RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle a trailer connected or disconnected. page 5‑6 information button again until the To adjust this setting, see DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa “Integrated Trailer Brake Control Blank Display (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. System” under Towing Equipment This display shows no information. If a low tire pressure condition is on page 9‑82 for more information. detected by the system while OUTPUT shows the power output to Trip Odometer Reset Stem driving, a message advising you to the trailer anytime a trailer with Menu Items (With DIC Buttons) add pressure in a specific tire will electric brakes is connected. Output Use the trip odometer reset stem appear in the display. See Tire is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes to view the odometer and trip Pressure on page 10‑53 and Tire may appear in the OUTPUT display. odometer. The Language selection Messages on page 5‑44 for more See “Integrated Trailer Brake and Engine Hours display can also information. Control System” under Towing be accessed with the trip odometer If the tire pressure display shows Equipment on page 9‑82 for more reset stem. information. dashes instead of a value, there Odometer may be a problem with your vehicle. Engine Hours If this consistently occurs, see your Press the trip odometer reset stem dealer for service. Press the vehicle information button until ODOMETER displays. This until ENGINE HOURS displays. display shows the distance the Trailer Gain and Output This display shows the total number vehicle has been driven in either On vehicles with the Integrated of hours the engine has run. kilometers (km) or miles (mi). Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, Compass Zone Setting the trailer brake display appears in the DIC. Press the vehicle This display allows for setting the information button until TRAILER compass zone. See Compass on GAIN and OUTPUT display. page 5‑6 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Trip Odometer was last turned on and the vehicle 3. Continue to press and hold the Press the trip odometer reset stem was moving. Once the vehicle trip odometer reset stem to scroll until TRIP displays. This display begins moving, the trip odometer through all of the available shows the current distance traveled will accumulate mileage. For languages. in either kilometers (km) or example, if the vehicle was driven The available selections are miles (mi) since the last reset for 8 km (5 miles) before it is started ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS the trip odometer. again, and then the retro-active (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), reset feature is activated, the and NO CHANGE. The trip odometer can be reset to display will show 8 km (5 miles). zero by pressing and holding the trip As the vehicle begins moving, the 4. Once the desired language is odometer reset stem while the trip display will then increase to 8.2 km displayed, release the trip odometer is displayed. (5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. odometer reset stem to set your choice. The trip odometer has a feature Language called the retro-active reset. This Engine Hours can be used to set the trip odometer This display allows you to select to the number of kilometers (miles) the language in which the DIC To display the ENGINE HOURS, driven since the ignition was last messages will appear. To select a place the ignition in LOCK/OFF or turned on. This can be used if the language: ACC/ACCESSORY, then press and hold the trip odometer reset stem for trip odometer is not reset at the 1. Press the trip odometer reset beginning of the trip. four seconds while viewing the stem until ODOMETER displays. ODOMETER. This display shows To use the retro-active reset feature, 2. While in the ODOMETER the total number of hours the engine press and hold the trip odometer display, press and hold the has run. reset stem for at least four seconds. trip odometer reset stem for The trip odometer will display the three seconds until the currently number of kilometers (km) or set language displays. miles (mi) driven since the ignition Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Trip Odometer Reset Stem 4. Once the desired language is To use the retro-active reset feature, Menu Items (Without DIC displayed, release the trip press and hold the trip odometer Buttons) odometer reset stem to set reset stem for at least four seconds. your choice. The trip odometer will display the Language number of kilometers (km) or Trip Odometer This display allows you to select miles (mi) driven since the ignition the language in which the DIC Press the trip odometer reset stem was last turned on and the vehicle messages will appear. To select a until TRIP displays. This display was moving. Once the vehicle language: shows the current distance traveled begins moving, the trip odometer in either kilometers (km) or will accumulate mileage. For 1. Press the trip odometer reset miles (mi) since the last reset for example, if the vehicle was driven stem until ODOMETER displays. the trip odometer. 8 km (5 miles) before it is started 2. While in the ODOMETER The trip odometer can be reset to again, and then the retro-active display, press and hold the zero by pressing and holding the trip reset feature is activated, the trip odometer reset stem for odometer reset stem while the trip display will show 8 km (5 miles). three seconds until the currently odometer is displayed. As the vehicle begins moving, the set language displays. display will then increase to 8.2 km The trip odometer has a feature (5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. 3. Continue to press and hold the called the retro-active reset. This trip odometer reset stem to scroll can be used to set the trip odometer Transmission Temperature through all of the available to the number of kilometers (miles) Press the trip odometer reset stem languages. driven since the ignition was last until TRANS TEMP displays. This The available languages are turned on. This can be used if the display shows the temperature of ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS trip odometer is not reset at the the automatic transmission fluid in (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), beginning of the trip. either degrees Celsius (°C) or and NO CHANGE. degrees Fahrenheit (°F). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Trailer Gain and Output Compass Zone Setting When the remaining oil life is low, On vehicles with the Integrated This display allows for setting the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, compass zone. See Compass on message will appear on the display. See CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON the trailer brake display appears in page 5‑6 for more information. “ ” the DIC. Press the trip odometer under Engine Oil Messages on reset stem until TRAILER GAIN Compass Recalibration page 5‑39. You should change the and OUTPUT display. This display allows for calibrating oil as soon as you can. See Engine the compass. See Compass on Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer engine oil life system monitoring the page 5‑6 for more information. gain setting. This setting can be oil life, additional maintenance is adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either Oil Life recommended in the Maintenance a trailer connected or disconnected. To access this display, the vehicle Schedule in this manual. See To adjust this setting, see must be in P (Park). Press the trip Scheduled Maintenance on Integrated Trailer Brake Control “ odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE page 11‑3 for more information. System” under Towing Equipment REMAINING displays. This display Remember, you must reset the OIL on page 9‑82 for more information. shows an estimate of the oil's LIFE display yourself after each oil OUTPUT shows the power output remaining useful life. If you see change. It will not reset itself. Also, to the trailer anytime a trailer with 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE electric brakes is connected. Output display, that means 99% of the display accidentally at any time is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes current oil life remains. The engine other than when the oil has just may appear in the OUTPUT display. oil life system will alert you to been changed. It cannot be reset See “Integrated Trailer Brake change the oil on a schedule accurately until the next oil change. Control System” under Towing consistent with your driving To reset the engine oil life system, Equipment on page 9‑82 for more conditions. see Engine Oil Life System on information. page 10‑10. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

Relearn Tire Positions Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and Your vehicle may have this display. Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages To access this display, the vehicle indicate the status of the vehicle or must be in P (Park). If your vehicle BATTERY LOW START some action may be needed to has the Tire Pressure Monitor VEHICLE correct a condition. Multiple System (TPMS), after rotating the messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is tires or after replacing a tire or another. severely discharged, this message sensor, the system must re-learn the will display and four chimes will The messages that do not tire positions. To re-learn the tire sound. Start the vehicle require immediate action can be positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor immediately. If the vehicle is not acknowledged and cleared by System on page 10‑55. See Tire started and the battery continues to Inspection on page 10‑59, Tire pressing V (Set/Reset) or the discharge, the climate controls, Rotation on page 10‑59 and Tire trip odometer reset stem. heated seats, and audio systems Messages on page 5‑44 for more will shut off and the vehicle may information. The messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle is started. All messages should be taken seriously and clearing the message does not correct the problem. The following are the possible messages and some information about them. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

SERVICE BATTERY is still displayed or appears again As soon as it is safe to do so, CHARGING SYSTEM when you begin driving, the brake carefully pull your vehicle over to system needs service as soon as the side of the road and turn the On some vehicles, this message possible. See your dealer. ignition off. Check the wiring displays if there is a problem with connection to the trailer and turn the the battery charging system. Under SERVICE BRAKES SOON ignition back on. If this message still certain conditions, the charging This message displays if there is a displays, either your vehicle or the system light may also turn on in problem with the brake system. trailer needs service. See your the instrument panel cluster. If this message appears, stop as dealer. See Charging System Light on soon as possible and turn off the page 5 20. Driving with this problem See “Integrated Trailer Brake ‑ vehicle. Restart the vehicle and could drain the battery. Turn off all Control System” under Towing check for the message on the unnecessary accessories. Have the Equipment on page 9‑82 for more DIC display. If the message is still electrical system checked as soon information. displayed or appears again when as possible. See your dealer. you begin driving, the brake system Door Ajar Messages Brake System Messages needs service. See your dealer. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE DRIVER DOOR OPEN SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM SYSTEM This message displays and a chime sounds if the driver door is not fully This message displays along with On vehicles with the Integrated the brake system warning light if closed and the vehicle is shifted out Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, of P (Park). Stop and turn off the there is a problem with the brake this message displays and a chime system. See Brake System Warning vehicle, check the door for sounds when there is a problem obstructions, and close the door Light on page 5‑23. If this message with the ITBC system. appears, stop as soon as possible again. Check to see if the message and turn off the vehicle. Restart the When this message displays, power still appears on the DIC. vehicle and check for the message is no longer available to the trailer on the DIC display. If the message brakes. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

HOOD OPEN REAR ACCESS OPEN Engine Cooling System This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime Messages sounds if the hood is not fully sounds if the liftgate or liftglass is closed. Stop and turn off the open while the ignition is in ON/ ENGINE HOT A/C (Air vehicle, check the hood for RUN. Turn off the vehicle and check Conditioning) TURNED OFF obstructions, and close the hood the liftgate and liftglass. Restart the This message displays when the again. Check to see if the message vehicle and check for the message engine coolant becomes hotter than still appears on the DIC. on the DIC display. the normal operating temperature. LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge on page 5‑16. To avoid This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime added strain on a hot engine, sounds if the driver side rear door is sounds if the passenger side rear the air conditioning compressor not fully closed and the vehicle is door is not fully closed and the automatically turns off. When the shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). coolant temperature returns to off the vehicle, check the door for Stop and turn off the vehicle, check normal, the air conditioning obstructions, and close the door the door for obstructions, and close compressor turns back on. You again. Check to see if the message the door again. Check to see if the can continue to drive your vehicle. still appears on the DIC. message still appears on the DIC. If this message continues to appear, PASSENGER DOOR OPEN have the system repaired by your dealer as soon as possible to avoid This message displays and a chime damage to the engine. sounds if the front passenger door is not fully closed and the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn off the vehicle, check the door for obstructions, and close the door again. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP Engine Oil Messages ENGINE ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Notice: If you drive the vehicle Notice: If you drive the vehicle while the engine is overheating, while the engine is overheating, This message displays when the severe engine damage may severe engine damage may engine oil needs to be changed. occur. If an overheat warning occur. If an overheat warning When you change the engine oil, be appears on the instrument panel appears on the instrument panel sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE cluster and/or DIC, stop the cluster and/or DIC, stop the OIL SOON message. See Engine vehicle as soon as possible. vehicle as soon as possible. Oil Life System on page 10‑10 for See Engine Overheating on See Engine Overheating on information on how to reset the page 10‑21 for more information. page 10‑21 for more information. message. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8 and Scheduled This message displays when the This message displays and a chime Maintenance on page 11‑3 for engine coolant temperature is too sounds if the engine cooling system more information. hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to reaches unsafe temperatures for idle until it cools down. See Engine operation. Stop and turn off the ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE Coolant Temperature Gauge on vehicle as soon as it is safe to do ENGINE page 5 16. so to avoid severe damage. This ‑ This message displays when the message clears when the engine See Overheated Engine Protection engine oil becomes hotter than the has cooled to a safe operating Operating Mode on page 10‑23 for normal operating temperature. Stop temperature. information on driving to a safe and allow the vehicle to idle until it place in an emergency. cools down. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge on page 5‑16. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP Engine Power Messages Fuel System Messages ENGINE ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED FUEL LEVEL LOW Notice: If you drive the vehicle while the engine oil pressure This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime is low, severe engine damage sounds when the cooling system sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel may occur. If a low oil pressure temperature gets too hot and the as soon as possible. See Fuel warning appears on the Driver engine further enters the engine Gauge on page 5‑14 and Fuel on Information Center (DIC), stop coolant protection mode. See page 9‑67 for more information. Engine Overheating on page 10‑21 the vehicle as soon as possible. TIGHTEN GAS CAP Do not drive the vehicle until the for further information. cause of the low oil pressure is This message also displays when This message may display along corrected. See Engine Oil on the engine power is reduced. with the check engine light on the page 10‑8 for more information. Reduced engine power can affect instrument panel cluster if the fuel the vehicle's ability to accelerate. cap is not tightened properly. See This message displays if low oil Malfunction Indicator Lamp on pressure levels occur. Stop the If this message is on, but there is no reduction in performance, page 5‑20. Reinstall the fuel cap vehicle as soon as safely possible fully. See Filling the Tank on and do not operate it until the cause proceed to your destination. The page 9‑70. The diagnostic system of the low oil pressure has been performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven. The can determine if the fuel cap has corrected. Check the oil as soon been left off or improperly installed. as possible and have the vehicle vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on, A loose or missing fuel cap allows serviced by your dealer. See Engine fuel to evaporate into the Oil on page 10‑8. but acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message atmosphere. A few driving trips with stays on, the vehicle should be the cap properly installed should taken to your dealer for service as turn this light and message off. soon as possible. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Key and Lock Messages Object Detection System SERVICE PARK ASSIST REPLACE BATTERY IN Messages If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic REMOTE KEY Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE this message displays if there is a This message displays if a Remote OWNERS MANUAL problem with the URPA system. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Do not use this system to help you battery is low. The battery needs Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist to be replaced in the transmitter. this message displays if there is on page 9‑58 for more information. See “Battery Replacement” under something interfering with the park See your dealer for service. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) assist system. See Ultrasonic System Operation on page 2‑3. SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE Parking Assist on page 9‑58 for ALERT SYSTEM more information. Lamp Messages If your vehicle has the Side Blind PARK ASSIST OFF Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this TURN SIGNAL ON If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic message displays, both SBZA This message displays and a chime Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, displays will remain on indicating sounds if a turn signal is left on for after the vehicle has been started, there is a problem with the SBZA 1.2 km (0.75 mile). Move the turn this message displays to remind the system. If these displays remain on signal/multifunction lever to the off driver that the URPA system has after continued driving, the system position. been turned off. Press the set/reset needs service. See your dealer. See button or the trip odometer reset Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on stem to acknowledge this message page 9‑60 for more information. and clear it from the DIC display. To turn the URPA system back on, see Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑58. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT Your vehicle does not need service. SERVICE SUSPENSION SYSTEM OFF For cleaning instructions, see SYSTEM Washing Your Vehicle in Exterior If your vehicle has the Side Blind If your vehicle has the Autoride® Care on page 10‑93. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this suspension system, this message Zone Alert (SBZA) on page 9‑60 for message displays when the SBZA more information. displays when the Autoride system has been turned off. See suspension system is not operating Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on Ride Control System properly. Have your vehicle serviced page 9‑60 and Driver Information by your dealer. Center (DIC) on page 5‑27 for more Messages information. SERVICE TRACTION SERVICE STABILITRAK CONTROL SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM ® If your vehicle has StabiliTrak and If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this UNAVAILABLE this message displays, it means message displays when there is a If your vehicle has the Side Blind there may be a problem with the problem with the Traction Control Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this StabiliTrak system. If you see this System (TCS). When this message message displays when the SBZA message, try to reset the system. displays, the system will not limit system is disabled because the Stop; turn off the engine for at least wheel spin. Adjust your driving sensor is blocked and cannot detect 15 seconds; then start the engine accordingly. See your dealer for vehicles in your blind zone. The again. If this message still comes service. See StabiliTrak® System on sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, on, it means there is a problem. You page 9‑52 for more information. snow, ice, or slush. This message should see your dealer for service. may also display during heavy rain The vehicle is safe to drive, or due to road spray. It may also however, you do not have the come on when driving in isolated benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce areas with no guardrails, trees, your speed and drive accordingly. or road signs and light traffic. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

STABILITRAK OFF . The message also displays if the Adjust your driving accordingly. See brake system warning light is on. StabiliTrak® System on page 9 52 If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this ‑ See Brake System Warning for more information. message displays when you turn off Light on page 5‑23. StabiliTrak, or when the stability control has been automatically . The message could display if Airbag System Messages the stability system takes longer disabled. To limit wheel spin and SERVICE AIR BAG realize the full benefits of the than usual to complete its stability enhancement system, you diagnostic checks due to driving This message displays if there is a should normally leave StabiliTrak conditions. problem with the airbag system. on. However, you should turn . The message displays if an Have your dealer inspect the StabiliTrak off if your vehicle gets engine or vehicle related system for problems. See Airbag stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow problem has been detected Readiness Light on page 5‑18 and and you want to rock your vehicle and the vehicle needs service. Airbag System on page 3‑37 for to attempt to free it, or if you are See your dealer. more information. driving in extreme off-road . The message also displays conditions and require more wheel Anti-Theft Alarm System if the vehicle is shifted into spin. See If the Vehicle is Stuck on 4LO (Two Speed Transfer Messages page 9 21. To turn the StabiliTrak ‑ Case Only). system on or off, see StabiliTrak® SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT System on page 9‑52. The message turns off as soon SYSTEM as the conditions that caused the There are several conditions that message to be displayed are no This message displays when there can cause this message to appear. longer present. is a problem with the theft-deterrent . One condition is overheating, system. The vehicle may or may not which could occur if StabiliTrak TRACTION CONTROL OFF restart so you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer before turning activates continuously for an If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this off the engine. See Immobilizer extended period of time. message displays when the Traction Operation on page 2 16 for more Control System (TCS) is turned off. ‑ information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

Tire Messages See Tire Inspection on page 10‑59, checked and set to those shown on Tire Rotation on page 10‑59, Tire the Tire Loading Information label. SERVICE TIRE MONITOR Pressure Monitor System on See Tires on page 10‑46, Vehicle SYSTEM page 10‑55, and Tire Pressure on Load Limits on page 9‑22, and Tire page 10 53 for more information. Pressure on page 10 53. The DIC On vehicles with the Tire Pressure ‑ ‑ also shows the tire pressure values. Monitor System (TPMS), this TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE See DIC Operation and Displays message displays if a part on the “ (With DIC Buttons) earlier in this TPMS is not working properly. The On vehicles with the Tire Pressure ” section. tire pressure light also flashes and Monitor System (TPMS), this then remains on during the same message displays when the ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure pressure in one or more of the Transmission Messages vehicle's tires needs to be checked. Light on page 5‑25. Several SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE conditions may cause this message This message also displays LEFT to appear. See Tire Pressure FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT This message displays if a problem (right front), LEFT RR (left rear), Monitor Operation on page 10‑56 for occurs with the four-wheel-drive more information. If the warning or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate system. If this message appears, comes on and stays on, there may the location of the low tire. The low stop as soon as possible and turn be a problem with the TPMS. See tire pressure warning light will also off the vehicle. Make sure the key is your dealer. come on. See Tire Pressure Light in the LOCK/OFF position for at on page 5‑25. You can receive more least one minute and then restart TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE than one tire pressure message at a the vehicle and check for the time. To read the other messages On vehicles with the Tire Pressure message on the DIC display. If the that may have been sent at the Monitor System (TPMS), this message is still displayed or same time, press the set/reset message displays when the TPMS appears again when you begin button or the trip odometer reset is re-learning the tire positions on driving, the four-wheel-drive system stem. If a tire pressure message your vehicle. The tire positions must needs service. See your dealer. appears on the DIC, stop as soon be re-learned after rotating the tires as you can. Have the tire pressures or after replacing a tire or sensor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, ENGINE carefully pull the vehicle over to the Messages side of the road and turn the ignition Notice: If you drive the vehicle CHECK TRAILER WIRING off. Check the wiring connection to while the transmission fluid is the trailer and turn the ignition back overheating and the transmission On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer temperature warning is displayed Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also on the instrument panel cluster this message may display and a clears if you acknowledge it. If this and/or DIC, you can damage the chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the transmission. This could lead to following conditions exists: vehicle or the trailer needs service. costly repairs that would not be . A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer. covered by the warranty. Do not becomes disconnected from the drive the vehicle with overheated See “Integrated Trailer Brake vehicle. transmission fluid or while the Control System” under Towing transmission temperature ‐ If the disconnect occurs while Equipment on page 9‑82 for more warning is displayed. the vehicle is stopped, this information. message clears itself after a This message displays along with a ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE short time. sound if the transmission fluid in the WITH CARE vehicle gets hot. Driving with the ‐ If the disconnect occurs while transmission fluid temperature high the vehicle is moving, this This message displays when ice can cause damage to the vehicle. message stays on until the conditions are possible. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to ignition is turned off. TRAILER CONNECTED allow the transmission to cool. This . There is a short in the wiring to On vehicles with the Integrated message clears and the chime the electric trailer brakes. stops when the fluid temperature Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, reaches a safe level. When this message displays, power this message displays briefly when is no longer available to the trailer a trailer with electric brakes is brakes. first connected to the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

This message clears itself after Vehicle To change customization several seconds. This message also preferences, use the following clears if you acknowledge it. After Personalization procedure. this message clears, the TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT display appears in Vehicle Personalization Entering the Feature Settings Menu the DIC. (With DIC Buttons) See “TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT” 1. Turn the ignition on and place under Driver Information Center Your vehicle may have the vehicle in P (Park). customization capabilities that allow (DIC) on page 5‑27 and “Integrated you to program certain features to To avoid excessive drain on the Trailer Brake Control System” under one preferred setting. Customization battery, it is recommended that Towing Equipment on page 9‑82 for the headlamps are turned off. more information. features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and 2. Press the customization button cannot be programmed to a to scroll through the available Washer Fluid Messages preferred setting for two different customizable options. drivers. WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Feature Settings Menu Items FLUID All of the customization options may The following are customization This message displays when the not be available on your vehicle. Only the options available will be features that allow you to program windshield washer fluid is low. Fill settings to the vehicle: the windshield washer fluid reservoir displayed on the DIC. as soon as possible. See Engine The default settings for the DISPLAY IN ENGLISH Compartment Overview on customization features were set This feature will only display if a page 10‑6 for the location of the when your vehicle left the factory, language other than English has windshield washer fluid reservoir. but may have been changed from been set. This feature allows you to Also, see Washer Fluid on their default state since then. change the language in which the page 10 25 for more information. ‑ The customization preferences are DIC messages appear to English. automatically recalled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-47

Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be for this feature. Then press the the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN made to this feature. The current customization button to scroll ENGLISH screen appears on the setting will remain. through the following settings: DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the set/ SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): button once to display all DIC reset button while the desired The doors will automatically lock messages in English. setting is displayed on the DIC. when the vehicle is shifted out of DISPLAY LANGUAGE You can also change the language P (Park). This feature allows you to select by pressing the trip odometer reset AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors the language in which the DIC stem. See “Language” under DIC will automatically lock when the messages will appear. Operation and Displays (Without vehicle speed is above 8 mph DIC Buttons) earlier in this section (13 km/h) for 3 seconds. Press the customization button until for more information. the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen NO CHANGE: No change will be appears on the DIC display. Press AUTO DOOR LOCK made to this feature. The current setting will remain. the set/reset button once to access This feature allows you to select the settings for this feature. Then when the vehicle's doors will To select a setting, press the set/ press the customization button to automatically lock. See Automatic reset button while the desired scroll through the following settings: Door Locks on page 2‑9 for more setting is displayed on the DIC. ENGLISH (default): All messages information. AUTO DOOR UNLOCK will appear in English. Press the customization button until This feature allows you to select FRANCAIS: All messages will AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the whether or not to turn off the appear in French. DIC display. Press the set/reset automatic door unlocking feature. button once to access the settings ESPANOL: All messages will It also allows you to select which appear in Spanish. doors and when the doors will automatically unlock. See Automatic Door Locks on page 2‑9 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

5-48 Instruments and Controls

Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on reset button while the desired will flash when you press the lock the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. button on the RKE transmitter. button once to access the settings REMOTE DOOR LOCK HORN ONLY: The horn will sound for this feature. Then press the on the second press of the lock customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the button on the RKE transmitter. through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the HORN & LIGHTS (default): The OFF: None of the doors will exterior lamps will flash when you automatically unlock. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. You will not receive press the lock button on the RKE DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the feedback when locking the vehicle transmitter, and the horn will sound driver door will unlock when the key with the RKE transmitter if the doors when the lock button is pressed is taken out of the ignition. are open. See Remote Keyless again within five seconds of the DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver Entry (RKE) System Operation on previous command. door will unlock when the vehicle is page 2‑3 for more information. NO CHANGE: No change will be shifted into P (Park) . Press the customization button until made to this feature. The current ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on setting will remain. will unlock when the key is taken the DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the set/ out of the ignition. button once to access the settings reset button while the desired for this feature. Then press the setting is displayed on the DIC. ALL IN PARK (default): All of the customization button to scroll doors will unlock when the vehicle is through the following settings: shifted into P (Park). OFF: There will be no feedback NO CHANGE: No change will be when you press the lock button on made to this feature. The current the RKE transmitter. setting will remain. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-49

REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until This feature allows you to select the made to this feature. The current DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on type of feedback you will receive setting will remain. the DIC display. Press the set/reset when unlocking the vehicle with the To select a setting, press the set/ button once to access the settings Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) reset button while the desired for this feature. Then press the transmitter. You will not receive setting is displayed on the DIC. customization button to scroll feedback when unlocking the through the following settings: vehicle with the RKE transmitter if DELAY DOOR LOCK OFF: There will be no delayed the doors are open. See Remote This feature allows you to select locking of the vehicle's doors. Keyless Entry (RKE) System whether or not the locking of the ON (default): The doors will not Operation on page 2‑3 for more vehicle's doors and liftgate will be lock until 5 seconds after the last information. delayed. When locking the doors door or the liftgate is closed. and liftgate with the power door lock Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears switch and a door or the liftgate is open, this feature will delay locking made to this feature. The current on the DIC display. Press the set/ setting will remain. reset button once to access the the doors and liftgate until settings for this feature. Then press five seconds after the last door is To select a setting, press the set/ the customization button to scroll closed. You will hear three chimes reset button while the desired through the following settings: to signal that the delayed locking setting is displayed on the DIC. feature is in use. The key must be LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps out of the ignition for this feature to EXIT LIGHTING will not flash when you press the work. You can temporarily override This feature allows you to select unlock button on the RKE delayed locking by pressing the the amount of time you want the transmitter. power door lock switch twice. See exterior lamps to remain on when LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior Delayed Locking on page 2‑9 for it is dark enough outside. This lamps will flash when you press the more information. happens after the key is turned unlock button on the RKE from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. transmitter. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

5-50 Instruments and Controls

Press the customization button until APPROACH LIGHTING See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC This feature allows you to select System Operation on page 2‑3 for display. Press the set/reset button whether or not to have the exterior more information. once to access the settings for lights turn on briefly during low light NO CHANGE : No change will be this feature. Then press the periods after unlocking the vehicle made to this feature. The current customization button to scroll using the Remote Keyless Entry setting will remain. through the following settings: (RKE) transmitter. To select a setting, press the set/ OFF: The exterior lamps will not Press the customization button until reset button while the desired turn on. APPROACH LIGHTING appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. 30 SECONDS (default): The the DIC display. Press the set/reset exterior lamps will stay on for button once to access the settings CHIME VOLUME 30 seconds. for this feature. Then press the This feature allows you to select the 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will customization button to scroll volume level of the chime. stay on for 1 minute. through the following settings: Press the customization button until 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will OFF: The exterior lights will not CHIME VOLUME appears on the stay on for 2 minutes. turn on when you unlock the vehicle DIC display. Press the set/reset with the RKE transmitter. button once to access the settings NO CHANGE: No change will be ON (default): If it is dark enough for this feature. Then press the made to this feature. The current customization button to scroll setting will remain. outside, the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the through the following settings: To select a setting, press the set/ vehicle with the RKE transmitter. NORMAL: The chime volume will reset button while the desired be set to a normal level. setting is displayed on the DIC. The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button LOUD: The chime volume will be on the RKE transmitter is pressed, set to a loud level. or the vehicle is no longer off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-51

NO CHANGE: No change will be OFF (default): Neither outside EASY EXIT RECALL made to this feature. The current mirror will be tilted down when the If your vehicle has this feature, it setting will remain. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). allows you to select your preference There is no default for chime DRIVER MIRROR: The driver for the automatic easy exit seat volume. The volume will stay at the outside mirror will be tilted down feature. See Memory Seat, Mirrors, last known setting. when the vehicle is shifted into and Pedals in Power Seat To select a setting, press the set/ R (Reverse). Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more reset button while the desired PASSENGER MIRROR: The information. setting is displayed on the DIC. passenger outside mirror will be Press the customization button until tilted down when the vehicle is EASY EXIT RECALL appears on PARK TILT MIRRORS shifted into R (Reverse). the DIC display. Press the set/reset If your vehicle has this feature, BOTH MIRRORS: The driver and button once to access the settings it allows you to select whether or passenger outside mirrors will be for this feature. Then press the not the outside mirror(s) will tilted down when the vehicle is customization button to scroll automatically tilt down when the shifted into R (Reverse). through the following settings: vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). NO CHANGE: No change will be DOOR BUTTON ONLY: No See Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑20 automatic seat exit recall will occur. for more information. made to this feature. The current setting will remain. The recall will only occur after Press the customization button until pressing the easy exit seat button. PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on To select a setting, press the set/ the DIC display. Press the set/reset reset button while the desired button once to access the settings setting is displayed on the DIC. for this feature. Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

5-52 Instruments and Controls

BUTTON & KEY OUT (default): If EASY EXIT SETUP NO CHANGE: No change will be the features are enabled through the If your vehicle has this feature, it made to this feature. The current EASY EXIT SETUP menu, the allows you to select which areas will setting will remain. driver seat will move back when the recall with the automatic easy exit To select a setting, press the set/ key is removed from the ignition or seat feature. It also allows you to reset button while the desired after pressing the easy exit seat turn off the automatic easy exit setting is displayed on the DIC. button. feature. See Memory Seat, Mirrors, The automatic easy exit seat and Pedals in Power Seat MEMORY SEAT RECALL movement will only occur one time Adjustment on page 3‑4 and “EASY If your vehicle has this feature, it after the key is removed from the EXIT RECALL” earlier for more allows you to select your preference ignition. If the automatic movement information. for the remote memory seat recall has already occurred, and you put Press the customization button until feature. See Memory Seat, Mirrors, the key back in the ignition and EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the and Pedals in Power Seat remove it again, the seat will stay in DIC display. Press the set/reset Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more the original exit position, unless a button once to access the settings information. memory recall took place prior to for this feature. Then press the Press the customization button until removing the key again. menu up/down button to scroll MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears NO CHANGE: No change will be through the following settings: on the DIC display. Press the set/ made to this feature. The current OFF: No automatic seat exit will reset button once to access the setting will remain. recall. settings for this feature. Then press To select a setting, press the set/ the customization button to scroll SEAT ONLY (Default): The driver through the following settings: reset button while the desired seat will recall. setting is displayed on the DIC. OFF (default): No remote memory seat recall will occur. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-53

ON: The driver seat and, on some Press the customization button until Press the customization button until vehicles, the outside mirrors will REMOTE START appears on the FACTORY SETTINGS appears on automatically move to the stored DIC display. Press the set/reset the DIC display. Press the set/reset driving position when the unlock button once to access the settings button once to access the settings button on the Remote Keyless Entry for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the (RKE) transmitter is pressed. On customization button to scroll customization button to scroll some vehicles with the adjustable through the following settings: through the following settings: throttle and brake pedal feature, the OFF : The remote start feature will RESTORE ALL (default): The pedals will also automatically move. be disabled. customization features will be set NO CHANGE: No change will be ON (default): The remote start to their factory default settings. made to this feature. The current feature will be enabled. DO NOT RESTORE: The setting will remain. NO CHANGE: No change will be customization features will not be To select a setting, press the set/ made to this feature. The current set to their factory default settings. reset button while the desired setting will remain. To select a setting, press the set/ setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired REMOTE START reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. If your vehicle has this feature, it setting is displayed on the DIC. EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS allows you to turn the remote start FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to exit the off or on. The remote start feature feature settings menu. allows you to start the engine from This feature allows you to set all of outside of the vehicle using the the customization features back to Press the customization button until Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) their factory default settings. PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle SETTINGS appears in the DIC Start on page 2‑5 for more display. Press the set/reset button information. once to exit the menu. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

5-54 Instruments and Controls

If you do not exit, pressing the Universal Remote This system provides a way to customization button again will replace up to three remote control return you to the beginning of the System transmitters used to activate feature settings menu. devices such as garage door See Radio Frequency Statement on openers, security systems, and page 13 18 for information Exiting the Feature ‑ home automation devices. Settings Menu regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Do not use this system with any The feature settings menu will be rules and Industry Canada garage door opener that does not exited when any of the following Standards RSS-210/220/310. have the stop and reverse feature. occurs: This includes any garage door . The vehicle is no longer in Universal Remote System opener model manufactured before ON/RUN. Programming April 1, 1982. . The trip/fuel or vehicle Read the instructions completely information DIC buttons are before attempting to program the pressed. transmitter. Because of the steps involved, it may be helpful to have . The end of the feature settings another person assist with menu is reached and exited. programming the transmitter. . A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made. Vehicles with the Universal Remote System will have these buttons located in the headliner. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-55

Be sure to keep the original remote Most garage door openers sold control transmitter for use in other after 1996 are Rolling Code units. vehicles, as well as for future Programming a garage door opener programming. Only the original involves time-sensitive actions, so remote control transmitter is needed read the entire procedure before for Fixed Code programming. The starting. Otherwise, the device will programmed buttons should be time out and the procedure will have erased when the vehicle is sold or to be repeated. the lease ends. See “Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons” in 2. In the garage, locate the this section. garage door opener receiver Park the vehicle outside of the (motor-head unit). Find the garage when programming a garage “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can door. Be sure that people and usually be found where the objects are clear of the garage door hanging antenna wire is or gate that is being programmed. attached to the motor-head unit To program up to three devices: and may be a colored button. Programming Universal Home 1. From inside the vehicle, Press this button. After pressing Remote — Rolling Code press the two outside buttons this button, complete the For questions or help programming at the same time for one to following steps in less than the Universal Home Remote two seconds, and immediately 30 seconds. System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go release them. to www.learcar2u.com. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

5-56 Instruments and Controls

3. Immediately return to the different function button in Step 3 vehicle. Press and hold the than what was used for the garage Universal Home Remote button door opener. that will be used to control the If these instructions do not work, garage door until the garage the garage door opener is probably door moves. The indicator light, a Fixed Code unit. Follow the above the selected button, programming instructions that follow should slowly blink. This button for a Fixed Code garage door may need to be held for up to opener. 20 seconds. 4. Immediately, within one second, Programming Universal Home release the button when the Remote — Fixed Code garage door moves. The For questions or help programming To program up to three devices: indicator light will blink rapidly the Universal Home Remote until programming is complete. 1. To verify that the garage door System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go opener is a Fixed Code unit, 5. Press and release the same to www.learcar2u.com. remove the battery cover on the button again. The garage door Most garage door openers sold hand-held transmitter supplied should move, confirming that before 1996 are Fixed Code units. by the manufacturer of the programming is successful garage door opener motor. Programming a garage door opener and complete. If there is a row of dip switches involves time-sensitive actions, so similar to the graphic above, the To program another Rolling Code read the entire procedure before garage door opener is a Fixed device such as an additional garage starting. Otherwise, the device will Code unit. If you do not see a door opener, a security device, time out and the procedure will have row of dip switches, return or home automation device, repeat to be repeated. Steps 1 through 5, choosing a to the previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote — Rolling Code. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-57

Your hand-held transmitter can The switch positions on the have between 8 to 12 dip hand-held transmitter could be switches depending on the labeled as follows: brand of transmitter. . A switch in the up position The garage door opener receiver could be labeled as Up, (motor head unit) could also +, or On. have a row of dip switches that Example of Eight Dip Switches . A switch in the down can be used when programming with Two Positions position could be labeled as the Universal Home Remote. Down, −, or Off. If the total number of switches on the motor head and . A switch in the middle hand-held transmitter are position could be labeled as different, or if the dip switch Middle, 0, or Neutral. settings are different, use the dip 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch switch settings on the motor settings from left to right as Example of Eight Dip Switches head unit to program the follows: Universal Home Remote. The with Three Positions . When a switch is in the up motor head dip switch settings The panel of switches might not position, write “Left.” can also be used when the appear exactly as they do in the original hand-held transmitter is examples above, but they . When a switch is in the not available. should be similar. down position, write “Right.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

5-58 Instruments and Controls

. If a switch is set between Now press one button on the the up and down position, Universal Home Remote for write “Middle.” each switch setting as follows: The switch settings written . If you wrote “Left,” press down in Step 2 now the left button (A) in the become the button strokes vehicle. to be entered into the Universal Home Remote in . If you wrote “Right,” press Step 4. Be sure to enter the the right button (C) in the switch settings written down vehicle. in Step 2, in order from left . If you wrote “Middle,” press to right, into the Universal the middle button (B) in the Home Remote, when A. Left Button (Up, +, or On) vehicle. completing Step 4. B. Middle Button (Middle, 0, 5. After entering all of the switch 3. From inside your vehicle, or Neutral) positions, once again firmly first firmly press all three buttons press and release all three C. Right Button (Down, −, at the same time for about buttons at the same time. The or Off) three seconds. Release the indicator lights will turn on. buttons to put the Universal 4. The indicator lights will blink 6. Press and hold the button that Home Remote into slowly. Enter each switch will be used to control the programming mode. setting from Step 2 into your garage door until the garage vehicle's Universal Home door moves. The indicator light Remote. You will have two and above the selected button one-half minutes to complete should slowly blink. This button Step 4. may need to be held for up to 55 seconds. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-59

7. Immediately release the button Universal Remote System To erase either Rolling Code or when the garage door moves. Fixed Code settings on the The indicator light will blink Operation Universal Home Remote device: rapidly until programming is Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold the two outside complete. button for at least half of a second. buttons at the same time for 8. Press and release the same The indicator light will come on approximately 20 seconds, until button again. The garage door while the signal is being transmitted. the indicator lights, located should move, confirming that Reprogramming Universal directly above the buttons, begin programming is successful and Home Remote Buttons to blink rapidly. complete. Any of the three buttons can be 2. Once the indicator lights begin to To program another Fixed Code reprogrammed by repeating the blink, release both buttons. The device such as an additional garage instructions. codes from all buttons will be door opener, a security device, erased. or home automation device, repeat Erasing Universal Home For help or information on the Steps 1-8, choosing a different Remote Buttons Universal Home Remote System, button in Step 6 than what was used call the customer assistance phone for the garage door opener. The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or number under Customer Assistance the lease ends. Offices (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

5-60 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features Reminder ...... 6-2 Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Changer ...... 6-2 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-9 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-9 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamps control is located Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 on the instrument panel to the left of Turn and Lane-Change the steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-5 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 It controls the following systems: Auxiliary . Headlamps Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 . Taillamps . Parking Lamps . License Plate Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights The exterior lamps control has four positions: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

O (Off): Turns off the automatic 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Exterior Lamps Off headlamps and Daytime Running headlamps together with the Reminder Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp following lamps listed below. control to the off position again to A reminder chime will sound when . Parking Lamps turn the automatic headlamps or the headlamps or parking lamps are DRL back on. . Instrument Panel Lights manually turned on and the ignition is off and a door is open. To disable . Taillamps For vehicles first sold in Canada, the chime, turn the light off. the off position will only work when . License Plate Lamps the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). When the headlamps are turned Headlamp High/ AUTO (Automatic): Automatically on while the vehicle is on, the Low-Beam Changer turns on the headlamps at normal headlamps will turn off automatically brightness, together with the 10 minutes after the ignition is 5 3 (Headlamp High/Low following: turned off. When the headlamps are Beam Changer): To change the . Parking Lamps turned on while the vehicle is off, headlamps from low to high beam, push the lever toward the instrument . Instrument Panel Lights the headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes before automatically panel. To return to low-beam . Taillamps turning off to prevent the battery headlamps, pull the multifunction . License Plate Lamps from being drained. Turn the lever toward you. Then release it. ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the headlamp control to off and then parking lamps together with the back to the headlamp on position to following: make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes. . Instrument Panel Lights . Taillamps . License Plate Lamps When the high beams are on, this indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Flash-to-Pass Daytime Running To turn off the DRL lamps, turn the exterior lamps control to the OFF This feature lets you use the Lamps (DRL) position and then release. For high-beam headlamps to signal Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can vehicles first sold in Canada, the a driver in front of you that you make it easier for others to see the transmission must be in the P (Park) want to pass. It works even if the front of your vehicle during the day. position before the DRL lamps can headlamps are in the automatic Fully functional daytime running be turned off. position. lamps are required on all vehicles To use it, pull the turn signal lever first sold in Canada. Automatic Headlamp toward you, then release it. The DRL system comes on when System the following conditions are met: If the headlamps are in the When it is dark enough outside, the automatic position or on low beam, . The ignition is on. automatic headlamp system turns the high-beam headlamps will turn on the headlamps at the normal on. They will stay on as long as . The exterior lamps control is in AUTO. brightness, along with the taillamps, you hold the lever toward you. sidemarker, parking lamps, and the The high-beam indicator on the . The transmission is not in Park. instrument panel lights. The radio instrument panel cluster will come . lights will also be dim. on. Release the lever to return to The light sensor determines it is normal operation. daytime. To turn off the automatic headlamp When the DRL system is on, system, turn the exterior lamps only the DRL lamps are on. The switch to the off position and then taillamps, sidemarker, instrument release it. For vehicles first sold in panel lights, and other lamps will Canada, the transmission must be not be on. in the P (Park) position before the automatic headlamp system can be When it begins to get dark, the turned off. automatic headlamp system switches from DRL to the headlamps. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

under bridges or bright overhead The headlamps will also stay on street lights does not affect the after you exit the vehicle. This system. The DRL and automatic feature can be programmed using headlamp system are only affected the Driver Information Center (DIC). when the light sensor detects a See Vehicle Personalization (With change in lighting lasting longer DIC Buttons) on page 5‑46. than the delay. If the vehicle is not equipped If the vehicle is started in a dark with DIC buttons, exit lighting is garage, the automatic headlamp automatic. When it is dark enough The vehicle has a light sensor system comes on immediately. outside, the exterior lamps remain located on the top of the instrument Once the vehicle leaves the garage, on for 30 seconds after the ignition panel which regulates when the it takes approximately one minute is moved from ON/RUN to automatic headlamps turn on. Do for the automatic headlamp system LOCK/OFF. not cover the sensor, otherwise the to change to DRL if it is bright For vehicles without a radio, the headlamps will come on whenever enough outside. During that delay, the ignition is on. instrument panel light remains on the instrument panel cluster may not for 30 seconds with the driver door The system may also turn on the be as bright as usual. Make sure the closed. For vehicles with a radio, headlamps when driving through a instrument panel brightness control the instrument panel light remains parking garage or heavy overcast is in the full bright position. See on for 10 minutes with the driver weather. This is normal. Instrument Panel Illumination door closed. See Retained Control on page 6‑7. There is a delay in the transition Accessory Power (RAP) on between the daytime and nighttime To idle the vehicle with the page 9‑32. operation of the Daytime Running automatic headlamp system off, The regular headlamp system can Lamps (DRL) and the automatic turn the control to the off position. be turned on when needed. headlamp systems so that driving Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting Signals position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on An arrow on the instrument panel page 10‑39. cluster flashes in the direction of the Turn Signal On Chime turn or lane change. If the turn signal is left on for more Move the lever all the way up or than 1.2 km (3/4 of a mile), a chime down to signal a turn. will sound at each flash of the turn | (Hazard Warning Flashers): Raise or lower the lever for less signal and the message TURN Press this button located on top of than one second until the arrow SIGNAL ON will also appear in the the steering column, to make the starts to flash to signal a lane Driver Information Control (DIC). front and rear turn signal lamps change. This causes the turn To turn the chime and message off, flash on and off. This warns others signals to automatically flash move the turn signal lever to the off that you are having trouble. Press three times. It will flash six times if position. again to turn the flashers off. tow-haul mode is active. Holding When the hazard warning flashers the turn signal lever for more than are on, the vehicle's turn signals will one second will cause the turn not work. signals to flash until you release the lever. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Fog Lamps When the headlamps are changed to high beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will come on again. Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp For vehicles with fog lamps, the control is located next to the exterior If the vehicle has this feature, this This button is located on the lamps control on the instrument button includes wiring provisions for overhead console. panel, to the left of the steering a dealer or a qualified service center When the wiring is connected to column. to install an auxiliary roof lamp. an auxiliary roof‐mounted lamp, The ignition must be in the ON/RUN pressing the bottom of the button position for the fog lamps to will activate the lamp and illuminate come on. an indicator light at the bottom of # (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the this button. Pressing the top of the fog lamps on or off. A light will come button will turn off the roof‐mounted on in the instrument panel cluster. lamp and indicator. When the fog lamps are turned on, the parking lamps automatically turn on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

The emergency roof lamp circuit is Interior Lighting Turn the knob clockwise or fused at 30 amps, so the total counterclockwise to brighten or dim current draw of the attached lamps the instrument panel lights. Turning should be less than this value. The Instrument Panel the knob to the farthest clockwise attachment points for the roof lamp Illumination Control position turns on the dome lamps. circuits are two blunt cut wires located above the overhead Dome Lamps console, a dark green switched power wire and a black ground wire. The dome lamps are located in the overhead console. For more information on roof mount emergency lamp installation, please They come on when any door is visit the GM Upfitter website at opened and turn off after all the www.gmupfitter.com or contact your doors are closed. dealer. Turn the instrument panel If the vehicle has this button, the brightness knob located below vehicle may have the snow plow the dome lamp override button, prep package. For further clockwise to the farthest position to information, see Adding a Snow manually turn on the dome lamps. Plow or Similar Equipment on The dome lamps remain on until the D (Instrument Panel page 9 91. knob is turned counterclockwise. ‑ Brightness): This feature controls the brightness of the instrument Dome Lamp Override panel lights and is located next to The dome lamp override button is the exterior lamps control. located next to the exterior lamps Push the knob to extend out and control. then it can be turned. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

Reading Lamps Lighting Features For vehicles with reading lamps they are located on the overhead Entry Lighting console. The vehicle has an illuminated entry To turn on the reading lamps, press feature. the button located next to each When the doors are opened, the lamp. To turn them off, press the dome lamps will come on if the button again. dome override button is in the The vehicle may also have reading extended position. If the dome lamps in other locations. To turn the override button is pressed in, the lamps on or off, press the button lamps will not come on. k located next to the lamp. (Dome Off): Press the button Exit Lighting in and the dome lamps remain off The lamps are fixed and cannot be when a door is opened. Press the adjusted. The interior lamps come on when button again to return it to the the key is removed from the ignition. extended position so that the dome They turn off automatically in lamps come on when a door is 20 seconds. The lights do not come opened. on if the dome override button is pressed in. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Lighting 6-9

Battery Load The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being Management high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the The vehicle has Electric Power This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action, Management (EPM) that estimates (alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the the battery's temperature and state enough at idle to produce all the driver. If so, a Driver Information of charge. It then adjusts the voltage power that is needed for very high Center (DIC) message might be for best performance and extended electrical loads. displayed, such as BATTERY LOW life of the battery. A high electrical load occurs when START VEHICLE . If this message displays, it is recommended that the When the battery's state of charge several of the following are on, such driver reduce the electrical loads as is low, the voltage is raised slightly as: headlamps, high beams, fog much as possible and restart the to quickly bring the charge back up. lamps, rear window defogger, vehicle. See Battery Voltage and When the state of charge is high, climate control fan at high speed, Charging Messages on page 5 36. the voltage is lowered slightly to heated seats, engine cooling fans, ‑ prevent overcharging. If the vehicle trailer loads, and loads plugged into has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage accessory power outlets. Battery Power Protection display on the Driver Information EPM works to prevent excessive This feature shuts off the dome, and Center (DIC), you may see the discharge of the battery. It does this reading lamps if they are left on for voltage move up or down. This is by balancing the generator's output more than 10 minutes when the normal. If there is a problem, an and the vehicle's electrical needs. ignition is off. This will keep the alert will be displayed. It can increase engine idle speed to battery from running down. generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Audio Players Introduction Infotainment CD Player ...... 7-14 System CD/DVD Player ...... 7-19 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-30 Infotainment Read the following pages to Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction become familiar with the audio Rear Seat Entertainment system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 (RSE) System ...... 7-34 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Operation ...... 7-3 System ...... 7-45 { WARNING Radio Phone Taking your eyes off the road AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 Bluetooth ...... 7-47 for extended periods could Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 cause a crash resulting in injury Radio Reception ...... 7-12 or death to you or others. Do Rear Side Window Antenna ...... 7-13 not give extended attention to Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-14 entertainment tasks while driving.

This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Navigation/Radio System road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment. For vehicles with a navigation radio while the vehicle is parked: Adding audio or communication system, see the separate Navigation . Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with System manual. operation and controls of the the operation of the engine, radio, audio system. or other systems, and could Theft-Deterrent Feature damage them. Follow federal . Set up the tone, speaker TheftLock® is designed to adjustments, and preset radio rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. discourage theft of the vehicle's stations. radio by learning a portion of the For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, Driving on page 9‑2. The radio does not operate if it is the audio system can be played stolen or moved to a different This vehicle's audio system may be even after the ignition is turned off. vehicle. equipped with a noise reduction See Retained Accessory Power system which can work improperly (RAP) on page 9‑32 for more if the audio amplifier, engine information. calibrations, exhaust system, microphones, radio, or speakers are modified or replaced. This could result in more noticeable engine noise at certain speeds. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Operation

Radio with CD (MP3) shown, Radio with USB and CD (MP3) similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

System on page 7‑34 for more information on the vehicle's RSE system. The DVD player is the top slot on the radio faceplate. The player is capable of reading the DTS programmed DVD Audio or DVD Video media, (DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.). Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Using the Radio O (Power/Volume): Press to turn Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) the system on and off. The vehicle has one of these radios are explained later in this section Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume. as its audio system. under, “Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade)”. 4 (Information) (If available): Radios with CD and DVD Vehicles with a USB, CD, and Press to switch the display between Vehicles with a USB, CD, and the radio station frequency and the ® DVD radio may have a Rear Seat DVD radio have a Bose Surround Entertainment (RSE) system. See time. While the ignition is off, press Sound System. Some of its features Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) this button to display the time. Press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS or Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA 3. Press the softkey under the This feature is most effective at song. If information is available AUTO VOLUM (automatic lower radio volume settings where during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA volume) tab on the radio display. background noise can affect how playback, the song title information 4. Press the softkey under the well the music is heard. At higher displays on the top line of the desired Speed Compensated volume settings, where the music is display and artist information Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, much louder than the background displays on the bottom line. When or High) to select the level of noise, there might be little or no information is not available, “NO radio volume compensation. adjustments by AudioPilot. INFO” displays. The display times out after To activate: Speed Compensated Volume approximately 10 seconds. Each 1. Set the radio volume to the (SCV): Radios with Speed higher setting allows for more desired level. Compensated Volume (SCV) radio volume compensation at automatically adjusts the radio faster vehicle speeds. 2. Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu. volume to compensate for road and Noise Compensation wind noise as the vehicle's speed Technology: Vehicles with the LTZ 3. Press the softkey under the changes while driving, so that the package and a Bose Audio System AUTO VOLUM (automatic volume level stays consistent. include the Bose AudioPilot® noise volume) tab on the radio display. To activate SCV: compensation technology. When 4. Press the softkey under the ON 1. Set the radio volume to the turned on, AudioPilot continuously tab. The display times out after desired level. adjusts the audio system approximately 10 seconds. equalization, to compensate for 2. Press the MENU button to background noise, so that music For additional information on display the radio setup menu. always sounds the same at the set AudioPilot, please visit volume level. www.bose.com/audiopilot. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

Setting the Tone (Bass/ If a station's frequency is weak or if Digital Signal Processing (DSP): Midrange/Treble) there is static, decrease the treble. Press the EQ button to change the DSP settings (only available on BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, To quickly adjust bass, midrange, or treble to the middle position, Bose systems with the LTZ option or Treble): To adjust the bass, package). DSP settings provide a midrange, or treble: press the softkey positioned under the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for choice of different listening 1. Press the f knob until the tone more than 2 seconds. A beep experiences. control tabs display. sounds and the level adjusts to The following DSP settings are 2. Highlight the desired tone the middle position. available: control tab by doing one of the To quickly adjust all tone and . Normal — Select this setting to following: speaker controls to the middle adjust the audio for normal f mode. This provides the best . Pressing the f knob. position, press the knob for more than 2 seconds until a beep sounds. sound quality for all seating . Press the softkey under the positions. desired tab. EQ (Equalization): Press this button to choose bass and treble . Driver — Select this setting to 3. Adjust the setting by doing one equalization settings designed for adjust the audio for the driver to of the following: different types of music. Selecting receive the best possible sound MANUAL or changing bass or quality. . Turn the f knob clockwise treble, returns the EQ to the manual . or counterclockwise. Rear — Select this setting to bass and treble settings. adjust the audio for the rear seat . Press the ¨ SEEK, or Unique EQ settings can be saved passengers to receive the best © SEEK button. for each source. possible sound quality. . Press the \ FWD, or If the radio has a Bose audio s system, the EQ settings are either REV button. MANUAL or TALK. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

® . Surround (Centerpoint ) — 3. Adjust the setting by doing one Radio Messages Select this setting to enable of the following: Bose Centerpoint. Centerpoint Calibration Error: The audio signal processing produces a . Turn the f knob clockwise system has been calibrated surround sound listening or counterclockwise. for the vehicle from the factory. experience from a CD or XM If Calibration Error displays, it . stereo digital audio source. Press the ¨ SEEK, or means that the radio has not been Centerpoint delivers five © SEEK button. configured properly for the vehicle independent audio channels and it must be returned to your . \ from conventional two channel Press the FWD, or dealer for service. stereo recordings. (Not available s REV button. Locked or Loc : One of these for AM or FM.) messages will display when the To quickly adjust all speaker and ® Adjusting the Speakers tone controls to the middle position, TheftLock system has locked up the radio. Take the vehicle to your press the f knob for more than (Balance/Fade) dealer for service. 2 seconds. BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To If any error occurs repeatedly or if adjust the balance or fade: If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is an error cannot be corrected, turned on, the radio disables FADE f contact your dealer. 1. Press the knob until the and mutes the rear speakers. speaker control tabs display. 2. Highlight the desired speaker control tab by doing one of the following:

. Pressing the f knob. . Press the softkey under the desired tab. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Radio displays on the top line of the stations. The radio only seeks and display and artist information scans stations with a strong signal AM-FM Radio displays on the bottom line. When that are in the selected band. information is not available, “NO s REV: Press to manually tune to Radio Data System (RDS) INFO” displays. a radio station in descending order. For radios with the Radio Data Finding a Station \ FWD: Press to manually tune to System (RDS) feature, it only works BAND: Press to switch between a radio station in ascending order. with FM stations that broadcast AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. FAV (Favorites): Press to select RDS information. This system relies f different favorite pages for stored upon receiving specific information (Tune): Turn to manually select radio stations. from these stations and only works radio stations. when the information is available. © SEEK: Press to seek the Storing Radio Stations While the radio is tuned to an previous radio station. Press and Drivers are encouraged to store FM-RDS station, the station name hold for a few seconds until a or call letters displays. In rare radio station while the vehicle is beep sounds to scan for radio parked, see Defensive Driving on cases, a radio station could stations in descending order, press broadcast incorrect information that page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio the © SEEK button again to stop stations using the presets, favorites causes the radio features to work scanning radio stations. The radio improperly. If this happens, contact button, and steering wheel controls, only seeks and scans stations with if the vehicle has this feature. the radio station. a strong signal that are in the 4 (Information) (RDS Features): selected band. Up to 36 stations can be For vehicles with RDS features, programmed as favorites using the 4 ¨ SEEK: Press to seek the next 6 softkeys below the radio station press to display additional text radio station. Press and hold for a frequency tabs and by using the information related to the current few seconds until a beep sounds to FAV button. Press the FAV button FM-RDS station. If information is scan for radio stations in ascending to go through up to 6 pages of available, the song title information order, press the © SEEK button favorites, each having 6 favorite again to stop scanning radio Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

stations available per page. Each 3. Select the number of favorites information, contact XM at page of favorites can contain any pages by pressing the softkey www.xmradio.com or combination of AM, FM, or XM, located below the displayed 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S., if equipped, stations. page numbers. and www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. Storing a Radio Station as a 4. Press the FAV button, or let Favorite the menu time out, to return to 4 (Information) (XM Satellite Radio the original main radio screen Service): For vehicles with XM, To store a station as a favorite: showing the radio station press 4 to display additional text 1. Tune to a radio station. frequency tabs and to begin information related to the current 2. Press the FAV button to display the process of programming XM channel. If information is the page where the station will favorites. available, the song title information be stored. displays on the top line of the Satellite Radio display and artist information 3. Press and hold one of the displays on the bottom line. When 6 softkeys until a beep sounds. XM Satellite Radio Service ™ information is not available, “NO 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to XM is a satellite radio service based INFO” displays. store additional radio stations. in the 48 contiguous United States Finding a Channel The number of favorites pages can and 10 Canadian provinces. XM be setup using the MENU button. Satellite Radio has a wide variety of BAND: Press to switch between To setup the number of favorites programming and commercial-free AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. music, coast to coast, and in pages: f (Tune): Turn to manually select digital-quality sound. A service fee an XM channel. 1. Press the MENU button. is required to receive the XM 2. Press the softkey located below service. If the service needs to be © SEEK: Press to go to the the FAV 1-6 tab. reactivated, the radio will display previous XM channel. “No Subscription Please Renew ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next on channel XM1.” For more XM channel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

s REV: Press to go to the 2. Press either of the two softkeys 3. Turn the f knob to display the previous XM category. below the desired category tab category to add or remove. to immediately tune to the first \ FWD: Press to go to the next XM station in that category. 4. Press the softkey located under XM category. the Add or Remove tab. To go to the previous or next XM FAV (Favorites): Press to select station in the selected category, To restore all removed different favorites pages for stored do one of the following: categories, press the softkey radio stations. under the Restore All tab. . Turn the f knob. CAT (Category): The CAT button is 5. Repeat the steps to remove used to find XM channels when the . Press the softkey below the more categories. radio is in the XM mode. right or left arrows in the category tab. Storing XM Channels Finding a Category (CAT) Drivers are encouraged to store . Station Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. XM channels while the vehicle is To find XM channels in a category: 3. To exit the category search parked; see Defensive Driving on page 9 2. Tune to stored radio 1. Press the CAT button to display mode, press the FAV button or ‑ stations using the presets, favorites the category tabs. Continue BAND button to display the pressing the CAT button until the favorites again. button, and steering wheel controls, if the vehicle has this feature. desired category name displays. Adding and Removing Categories Up to 36 stations can be . Radios with CD and DVD Categories cannot be added or can also navigate the programmed as favorites using the removed while the vehicle is moving six softkeys below the radio station category list by pressing the faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). \ FWD or the s REV frequency tabs and by using the FAV button. Press the FAV button buttons. To add or remove a category: to go through up to six pages of 1. Press the MENU button. favorites, each having six favorite 2. Press the softkey located below stations available per page. the XM CAT tab. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Each page of favorites can contain 3. Select the number of favorites No XM Signal: The system is any combination of AM, FM, or XM, pages by pressing the softkey functioning correctly, but the vehicle if equipped, stations. located below the displayed is in a location that is blocking the page numbers. XM signal. When the vehicle is Storing an XM Channel as a moved into an open area, the signal Favorite 4. Press the FAV button, or let the menu time out, to return to the should return. To store a station as a favorite: original main radio screen Loading XM: The audio system is 1. Tune to an XM channel. showing the radio station acquiring and processing audio and 2. Press the FAV button to display frequency tabs and to begin text data. No action is needed. This the page where the station will the process of programming message should disappear shortly. be stored. favorites. Channel Off Air: This channel is 3. Press and hold one of the XM Radio Messages not currently in service. Tune in to another channel. six softkeys until a beep sounds. XL (Explicit Language 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to Channels): These channels, Channel Unauth : This channel is store additional radio stations. or any others, can be blocked at a blocked or cannot be received with customer's request, by calling your XM subscription package. The number of favorites pages can 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and Channel Unavail: This previously be set up using the MENU button. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. To set up the number of favorites assigned channel is no longer pages: XM Updating: The encryption code assigned. Tune to another station. in the receiver is being updated, and If this station was one of the 1. Press the MENU button. no action is required. This process presets, choose another station 2. Press the softkey located below should take no longer than for that preset button. the FAV 1-6 tab. 30 seconds. No Artist Info: No artist information is available at this time on this channel. The system is working properly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

No Title Info: No song title XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver XM Not Available: If this message information is available at this time in the vehicle could have previously does not clear within a short period on this channel. The system is been in another vehicle. For security of time, the receiver could have a working properly. purposes, XM receivers cannot be fault. Consult with your dealer. No CAT Info: No category swapped between vehicles. If this information is available at this time message is received after having Radio Reception on this channel. The system is the vehicle serviced, check with your dealer. Frequency interference and static working properly. can occur during normal radio No Information: No text or XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, reception if items such as cell phone informational messages are this message alternates with the XM chargers, vehicle convenience available at this time on this Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This accessories, and external electronic channel. The system is working label is needed to activate the devices are plugged into the properly. service. accessory power outlet. If there is interference or static, unplug the No Subscription Please Renew: Unknown: If this message is received when tuned to channel 0, item from the accessory power The XM subscription needs to be outlet. reactivated. Contact XM at there could be a receiver fault. www.xmradio.com or call Consult with your dealer. AM 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and Check Antenna: If this message The range for most AM stations is www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period greater than for FM, especially at 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. of time, the receiver or antenna night. The longer range can cause could have a fault. Consult with CAT Not Found: There are no station frequencies to interfere your dealer. channels available for the selected with each other. For better radio category. The system is working Check XM Receivr: If this reception, most AM radio stations properly. message does not clear within a boost the power levels during the short period of time, the receiver day, and then reduce these levels could have a fault. Consult with during the night. Static can also your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

occur when things like storms and Cellular Phone Usage If a cellular telephone antenna power lines interfere with radio needs to be attached to the glass, Cellular phone usage may cause reception. When this happens, try make sure that the grid lines for the interference with the vehicle's radio. reducing the treble on the radio. AM-FM antenna are not damaged. This interference may occur when There is enough space between the making or receiving phone calls, FM Stereo grid lines to attach a cellular charging the phone's battery, telephone antenna without FM signals only reach about or simply having the phone on. This interfering with radio reception. 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although interference causes an increased the radio has a built-in electronic level of static while listening to the Notice: Using a razor blade or circuit that automatically works to radio. If static is received while sharp object to clear the inside of reduce interference, some static listening to the radio, unplug the the rear side windows may affect can occur, especially around tall cellular phone and turn it off. radio reception or damage the buildings or hills, causing the rear side window antenna. sound to fade in and out. Rear Side Window Repairs would not be covered by XM™ Satellite Radio Service the warranty. Do not clear the Antenna inside of the rear side windows XM Satellite Radio Service gives The AM-FM antenna is located in with sharp objects. digital radio reception from coast to the passenger rear side windows. coast in the 48 contiguous United Notice: Do not apply aftermarket Make sure the inside surfaces of the glass tinting with metallic film. States, and in Canada. Just as rear side windows are not scratched with FM, tall buildings or hills can The metallic film in some tinting and that the lines on the glass are materials will interfere with or interfere with satellite radio signals, not damaged. If the inside surfaces causing the sound to fade in and distort the incoming radio are damaged, they could interfere reception. Any damage caused to out. In addition, traveling or standing with radio reception. under heavy foliage, bridges, the antenna due to metallic tinting garages, or tunnels may cause loss materials will not be covered by of the XM signal for a period of time. the warranty. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

Satellite Radio Antenna Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials, liquids, The XM Satellite Radio antenna is and debris. located on the roof of the vehicle. CD Player Keep the antenna clear of If an error displays, see “ obstructions for clear radio Care of the CD Player Messages” later in this section. reception. Do not add any label to a CD. Care of CDs It could get caught in the CD. If a If the vehicle has a sunroof, the If playing a CD-R, the sound quality performance of the XM system CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is can be reduced due to CD-R or (if equipped) may be affected CD-RW quality, the method of if the sunroof is open. needed, try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen. recording, the quality of the music that has been recorded, and the The use of CD lens cleaners for way the CD-R or CD-RW has been CDs is not advised, due to the risk handled. Handle them carefully. of contaminating the lens of the CD Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in their optics with lubricants internal to the original cases or other protective CD player mechanism. cases and away from direct sunlight Notice: If a label is added to a and dust. The CD player scans the CD, more than one CD is inserted bottom surface of the disc. If the into the slot at a time, or an surface of a CD is damaged, such attempt is made to play scratched as cracked, broken, or scratched, or damaged CDs, the CD player the CD does not play properly or not could be damaged. While using at all. Do not touch the bottom side the CD player, use only CDs in of a CD while handling it; this could good condition without any label, damage the surface. Pick up CDs load one CD at a time, and keep by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

If the surface of a CD is soiled, the last selected audio source. The If a portable audio player is not clean it with a soft, lint free cloth or CD is controlled by the buttons on connected, “No Input Device Found” dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, the radio faceplate or by the RSA displays. neutral detergent solution mixed unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) 4 (Information): Press to display with water. Make sure the wiping System on page 7‑45 for more additional text information related to process starts from the center to information. the current song. If information is the edge. When a CD is inserted, the CD available, the song title information Inserting a CD symbol displays on the left side of displays on the top line of the the radio display. As each new track display and artist information Insert a CD partway into the slot, starts to play, the track number displays on the bottom line. When label side up. The player pulls it in displays. information is not available, “NO and the CD should begin playing. The CD player can play the smaller INFO” displays. Ejecting a CD 8 cm (3 inch) single CDs with an f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on Z EJECT: Press and release to adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the the CD that is currently playing. eject the disc. Remove the CD smaller CDs are loaded in the same © SEEK: Press to go to the start of when Remove Disc displays. If the manner. the current track, if more than ten disc is not removed, after several CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to seconds on the CD have played. seconds, the disc is automatically cycle through CD or Auxiliary when Press to go to the previous track if pulled back into the player. listening to the radio. The CD icon less than ten seconds on the CD and a message showing the disc have played. Playing a CD and/or track number displays when If the ignition or radio is turned off, a CD is in the player. Press again Press and hold, or press multiple with a CD in the player, it stays in and the system automatically times to continue moving backward the player. When the ignition or searches for an auxiliary input through the tracks on the CD. radio is turned on, the CD starts device, see, Auxiliary Devices on ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next playing where it stopped, if it was page 7‑30 for more information. track. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

Press and hold, or press multiple Format . Up to 255 files. times to continue moving forward Radios that have the capability of . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl through the tracks on the CD. playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma extension. s REV (Fast Reverse): Press files that were recorded onto a . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda and hold to reverse playback quickly CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can file extension. within a track. be recorded with the following fixed Root Directory \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, and hold to advance playback 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, The root directory is treated as a quickly within a track. 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, folder. Files are stored in the root 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps directory when the disc or storage RDM (Random): Press to listen or a variable bit rate. device does not contain folders. to tracks in random, rather than Files accessed from the root sequential order. To use random: Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Discs directory of a CD display as 1. Press the softkey positioned F1 ROOT. under the RDM tab until Random The radio can play discs that Empty Folder Current Disc displays. contain both uncompressed CD audio and MP3 files. If both formats Folders that do not contain files are 2. Press the softkey again to turn are on the disc, the radio reads skipped, and the player advances to off random play. all MP3 files first, then the the next folder that contains files. uncompressed CD audio files. MP3 Supported Files Order of Play The Radio with CD (MP3) and the CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File and Folder Structure Compressed audio files are Radio with USB and CD (MP3), accessed in the following order: have the capability of playing an The radio supports: MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Playlists (Px). . Up to 50 folders. . Files stored in the root directory. . Up to 8 folders in depth. . Files stored in folders in the root . Up to 50 playlists. directory. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

Tracks are played in the following Track names longer than using file folders can be played. order: 32 characters or four pages are If a CD-R or CD-RW contains more shortened. The display does not than the maximum of 50 folders, . Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues show parts of words on the last 15 playlists, and 512 folders and sequentially through all tracks page of text and the extension of files, the player allows access and in each playlist. When the last the filename is not displayed. navigates up to the maximum, but all items over the maximum are not track of the last playlist has Preprogrammed Playlists played, play continues from the accessible. first track of the first playlist. CDs that have preprogrammed playlists that were created using Playing an MP3 . Play begins from the first track WinAmp™, MusicMatch™, or 4 (Information): Press to display in the first folder and continues Real Jukebox™ software can be additional text information related sequentially through all tracks in accessed, however, there is no to the current song. If information is each folder. When the last track playlist editing capability using the available, the song title information of the last folder has played, radio. These playlists are treated displays on the top line of the play continues from the first as special folders containing display and artist information track of the first folder. compressed audio song files. displays on the bottom line. When File System and Naming Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls information is not available, “NO file extension and are stored on a INFO” displays. The song name that displays is the f song name that is contained in the USB device may be supported by (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files ID3 tag. If the song name is not the radio with a USB port. on the CD currently playing. present in the ID3 tag, then the Playlists can be changed by using © SEEK: Press to go to the start of radio displays the file name without the softkeys below the S c and the track, if more than ten seconds the extension (such as .mp3) as the c T tabs, the f knob, the have played. Press and hold or track name. © SEEK button or the ¨ SEEK press multiple times to continue button. An MP3 CD-R or CD-RW moving backward through tracks. that has been recorded without Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM (Random): Press to listen To listen to files by another artist, track. Press and hold or press to tracks in random, rather than press the softkey located below multiple times to continue moving sequential order. To use random: either arrow tab. The disc goes forward through tracks. 1. Press the softkey positioned to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order. Continue s REV (Reverse): Press and hold under the RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays. pressing either softkey below the to reverse playback quickly. Sound arrow tab until the desired artist is heard at a reduced volume and 2. Press the softkey again to turn displays. the elapsed time of the file displays. off random play. s To change from playback by artist Release REV to resume playing. h (Music Navigator): Press the to playback by album: \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press softkey below the h tab to have 1. Press the softkey located below and hold to advance playback the files played in order by artist or the Sort By tab. quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced album. The player scans the disc to 2. Press one of the softkeys below volume and the elapsed time of the sort the files by artist and album ID3 the album tab from the sort file displays. Release \ FWD to tag information. It can take several screen. resume playing. The elapsed time minutes to scan the disc depending 3. Press the softkey below the of the file displays. on the number of files on the disc. The radio may begin playing while back tab to return to the main S c (Previous Folder): Press it is scanning in the background. music navigator screen. the softkey below the S c tab to When the scan is finished, the disc The album name displays on the go to the first track in the previous second line between the arrows folder. begins playing files in order by artist. The current artist playing is and songs from the current album c T (Next Folder): Press the shown on the second line of the begins to play. Once all songs from that album have played, the player softkey below the c T tab to go display. Once all songs by that artist moves to the next album in to the first track in the next folder. are played, the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order and alphabetical order on the CD and begins playing files by that artist. begins playing MP3 files from that album. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

To exit music navigator mode, press If the CD is not playing correctly, Notice: If a label is added to a the softkey below the Back tab to for any other reason, try a known CD, more than one CD is inserted return to normal MP3 playback. good CD. into the slot at a time, or an attempt is made to play scratched CD Player Messages If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected, or damaged CDs, the CD player CHECK DISC: If this message contact your dealer. If the radio could be damaged. While using displays and/or the CD ejects, it displays an error message, write it the CD player, use only CDs in could be for one of the following down and provide it to your dealer good condition without any label, reasons: when reporting the problem. load one CD at a time, and keep the CD player and the loading slot . It is very hot. When the free of foreign materials, liquids, temperature returns to normal, CD/DVD Player and debris. the CD should play. Care of the CD and DVD Player If an error displays, see “CD . The road is very rough. When Messages later in this section. the road becomes smoother, Do not add any label to a disc. ” the CD should play. It could get caught in the CD or Care of CDs and DVDs DVD player. If a disc is recorded . The CD is dirty, scratched, on a personal computer and a If playing a CD-R or CD-RW, the wet, or upside down. description label is needed, try sound quality can be reduced due to . The air is very humid. If so, wait labeling the top of the recorded CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method about an hour and try again. disc with a marking pen. of recording, the quality of the music that has been recorded, and the . There could have been a The use of CD/DVD lens cleaners way the CD-R or CD-RW has been problem while burning the CD. is not advised, due to the risk of handled. Handle them carefully. contaminating the lens of the optics . The label could be caught in Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their with lubricants internal to the CD the CD player. original cases or other protective and DVD player mechanism. cases and away from direct sunlight Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

and dust. The CD or DVD player Press the O button to turn the radio is turned on. See Rear Seat Audio scans the bottom surface of the on. The radio can be heard through (RSA) System on page 7‑45 for disc. If the surface of a disc is all of the vehicle speakers. more information. damaged, such as cracked, broken, or scratched, the disc does not play Front seat passengers can listen Inserting a Disc properly or not at all. Do not touch to the radio (AM, FM, or XM if Insert a disc partway into either slot, the bottom side of a disc while equipped) by pressing the BAND label side up. The player pulls it in handling it; this could damage the button or the DVD/CD AUX button and the disc should begin playing. surface. Pick up discs by grasping to select CD slot, DVD slot, front (Loading a disc into the system, the outer edges or the edge of the auxiliary input, USB port, or rear depending on media type and hole and the outer edge. auxiliary input (if available). format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds If the surface of a disc is soiled, If a playback device is plugged into for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for a clean it with a soft, lint‐free cloth or the radio’s front auxiliary input jack, DVD to begin playing.) USB port, or the rear auxiliary jack, dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, Ejecting a Disc neutral detergent solution mixed the front seat passengers are able with water. Make sure the wiping to listen to playback from this Z CD (Eject): Press and release process starts from the center to source through the vehicle to eject the disc that is currently the edge. speakers. See “Using the Auxiliary playing. The CD ejects from the Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on bottom slot. A beep sounds and Audio Output page 7‑30, or “Audio/Video (A/V) Ejecting Disc displays. Once the Only one audio source can be heard Jacks” under Rear Seat disc is ejected, Remove Disc through the speakers at one time. Entertainment (RSE) System on displays. The disc can be removed. An audio source is defined as page 7‑34 for more information. If the disc is not removed, after DVD slot, CD slot, XM, FM‐AM, In some vehicles, depending on several seconds the disc front auxiliary jack, USB port, audio options, the rear speakers automatically pulls back into the or rear auxiliary jack. can be muted when the RSA power player. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

Z DVD (Eject): Press and radio are compatible with most both the DVD slot and the CD slot, release to eject the disc that is audio CDs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs, the DVD/CD AUX button cycles currently playing in the top slot. and MP3s. between the two sources and does A beep sounds and Ejecting When a CD is inserted, the text tab not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” Disc displays. DVD or CD symbol displays on the If a front auxiliary device is left side of the radio display. As connected, the DVD/CD AUX button If loading and reading of a disc cycles through all available options, cannot be completed, due to each new track starts to play, the track number displays. such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front unknown format, etc., and the Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if disc fails to eject, press and hold The CD player can play the smaller available). See “Using the Auxiliary for more than five seconds to force 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on the disc to eject. adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the page 7‑30 or “Audio/Video (A/V) Playing a CD (in Either the smaller CDs are loaded in the same Jacks” under Rear Seat manner. DVD or CD Slot) Entertainment (RSE) System on DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to page 7‑34 for more information. If the ignition or radio is turned off cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary If a disc is inserted into the top DVD with a CD in the player, it stays in when listening to the radio. The the player. When the ignition or slot, the rear seat operator can turn DVD/CD text tab and a message on the video screen and use the radio is turned on, the CD starts showing the track or chapter playing where it stopped, if it was remote control to navigate the CD number will display when a disc is in (tracks only) through the remote the last selected audio source. The either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX CD is controlled by the buttons on control. button again and the system 4 the radio faceplate or by the RSA automatically searches for an (Information): Press to display unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary additional text information related to System on page 7 45 for more the current song. If information is ‑ Devices on page 7‑30 for more information. The DVD/CD decks information. If a portable audio available, the song title information (the upper slot is the DVD deck and displays on the top line of the player is not connected, “No Aux the lower slot is the CD deck) of the display and artist information Input Device” displays. If a disc is in Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

displays on the bottom line. When \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The DVD player only reads information is not available, “NO and hold to advance playback uncompressed audio and ignores INFO” displays. quickly within a track. MP3/WMA files on a mixed mode disc. f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on RDM (Random): Press to listen to the disc that is currently playing. tracks in random, rather than The CD player reads both © SEEK: Press to go to the start of sequential order. To use random: uncompressed audio and MP3/ the current track, if more than WMA files on a mixed mode disc. 1. Press the softkey under the Uncompressd audio is played five seconds on the CD have RDM tab until Random Current played. before MP3/WMA files. Press the Disc displays. CAT (category) button to toggle Press to go to the previous track if 2. Press the softkey again to turn between uncompressed audio and less than five seconds on the CD off random play. MP3/WMA files. have played. MP3 and WMA Supported Files CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File Press and hold, or press multiple and Folder Structure times, to continue moving backward Format The DVD player supports: through the tracks on the CD. The radio can play.mp3 or .wma ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next files that were recorded onto a . Up to 255 folders. track. CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Up to 8 folders in depth. Press and hold, or press multiple Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode . Up to 15 playlists. times, to continue moving forward Discs . through the tracks on the CD. Up to 40 sessions. The radio plays discs that contain . s REV (Fast Reverse): Press Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl both uncompressed CD audio and extension. and hold to reverse playback quickly MP3/WMA files depending on which within a track. slot the disc is loaded into. . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda file extension. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

The CD player supports: No Folder Tracks are played in the following order: . Up to 512 files and folders. When the disc contains only compressed files, the files are . Play begins from the first track . Up to 8 folders in depth. located under the root folder. The in the first playlist and continues . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl next and previous folder function sequentially through all tracks extension. does not function on a disc that was in each playlist. When the last . Files with an .mp3, .wma, recorded without folders or playlists. track of the last playlist has or .cda file extension. When displaying the name of the played, play continues from the folder, the radio displays ROOT. first track of the first playlist. Root Directory When the disc contains only . Play begins from the first track The root directory of the disc is playlists and compressed audio in the first folder and continues treated as a folder. If the root files, but no folders, all files are sequentially through all tracks in directory has compressed audio located under the root folder. The each folder. When the last track files, the directory displays as folder down and the folder up of the last folder has played, F1 ROOT on the radio. buttons search playlists first and play continues from the first If a disc contains both then go to the root folder. When track of the first folder. uncompressed CD audio and the radio displays the name of the When play enters a new folder, the MP3/WMA files, a folder under the folder, the radio displays ROOT. display does not automatically show root directory called CD accesses Order of Play the new folder name unless the all of the CD audio tracks on folder mode has been chosen as the disc. Compressed audio files are the default display. The new track accessed in the following order: Empty Folder name displays. . Playlists (Px). Folders that do not contain files are . skipped, and the player advances to Files stored in the root directory. the next folder that contains files. . Files stored in folders in the root directory. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

File System and Naming Playing an MP3 or WMA \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The song name that displays is the (in Either the DVD or CD Slot) and hold to advance playback song name that is contained in the If a disc is inserted into the top quickly. ID3 tag. If the song name is not DVD slot, the rear seat operator can S c (Previous Folder): Press present in the ID3 tag, then the turn on the video screen and use the softkey below the S c tab to radio displays the file name without the remote control to navigate the go to the first track in the previous the extension (such as .mp3) as CD (tracks only). folder. the track name. f (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMA c T (Next Folder): Press the Track names longer than files. 32 characters or 4 pages are softkey below the c T tab to go shortened. Parts of words on the © SEEK: Press to go to the start of to the first track in the next folder. the track, if more than five seconds last page of text and the extension RDM (Random): Press to listen of the file name do not display. have played. Press and hold or press multiple times, if less than to tracks in random, rather than Preprogrammed Playlists five seconds have played, to sequential order. Preprogrammed playlists that continue moving backward through To use random: tracks. were created using WinAmp™, 1. Press the softkey under the MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM tab until Random Current software can be accessed; however, track. Disc displays they cannot be edited using the Press and hold, or press multiple radio. These playlists are treated 2. Press the same softkey again times, to continue moving forward as special folders containing to turn off random play. through tracks. compressed audio song files. h (Music Navigator): Press the s REV (Reverse): Press and Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls softkey below the h tab to play hold to reverse playback quickly. file extension and are stored on a files in order by artist or album. USB device may be supported by the radio with a USB port. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

The player scans the disc to sort To change from playback by artist to Using the DVD Player the files by artist and album ID3 tag playback by album: The DVD player can be controlled information. It can take several 1. Press the softkey below the Sort by the buttons on the remote minutes to scan the disc depending By tab. control, the RSA system, or by the on the number of files on the disc. buttons on the radio faceplate. See The radio may begin playing while 2. Press one of the softkeys below Remote Control under Rear Seat it is scanning in the background. the Album tab from the sort “ ” screen. Entertainment (RSE) System on When the scan is finished, the disc page 7‑34 and Rear Seat Audio begins playing files in order by 3. Press the softkey below the (RSA) System on page 7‑45 for artist. The current artist playing is Back tab to return to the main more information. shown on the second line of the music navigator screen. The DVD player is only compatible display. Once all songs by that artist The album name displays on the with DVDs of the appropriate region are played, the player moves to the second line between the arrows, code printed on the jacket of next artist in alphabetical order and and songs from the current album most DVDs. begins playing files by that artist. begin to play. Once all songs from The DVD slot of the radio is To listen to files by another artist, that album have played, the player compatible with most audio CDs press the softkey located below moves to the next album in and CD-R/RW, DVD-Video, either arrow tab. The disc goes alphabetical order on the CD and DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW, and DVD to the next or previous artist in begins playing MP3 files from that +R/RW media, along with MP3 and alphabetical order. Continue album. WMA formats. pressing either softkey below the To exit music navigator mode, press arrow tab until the artist displays. the softkey below the Back tab to If an error message displays on the return to normal MP3 playback. video screen or the radio, see “DVD Display Error Messages” under, Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System on page 7‑34, and “CD/DVD Player Messages” later in this section for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Inserting a Disc Ejecting a Disc information. If a portable audio player is not connected, No Aux Insert a disc partway into the top Z DVD (Eject): Press and “ Input Device displays. If a disc is in slot, label side up. The player pulls release to eject the disc currently ” both the DVD slot and the CD slot, it in and the disc should begin playing in the top slot. A beep the DVD/CD AUX button cycles playing. Loading Disc shows on sounds and Ejecting Disc displays. “ ” between the two sources and does the radio display. At the same time, If loading and reading of a disc not indicate No Aux Input Device. the radio displays a softkey menu of “ ” cannot be completed, due to If a front auxiliary device is option(s). Some discs automatically unknown format, etc., and the disc connected, the DVD/CD AUX button play the movie while others default fails to eject, press and hold for cycles through all available options, to the softkey menu display, which more than five seconds to force the such as: DVD slot, CD slot, front requires the Play, Enter, disc to eject. auxiliary, and rear auxiliary (if or Navigation softkeys to be available). See Using the Auxiliary pressed, either by softkey or by the “ Playing a DVD Input Jack in Auxiliary Devices on rear seat passenger using the ” DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to page 7 30 or Audio/Video (A/V) remote control. ‑ “ cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary Jacks” under Rear Seat Loading a disc into the system, when listening to the radio. The Entertainment (RSE) System on depending on media type and DVD/CD text tab and a message page 7‑34 for more information. format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds showing the track or chapter If a disc is inserted into the top DVD for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for number will display when a disc is in slot, the rear seat operator can turn a DVD. either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX on the video screen and use the button again and the system remote control to navigate the CD automatically searches for an (tracks only) through the remote auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary control. Devices on page 7‑30 for more Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

O (Power): Press to turn the not work when the DVD is playing Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-V radio on or off. Turn clockwise or the copyright information or the (Video) counterclockwise to increase or previews. Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radio decrease the volume. Press and ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next display menu shows several tab hold for more than two seconds to track or chapter. This button might options for playback. Press the turn off the entire radio and Rear not work when the DVD is playing softkey located under any tab option Seat Entertainment (RSE) system the copyright information or the during DVD-V playback. and to start the Parental Control previews. r / j (Play/Pause): Press either feature. Parental Control prevents s the rear seat occupant from REV (Fast Reverse): Press to the Play or Pause tab displayed on operating the Rear Seat Audio quickly reverse the CD or DVD at the radio, to toggle between pausing (RSA) system or remote control. five times the normal speed. To stop or restarting playback of a DVD. fast reversing, press again. This If the forward arrow is showing on A lock symbol displays next to the button might not work when the the display, the system is in pause clock display. The Parental Control DVD is playing the copyright mode. If the Pause tab is showing feature remains on until the knob is information or the previews. on the display, the system is in pressed and held for more than \ playback mode. If the DVD screen two seconds again, or until the FWD (Fast Forward): Press to fast forward the CD or DVD at is off, press the play button to turn driver turns the ignition off and the screen on. exits the vehicle. five times the normal speed. To stop fast forwarding, press again. This Some DVDs begin playing after the f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on button might not work when the previews have finished, although a CD or DVD. DVD is playing the copyright there could be a delay of up to © SEEK: Press to return to the start information or the previews. 30 seconds. If the DVD does not of the current track or chapter. begin playing the movie Press again to go to the previous automatically, press the softkey track or chapter. This button might located under the play/pause symbol tag displayed on the radio. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

If the DVD still does not play, refer The rear seat passenger can the display, the system is in pause to the on-screen instructions, navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A mode. If the pause tab is showing if available. menus and controls through the on the display, the system is in c (Stop): Press to stop playing, remote control. See “Remote playback mode. rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. Control” under Rear Seat Group : Press to cycle Entertainment (RSE) System on q r r (Enter): Press to select the through musical groupings on the page 7‑34 for more information. DVD-A disc. choices that are highlighted in The video screen automatically any menu. turns on when the DVD-V is Nav (Navigate): Press to display y (Menu): Press to access the inserted into the DVD slot, and does directional arrows for navigating DVD menu. The DVD menu is not automatically power on when through the menus. different on every DVD. Use the the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD e (Audio Stream): Press to cycle softkeys located under the slot. It must be manually turned on through audio stream formats navigation arrows to navigate the by the rear seat occupant through located on the DVD-A disc. The cursor through the DVD menu. the remote control power button. video screen shows the audio After making a selection press this Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-A stream changing. button. This button only operates (Audio) The rear seat passenger can when using a DVD. Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radio navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A Nav (Navigate): Press to display display menu shows several tab menus and controls through the directional arrows for navigating options for playback. Press the remote control. See “Remote through the menus. softkey located under any tab option Control” under Rear Seat q (Return): Press to exit the during DVD-A playback. Entertainment (RSE) System on page 7‑34 for more information. current active menu and return to r / j (Play/Pause): Press either the previous menu. This button The video screen automatically the play or pause icon displayed on turns on when the DVD-V is operates only when a DVD is the radio, to toggle between pausing playing and a menu is active. inserted into the DVD slot, and or restarting playback of a DVD. does not automatically power on If the forward arrow is showing on when the DVD-A is inserted into the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

DVD slot. It must be manually or the stop button has been pressed Player Error: This message turned on by the rear seat occupant twice on the remote control, the disc displays if there are disc load or through the remote control power resumes playing at the beginning of disc eject problems. button. the disc. . It is very hot. When the Stopping and Resuming CD/DVD Player Messages temperature returns to normal, the disc should play. Playback Disc Format Error: This message To stop playing a DVD without displays if the disc is inserted with . The road is very rough. When turning off the system, press the the disc label wrong side up, or if the road becomes smoother, c button on the remote control, the disc is damaged. the disc should play. or press the softkey located under Disc Region Error: This message . The disc is dirty, scratched, the c or the r / j tabs displayed displays if the disc is not from a wet, or upside down. on the radio. If the radio is sourced correct region. . The air is very humid. If so, wait to something other than DVD-V, No Disc Inserted: This message about an hour and try again. press the DVD/CD AUX button to displays if no disc is present when . make DVD-V the active source. There was a problem while the Z or DVD/CD AUX button is burning the disc. To resume DVD playback, press the pressed on the radio. r / j button on the remote control, . The label is caught in the CD/ or press the softkey located under Optical Error: This message DVD player. displays if the disc was inserted the / j tab on the radio. The DVD If the disc is not playing correctly, r upside down. should resume play from where it for any other reason, try a known last stopped if the disc has not been Disk Read Error: This message good disc. ejected and the stop button has not displays if a disc was inserted with been pressed twice on the remote an invalid or unknown format. control. If the disc has been ejected Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

If any error occurs repeatedly or To use a portable audio player, CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to if an error cannot be corrected, connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to play a CD when a portable audio contact your dealer. If the radio the radio's front auxiliary input jack. device is playing. Press again and displays an error message, write it When a device is connected, press the system begins playing audio down and provide it to your dealer the radio CD/AUX button to begin from the connected portable audio when reporting the problem. playing audio from the device over player. If a portable audio player is the vehicle speakers. not connected, “No Input Device Auxiliary Devices For optimal sound quality, increase Found” displays. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack the portable audio device's volume DVD/CD AUX (CD/Auxiliary): to the loudest level. Press to cycle through DVD, CD, Radios with an auxiliary input jack It is always best to power the or Auxiliary when listening to the located on the lower right side of the portable audio device through its radio. The DVD/CD text tab and a faceplate can connect to an external own battery while playing. message showing track or chapter audio device such as an iPod®, number displays when a disc is in MP3 player, CD player, for use as O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise either slot. Press again and the another source for audio listening. or counterclockwise to increase or system automatically searches for This input jack is not an audio decrease the volume of the portable an auxiliary input device, such as a output; do not plug headphones player. Additional volume portable audio player. If a portable into the front auxiliary input jack. adjustments might have to be made audio player is not connected, “No from the portable device if the Drivers are encouraged to set up Aux Input Device” displays. If a disc volume is not loud or soft enough. any auxiliary device while the is in both the DVD slot and the CD vehicle is in P (Park). See BAND: Press to listen to the radio slot the DVD/CD AUX button cycles Defensive Driving on page 9‑2 for when a portable audio device is between the two sources and not more information on driver playing. The portable audio device indicate “No Aux Input Device”. If a distraction. continues playing. front auxiliary device is connected, the DVD/CD AUX button cycles through all available options, such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary Not all iPods and USB Drives are . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file (if available). See “Using the compatible with the USB port. extension. Auxiliary Input Jack(s)” in this Make sure the iPod has the latest . AAC files stored on an iPod. section, or “Audio/Video (A/V) ® firmware from Apple for proper . FAT16 Jacks” under, Rear Seat operation. iPod firmware can be . Entertainment (RSE) System on updated using the latest iTunes® FAT32 page 7‑34 for more information. application. See www.apple.com/ Connecting a USB Storage Using the USB Port itunes. Device or iPod Radios with a USB port can control For help with identifying your iPod, The USB Port can be used to a USB storage device or an iPod go to www.apple.com/support. control an iPod or a USB storage using the radio buttons and knobs. Radios that have a USB port can device. USB Support play.mp3 and .wma files that are To connect a USB storage device, stored on a USB storage device as The USB connector is located in the connect the device to the USB port well as AAC files that are stored on located in the center console or on center console, and uses the an iPod. USB 2.0 standard. the instrument panel. USB Supported File and Folder To connect an iPod, connect one USB Supported Devices Structure end of the USB cable that came . USB Flash Drives The radio supports: with the iPod to the iPod’s dock connector and connect the other . Portable USB Hard Drives . Up to 700 folders. end to the USB port located in the . Fifth generation or later iPod . Up to 8 folders in depth. center console. If the vehicle is on and the USB connection works, OK . iPod nanos . Up to 65,535 files. “ to disconnect” and a GM logo may . iPod touch . Folder and file names up to appear on the iPod and iPod . iPod classic 64 bytes. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

appears on the radio display. The f (Tune): Turn to select files. Using Softkeys to Control a iPod music appears on the radio’s USB Storage Device or iPod display and begins playing. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of the track, if more than ten seconds The five softkeys below the radio The iPod charges while it is have played. Press and hold or display are used to control the connected to the vehicle if the press multiple times to continue functions listed below. vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY moving backward through tracks. or ON/RUN position. When the To use the softkeys: vehicle is turned off, the iPod ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next 1. Press the first or fifth softkey automatically powers off and will track. Press and hold or press below the radio display to not charge or draw power from the multiple times to continue moving display the functions listed vehicle's battery. forward through tracks. below, or press the softkey s If you have an older iPod model that REV (Reverse): Press and hold below the function if it is is not supported, it can still be used to reverse playback quickly. Sound currently displayed. by connecting it to the Auxiliary is heard at a reduced volume. 2. Press the softkey below the tab Input Jack using a standard 3.5 mm Release s REV to resume playing. with the function on it to use that (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the The elapsed time of the file function. Auxiliary Input Jack earlier for more displays. ” j (Pause): Press the softkey information. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press below j to pause the track. The tab Using the Radio to Control a and hold to advance playback appears raised when pause is being quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced USB Storage Device or iPod used. Press the softkey below j volume. Release \ FWD to The radio can control a USB again to resume playback. resume playing. The elapsed time of storage device or an iPod using the the file displays. Back: Press the softkey below the radio buttons and knobs and display 4 back tab to go back to the main song information on the radio’s (Information): Press to display display screen on an iPod, or the display. additional information about the root directory on a USB storage selected track. device. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

. Third softkey, 5% through the list c (Folder View): Press the 3. Press f to select the each time the softkey is pressed. softkey below c to view the desired menu. . Fourth softkey, 10% through the contents of the current folder on the 4. Turn f to scroll through the USB drive. To browse and select list each time the softkey is folders or files in the files: pressed. selected menu. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 1. Press the softkey below c. f h (Music Navigator): Press the 5. Press to select the desired file f to be played. 2. Turn to scroll through the list softkey below h to view and of folders. select a file on an iPod, using the To skip through large lists, the 3. Press f to select the desired iPod's menu system. Files are five softkeys can be used to navigate in the following order: folder. If there is more then one sorted by: folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until . Playlists . First softkey, first item in the list. the desired folder is reached. . Artists . Second softkey, 1% through the f list each time the softkey is 4. Turn to scroll through the files . Albums in the selected folder. pressed. . Genres f . Third softkey, 5% through the list 5. Press to select the desired file . Songs each time the softkey is pressed. to be played. . Composers . Fourth softkey, 10% through the To skip through large lists, the To select files: list each time the softkey is five softkeys can be used to pressed. navigate in the following order: h 1. Press the softkey below . . Fifth softkey, end of the list. . First softkey, first item in the list. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list . Second softkey, 1% through the of menus. list each time the softkey is pressed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

Repeat Functionality > (Shuffle Off): Press the Rear Seat To use Repeat: softkey below 2 to turn shuffle Infotainment off. This is the default mode when a Press the softkey below " or ' USB storage device or iPod is first to select between Repeat All and connected. Rear Seat Entertainment Repeat Track. (RSE) System 2 (Shuffle All Songs / Shuffle " (Repeat All): Press the softkey Songs): Press the softkey below The vehicle may have an below " to repeat all tracks. The = or < to shuffle all songs on Overhead DVD Rear Seat tab appears lowered when Repeat the USB storage device or iPod. Entertainment (RSE) system. All is being used. This is the default < (Shuffle Album): Press the The RSE system works with the mode when a USB storage device vehicle's audio system. The DVD or iPod is first connected. softkey below > to shuffle all player is part of the front radio. The songs in the current album on ' (Repeat Track): Press the RSE system includes a radio with a an iPod. DVD player, a video display screen, softkey below ' to repeat = (Shuffle Folder): Press the and if the vehicle has a third row one track. The tab appears raised seat, it could have a second video when Repeat Track is being used. softkey below > to shuffle all songs in the current folder on a display screen, audio/video jacks, Shuffle Functionality USB storage device. two wireless headphones, and a remote control. See CD/DVD Player To use Shuffle: on page 7‑19 for more information Press the softkey below >, 2, on the vehicle's DVD system. < or = to select between Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

Before Driving than two seconds to stop all system Headphones features such as: radio, video The RSE is designed for rear seat screen, Rear Seat Audio (RSA), passengers only. The driver cannot DVD, and/or CD. While Parental safely view the video screen while Control is on, a padlock icon driving and should not try to do so. displays. In severe or extreme weather The radio can be turned back on conditions, the RSE system might with a single press of the power not work until the temperature is button, but the RSE system will within the operating range. The remain under Parental Control. operating range for the RSE system is above −20°C (−4°F) or below To turn Parental Control off, press 60°C (140°F). If the temperature of and hold the radio power button for the vehicle is outside this range, more than two seconds. The RSE heat or cool the vehicle until the returns from where it was previously A. Battery cover temperature is within the operating left and the padlock icon disappears range of the RSE system. from the radio display. B. Channel 1 or 2 switch Parental Control Parental Control can also be turned C. Power button off by inserting or ejecting any disc, D. Volume control The RSE system may have a pressing the play icon on the radio Parental Control feature, depending DVD display menu, or changing an E. Power indicator light on which radio the vehicle has. To ignition position. The RSE includes two 2-channel start Parental Control, press and wireless headphones that are hold the radio power button for more dedicated to this system. Channel 1 is dedicated to the video screen, while Channel 2 is dedicated to Rear Seat Audio (RSA) selections. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

These headphones can be used to Infrared transmitters are located at Notice: Do not store the listen to the radio, CDs, DVDs, the rear of the overhead console. headphones in heat or direct MP3s, DVD‐As, or any auxiliary The headphones shut off sunlight. This could damage the source connected to A/V jacks or automatically to save the battery headphones and repairs will not the auxiliary input jack, if the vehicle power if the RSE system and RSA be covered by the warranty. has this feature. The wireless are shut off, or if the headphones Storage in extreme cold can headphones have an On/Off button, are out of range of the transmitters weaken the batteries. Keep the channel 1 or 2 switch, and a volume for more than three minutes. If you headphones stored in a cool, control. move too far forward or step out of dry place. If the vehicle has a third row video the vehicle, the headphones lose If the foam ear pads attached to screen display, it has two additional the audio signal. the headphones become worn or headphones. To adjust the volume on the damaged, the pads can be replaced Push the power button to turn on headphones, use the volume control separately from the headphone set. the headphones. An indicator light located on the right side. To purchase replacement ear pads, located on the headphones comes For optimal audio performance, the call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt on. If the light comes on, but there headphones must be worn correctly. zero (0), or contact your dealer. is intermittent sound and/or static on Headphones should be worn with the headphones, or if the indicator the headband over the top of the light does not come on, the batteries head for best audio reception. The might need to be replaced. See symbol L (Left) appears on the “Battery Replacement” later in this outside bottom edge of the ear cup section for more information. Switch and should be positioned on the left the headphones to Off when not ear. The symbol R (Right) appears in use. on the outside bottom edge of the ear cup and should be positioned on the right ear. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

Battery Replacement Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks the RSE system. Adapter To change the batteries on the connectors or cables (not included) headphones: may be required to connect the auxiliary device to the A/V jacks. 1. Turn the screw to loosen the Refer to the manufacturer’s battery door located on the left instructions for proper usage. side of the headphones. Slide the battery door open. Power for auxiliary devices is not supplied by the radio system. 2. Replace the two batteries in the compartment. Make sure that To use the auxiliary inputs of the they are installed correctly, using RSE system, connect an external the diagram on the inside of the auxiliary device to the color-coded battery compartment. A/V jacks and turn both the auxiliary device and the video screen power 3. Replace the battery door and on. If the video screen is in the tighten the door screw. A. Yellow: Video Input DVD player mode, pressing the If the headphones are to be stored B. White: Left Audio Input AUX (auxiliary) button on the remote for a long period of time, remove the C. Red: Right Audio Input control switches the video screen batteries and keep them in a cool, from the DVD player mode to the dry place. The A/V jacks are color coded to auxiliary device. The audio of the match typical home entertainment connected source can be listened to system equipment. over the speakers by sourcing the The A/V jacks, located on the rear radio to the auxiliary device or by of the floor console, allow audio or sourcing the RSA to the Rear Aux video signals to be connected from and listening with the wireless an auxiliary device such as a headphones on Channel 2 or camcorder or a video game unit to with the wired headphones. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

See “Using the Auxiliary Input Audio Output When a device is connected to the Jack under Auxiliary Devices on A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary ” Audio from the DVD player or page 7 30 for more information input jack if the vehicle has this ‑ auxiliary inputs can be heard about changing the source. feature, the rear seat passengers through the following possible are able to hear audio from the sources: How to Change the RSE Video auxiliary device through the wireless Screen Settings . Wireless headphones or wired headphones. The front seat The screen display mode (normal, . Vehicle speakers passengers are able to listen to full, and zoom), screen brightness, playback from this device through and setup menu language can be . Vehicle‐wired headphone jacks the vehicle speakers by selecting changed from the on screen setup on the RSA system, if the AUX as the source on the radio. menu. To change any feature: vehicle has this feature. Video Screen(s) 1. Press the z (display menu) The RSE system always transmits the audio signal to the wireless The video screen(s) are located in button on the remote control. headphones, if there is audio the overhead console. 2. Use the remote control n, q, available. See “Headphones” earlier To use the video screen(s): p, o (navigation) arrows and in this section for more information. 1. Push the release button located the r (enter) button to use the The DVD player is capable of on the overhead console. setup menu. outputting audio to the wired headphone jacks on the RSA 2. Move the screen to the desired 3. Press the z button again to system, if the vehicle has this position. remove the setup menu from the feature. The DVD player can be When the video screen is not in screen. selected as an audio source on the use, push it up into its locked RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio position. (RSA) System on page 7‑45 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

If a DVD is playing and the screen Remote Control affect the ability of the RSE is raised to its locked position, the transmitter to receive signals from screen remains on. This is normal, the remote control. If the remote and the DVD continues to play control does not seem to be through the previous audio source. working, the batteries might need Use the remote control power button to be replaced. See “Battery or eject the disc to turn off the Replacement” later in this section. screen. Objects blocking the line of sight The overhead console contains the could also affect the function of the infrared transmitters for the wireless remote control. headphones and the infrared If a CD or DVD is in the Radio receivers for the remote control. DVD slot, the remote control They are located at the rear of the O (power) button can be used to console. turn on the video screen display and Notice: Avoid directly touching To use the remote control, aim it at start the disc. The radio can also the video screen, as damage may the transmitter window at the rear of turn on the video screen display. occur. See Cleaning the Video the RSE overhead console and See CD/DVD Player on page 7‑19 “ for more information. Screen” later in this section for press the desired button. Direct more information. sunlight or very bright light could Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

Notice: Storing the remote v (Title): Press this button to q (Return): Press this button to control in a hot area or in direct return the DVD to the main menu of exit the current active menu and sunlight can damage it, and the the DVD. This function could vary return to the previous menu. This repairs will not be covered by the for each disc. button operates only when the warranty. Storage in extreme cold y (Main Menu): Press this button display menu or a DVD menu is can weaken the batteries. Keep active. the remote control stored in a to access the DVD menu. The DVD cool, dry place. menu is different on every DVD. c (Stop): Press this button to stop Use the navigation arrows to move playing, fast reversing, or fast If the remote control becomes lost the cursor around the DVD menu. forwarding a DVD. Press this button or damaged, a new universal After making a selection press the twice to return to the beginning of remote control can be purchased. enter button. This button only the DVD. If this happens, make sure the operates when using a DVD. s (Play/Pause): Press this universal remote control uses a n q p o code set of Toshiba®. , , , (Menu Navigation button to start playing a DVD. Press Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to this button while a DVD is playing to Remote Control Buttons navigate through a menu. pause it. Press it again to continue O (Power): Press this button to r (Enter): Press this button to playing the DVD. turn the video screen on and off. select the choice that is highlighted While the DVD is playing, the DVD P (Illumination): Press this button in any menu. can be played slowly by pressing to turn the remote control backlight z (Display Menu): Press this the play/pause button then pressing on. The backlight automatically button to adjust the brightness, the fast forward button. The DVD times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no screen display mode (normal, full, continues playing in a slow play other button is pressed while the or zoom), and display the mode. Also, reverse can be played backlight is on. language menu. slowly by pressing the play/pause button and then pressing the fast reverse button. To cancel slow play mode, press the play/pause button. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

t (Previous Track/Chapter): r (Fast Reverse): Press this e (Audio): Press this button to Press this button to return to the button to quickly reverse the DVD or change audio tracks on DVDs that start of the current track or chapter. CD. To stop fast reversing a DVD have this feature when the DVD is Press this button again to go to the video, press the play/pause button. playing. The format and content of previous track or chapter. This To stop fast reversing a DVD audio this function vary for each disc. button might not work when the or CD, release the fast reverse { (Subtitles): Press this button to DVD is playing the copyright button. This button might not work turn on or off subtitles and to move information or the previews. when the DVD is playing the through subtitle options when a u (Next Track/Chapter): Press copyright information or the DVD is playing. The format and this button to go to the beginning previews. content of this function vary for of the next chapter or track. This [ (Fast Forward): Press this each disc. button might not work while the button to fast forward the DVD or AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button DVD is playing the copyright CD. To stop fast forwarding a DVD to switch the system between the information or the previews. video, press the play/pause button. DVD player and an auxiliary source. To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio or CD, release the fast forward button. This button might not work while the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

If the vehicle has a third row video 2 (Camera): Press this button to Battery Replacement screen, the AUX button controls the change camera angles on DVDs To change the remote control source display on the second row that have this feature while a DVD is batteries: video screen, and the third row playing. The format and content of video screen as described in the this function vary for each disc. 1. Slide the rear cover back on the table below: remote control. 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): Aux Second Third Row The numeric keypad provides the 2. Replace the two batteries in the Button Row Screen capability of direct chapter or track compartment. Make sure they Press Screen number selection. are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the Default DVD DVD \ (Clear): Press this button within remote control. State (No Media Media three seconds after entering a Press) numeric selection, to clear all 3. Replace the battery cover. First Aux Video Aux Video numerical inputs. If the remote control is to be stored Press Source Source } 10 (Double Digit Entries): Press for a long period of time, remove the this button to select chapter or track batteries and keep them in a cool, Second DVD Aux Video dry place. Press Media Source numbers greater than nine. Press this button before entering the Third Aux Video DVD number. Press Source Media Return to Return to Fourth Default Default Press State State Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action There is no power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides, or the pressing the display menu button on the remote control. picture looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, and pushing Play, sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where it left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running, but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont.) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers, or use a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. The remote and/or the headphones are lost. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player.

DVD Display Error Messages Disc Region Error: This message It might be necessary to turn off the displays if the disc is not from a DVD player when operating one of The DVD display error message correct region. these devices in or near the vehicle. depends on the radio that is in the vehicle. The video screen can No Disc Inserted: This message *Excludes the OnStar® System. display one of the following: displays if no disc is present when Z or DVD AUX is pressed on the Cleaning the RSE Overhead Disc Load/Eject Error: This radio. Console message displays when there are disc load or eject problems. DVD Distortion When cleaning the RSE overhead console surface, use only a clean Disc Format Error: This message Video distortion can occur when cloth dampened with clean water. displays if the disc is inserted with operating cellular phones, scanners, the disc label wrong side up, or if CB radios, Global Position Systems the disc is damaged. (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax machines, or walkie talkies. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

Cleaning the Video Screen The radio functionality is controlled by both the RSA and the front radio. When cleaning the video screen, Only one band can be tuned to at use only a clean cloth dampened one time. Changing the band on the with clean water. Use care when RSA or the front radio will change directly touching or cleaning the the band on the other system, screen, as damage could result. if they are both sourced to the radio. Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The RSA functions operate even when the main radio is off. The front System audio system will display the P (Power): Press the P button to headphone icon when the RSA is Vehicles with this feature allow the turn the RSA on or off. rear seat passengers to listen to on, and will disappear from the and control any of the music display when it is off. Volume: Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume of the sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Audio can be heard through wired wired headphones. The left knob auxiliary sources. However, the rear headphones (not included) plugged controls the left headphones and seat passengers can only control into the jacks on the RSA. If the the right knob controls the right the music sources the front seat vehicle has this feature, audio can headphones. passengers are not listening to also be heard on Channel 2 of the (except on some radios where dual wireless headphones. SRCE (Source): Press this button control is allowed). For example, to switch between the radio The audio system mutes the rear rear seat passengers can control (AM/FM), XM (if equipped), CD, speakers when the RSA audio is ™ and listen to a CD through the and if the vehicle has these active through the headphones. headphones, while the driver listens features, DVD, front auxiliary, and to the radio through the front rear auxiliary. speakers. The rear seat passengers have control of the volume for each set of headphones. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

© ¨ (Seek): When listening to FM, While listening to a disc, press the PROG (Program): Press this AM, or XM™ (if equipped), press left © seek arrow to go back to the button to go to the next preset radio the left or right seek arrow to go start of the current track or chapter station or channel set on the main © ¨ radio. This function is inactive, with to the previous or to the next station (if more than ten seconds have some radios, if the front seat or channel and stay there. This played). Press the right seek ¨ passengers are listening to the function is inactive, with some arrow to go to the next track or radio. radios, if the front seat passengers chapter on the disc. This function is are listening to the radio. inactive, with some radios, if the When a CD or DVD audio disc is front seat passengers are listening playing, press this button to go to Press and hold the left © or to the disc. the beginning of the CD or DVD right seek arrow until the display audio. This function is inactive, ¨ When a DVD video menu is being flashes, to tune to an individual with some radios, if the front seat station. The display stops flashing displayed, press the left © or passengers are listening to the disc. after the buttons have not been right ¨ seek arrow to perform a When a disc is playing in the CD or pushed for more than two seconds. cursor up or down on the menu. DVD changer, press this button to This function is inactive, with some Hold the left © or right ¨ arrow to select the next disc, if multiple discs radios, if the front seat passengers perform a cursor left or right on are loaded. This function is inactive, are listening to the radio. the menu. with some radios, if the front seat passengers are listening to the disc. When a DVD video menu is being displayed, press the PROG button to perform the menu function, enter. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a The system may not work with Bluetooth‐capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands‐Free Profile to make and Bluetooth this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth allowing: address book or contact list. See system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions, . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. and not all phones are guaranteed a hands-free mode. to work with the in-vehicle Bluetooth . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for for more information on compatible the vehicle. more information. phones. To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING Voice Recognition before driving, and with the vehicle parked: The Bluetooth system uses voice When using a cell phone, it can recognition to interpret voice . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or commands to dial phone numbers features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the and name tags. Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your For additional information, say duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too “Help” while you are in a voice recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Focus Noise: Keep interior noise levels to . Review the controls and your attention on driving. a minimum. The system may not operation of the infotainment recognize voice commands if there and navigation system. is too much background noise. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

When to Speak: A short tone Bluetooth Controls Pairing Information sounds after the system responds Use the buttons located on the . Up to five cell phones can be indicating when it is waiting for a steering wheel to operate the paired to the Bluetooth system. voice command. Wait until the tone in vehicle Bluetooth system. See and then speak. ‐ . The pairing process is disabled Steering Wheel Controls on when the vehicle is moving. How to Speak: Speak clearly in a page 5‑3 for more information. calm and natural voice. . Pairing only needs to be b g (Push To Talk): Press to completed once, unless the Audio System answer incoming calls, confirm pairing information on the cell system information, and start phone changes or the cell phone When using the in‐vehicle Bluetooth speech recognition. system, sound comes through the is deleted from the system. vehicle's front audio system c x (Phone On Hook): Press to . Only one paired cell phone can speakers and overrides the audio end a call, reject a call, or cancel an be connected to the Bluetooth system. Use the audio system operation. system at a time. volume knob, during a call, to Pairing . change the volume level. The If multiple paired cell phones are adjusted volume level remains in A Bluetooth cell phone must be within range of the system, the memory for later calls. To prevent paired to the Bluetooth system and system connects to the first missed calls, a minimum volume then connected to the vehicle before available paired cell phone in the level is used if the volume is turned it can be used. See the cell phone order that they were first paired down too low. manufacturer's user guide for to the system. To connect to a Bluetooth functions before pairing different paired phone, see the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone “Connecting to a Different is not connected, calls will be made Phone” later in this section. using OnStar Hands‐Free Calling, if equipped. Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

Pairing a Phone to provide a name for the paired Deleting a Paired Phone cell phone. This name will be If the phone name you want to 1. Press and hold b g for used to indicate which phones delete is unknown, see “Listing All two seconds. are paired and connected to the Paired and Connected Phones.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” vehicle. See “Listing All Paired and Connected Phones” later in 1. Press and hold b g for 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds this section for more information. two seconds. with instructions and a four‐digit Personal Identification Number 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair 2. Say “Bluetooth.” (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. additional phones. 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks 4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected which phone to delete. Phones cell phone that you want to pair. 4. Say the name of the phone you For help with this process, see The system can list all cell phones want to delete. the cell phone manufacturer's paired to it. If a paired cell phone is user guide. also connected to the vehicle, the Connecting to a Different Phone 5. Locate the device named “Your system responds with “is connected” To connect to a different cell phone, Vehicle” in the list on the cell after that phone name. the Bluetooth system looks for the phone. Follow the instructions next available cell phone in the on the cell phone to enter the 1. Press and hold b g for order in which all the available cell PIN that was provided in Step 3. two seconds. phones were paired. Depending on After the PIN is successfully 2. Say “Bluetooth.” which cell phone you want to entered, the system prompts you connect to, you may have to use 3. Say “List.” this command several times. 1. Press and hold b g for two seconds. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

3. Say “Change phone.” Digit Store: This command allows Using the “Digit Store” Command a phone number to be stored as a . If another cell phone is If an unwanted number is found, the response will be name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say at a time. “ is now “Clear” at any time to clear the last connected.” Delete: This command is used to number. delete individual name tags. . If another cell phone is not To hear all of the numbers found, the original phone Delete All Name Tags: This recognized by the system, say remains connected. command deletes all stored name “Verify” at any time. tags in the Hands‐Free Calling Storing and Deleting Phone Directory and the OnStar 1. Press and hold b g for Numbers Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, two seconds. The system can store up to if equipped. 2. Say “Digit Store.” 30 phone numbers as name tags in Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time, the Hands‐Free Directory that is that you want to store. After shared between the Bluetooth and 1. Press and hold b g for each digit is entered, the system OnStar systems, if equipped. two seconds. repeats back the digit it heard The following commands are used 2. Say “Store.” followed by a tone. After the last to delete and store phone numbers. digit has been entered, say 3. Say the phone number or group Store, and then follow the Store: This command will store a “ ” of numbers you want to store all directions given by the system to phone number, or a group of at once with no pauses, then save a name tag for this number. numbers as a name tag. follow the directions given by the system to save a name tag for this number. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

Using the “Delete” Command Using the “List” Command Using the “Dial” or “Call” Command 1. Press and hold b g for 1. Press and hold b g for two seconds. two seconds. 1. Press and hold b g for two seconds. 2. Say “Delete.” 2. Say “Directory.” 2. Say Dial or Call. 3. Say the name tag you want to 3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” “ ” “ ” delete. 3. Say the entire number without 4. Say “List.” pausing, or say the name tag. Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call Command Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio This command deletes all stored Calls can be made using the following commands. speakers. name tags in the Hands‐Free Calling Directory and the OnStar Dial or Call: The dial or call Using the “Digit Dial” Command command can be used Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, The digit dial command allows a interchangeably to dial a phone if equipped. phone number to be dialed by number or a stored name tag. To delete all name tags: entering the digits one at a time. Digit Dial: This command allows a After each digit is entered, the 1. Press and hold b g for phone number to be dialed by system repeats back the digit it two seconds. entering the digits one at a time. heard followed by a tone. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” Re‐dial: This command is used to If an unwanted number is Listing Stored Numbers dial the last number used on the cell recognized by the system, say phone. “Clear” at any time to clear the last The list command will list all stored number. numbers and name tags. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

To hear all of the numbers Receiving a Call Three‐Way Calling recognized by the system, say When an incoming call is received, Three way calling must be Verify at any time. ‐ “ ” the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and 1. Press and hold b g for tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service two seconds. carrier. . Press b g to answer the call. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 1. While on a call, press b g. . Press c x to ignore a call. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 2. Say “Three‐way call.” that you want to dial. After each Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to digit is entered, the system Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party repeats back the digit it heard the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. followed by a tone. After the last wireless service carrier. digit has been entered, 4. Once the call is connected, say “Dial.” . Press b g to answer an press b g to link all callers Once connected, the person called incoming call when another call together. is active. The original call is will be heard through the audio Ending a Call speakers. placed on hold. Press to end a call. Using the “Re‐dial” Command . Press b g again to return to the c x original call. 1. Press and hold b g for two seconds. . To ignore the incoming call, no action is required. 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” . Press to disconnect the Once connected, the person called c x current call and switch to the call will be heard through the audio on hold. speakers. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

Muting a Call Transferring Audio from the Voice Pass-Thru Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone During a call, all sounds from inside Voice pass‐thru allows access to the the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio in the voice recognition commands on the person on the other end of the call vehicle: cell phone. See your cell phone cannot hear them. manufacturer's user guide to see if 1. Press . b g the cell phone supports this feature. . To mute a call, press , and b g 2. Say “Transfer Call.” then say “Mute call.” To access contacts stored in the cell Transferring Audio to the phone: . To cancel mute, press b g, and Bluetooth System from a Cell 1. Press and hold for then say “Un‐mute call.” Phone b g two seconds. Transferring a Call During a call with the audio on the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system cell phone, press . The audio Audio can be transferred between b g responds “Bluetooth ready,” the Bluetooth system and the cell transfers to the vehicle. If the audio followed by a tone. phone. does not transfer to the vehicle, use the audio transfer feature on the cell 3. Say “Voice.” The system The cell phone must be paired and phone. See your cell phone responds “OK, accessing connected with the Bluetooth manufacturer's user guide for more .” system before a call can be information. The cell phone's normal prompt transferred. The connection process messages will go through their cycle can take up to two minutes after the according to the phone's operating ignition is turned to ON/RUN. instructions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of The Bluetooth system can send the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous section “Deleting a Paired Phone” and the previous sections Sending a Number or Name Tag on deleting name tags. During a Call Other Information 1. Press b g. The system The Bluetooth® word mark and responds “Ready,” followed by ® a tone. logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks 2. Say “Dial.” by General Motors is under license. 3. Say the number or name tag Other trademarks and trade names to send. are those of their respective owners. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-4 Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) ...... 8-10 Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate with Rear Seat Audio) ...... 8-11 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-13

A. Fan Control F. Driver and Passenger B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) Temperature Controls C. Recirculation G. Rear Window Defogger D. Air Delivery Mode Control Temperature Control: Move the thumbwheels up or down E. Air Conditioning to increase or decrease the temperature on the driver side or the passenger side of the vehicle for the dual zone system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

9 (Fan Control): Turn the left 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the the floor vents. In this mode, the knob clockwise or counterclockwise floor outlets, with some of the air system automatically forces outside to increase or decrease the fan directed to the windshield, side air into the vehicle. The recirculation speed. Turn the knob all the way window, and second row floor mode cannot be selected while in counterclockwise to turn the front outlets. In this mode, the system the defrost mode. The air system off. automatically selects outside air. conditioning compressor runs automatically in this setting, unless Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn Recirculation cannot be selected when in Floor Mode. the outside temperature is close to clockwise or counterclockwise to freezing. change the airflow direction inside - (Defog): The defog mode is the vehicle. By positioning the knob used to clear the windows of fog Do not drive the vehicle until all the between two modes, a combination or moisture. Air is directed to the windows are clear. of those modes is selected. windshield, floor outlets, and side # (Air Conditioning): Press this Select from the following modes: window vents. In this mode, the button to turn the air conditioning system turns off recirculation and system on or off. An indicator light H (Vent): Air is directed to the runs the air conditioning compressor comes on to show that the air instrument panel outlets. unless the outside temperature is conditioning is on. The air ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided close to freezing. The recirculation conditioning can be selected in any between the instrument panel and mode cannot be selected while in mode as long as the fan switch floor outlets. Some air is directed the defog mode. is on. towards the windshield and side 0 (Defrost): The defrost mode is On hot days, open the windows to window outlets. Cooler air is used to remove fog or frost from the let hot inside air escape; then close directed to the upper outlets and windshield more quickly. Air is them. This helps to reduce the time warmer air to the floor outlets. directed to the windshield and side it takes for the vehicle to cool down. window vents, with some directed to It also helps the system to operate more efficiently. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

The air conditioning system compressor will also come on when < (Rear Window Defogger): removes moisture from the air, so a this mode is activated. While in Press this button to turn the rear small amount of water might drip recirculation mode the windows may window defogger on or off. The under the vehicle while idling or fog when the weather is cold and system automatically turns off after turning off the engine. This is damp. To clear the fog, select either several minutes after it has been normal. the defog or defrost mode and activated. The defogger can also be h (Recirculation): Press this increase the fan speed. The turned off by turning off the engine. button to turn the recirculation mode recirculation mode can also be Do not drive the vehicle until all the on or off. An indicator light comes turned off by turning off the engine. windows are clear. on to show that recirculation is on. REAR: Press to turn the rear For vehicles with heated outside This mode recirculates and helps to heating and air conditioning on. See rearview mirrors, the mirrors will quickly cool the air inside the Rear Climate Control System (Rear heat to help clear fog or frost from vehicle. It can be used to help Climate Control Only) on page 8‑10 the surface of the mirror when the prevent outside air and odors from or Rear Climate Control System rear window defog button is entering the vehicle. (Rear Climate with Rear Seat Audio) pressed. on page 8‑11 for more information. The recirculation mode cannot be Notice: Do not use anything used with floor, defrost, or defogging Rear Window Defogger sharp on the inside of the rear modes. If recirculation is selected The rear window defogger uses a window. If you do, you could cut while in one of those modes, the warming grid to remove fog from the or damage the warming grid, and indicator flashes three times and rear window. the repairs would not be covered turns off. The air conditioning by the vehicle warranty. Do not attach a temporary vehicle license, tape, a decal, or anything similar to the defogger grid. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Dual Automatic Climate Control System K. Air Conditioning The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with L. PASS this system. The vehicle also has a flow-through ventilation system M. Passenger Temperature Control described later in this section. O (On/Off): Press to turn the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. climate control system on or off. Outside air still enters the vehicle, and is directed to the floor. This direction can be changed by pressing the mode button. Recirculation can be selected once you have selected vent or bi-level mode. The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature button. If the air delivery mode or temperature settings are adjusted with the system off, the display illuminates briefly to show the settings and then returns to off. The system can be turned back on by A. Fan Control F. Air Delivery Mode Control pressing either O, D, C, #, the B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) G. Driver Temperature Control defrost or the AUTO button. C. Defrost H. Display D. Recirculation I. Power Button E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) J. Rear Window Defogger Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Driver and Passenger Side The passenger temperature setting Use the steps below to place the Temperature Control can be set to match the driver entire system in automatic mode: The driver and passenger side temperature setting by pressing 1. Press the AUTO button. the PASS button and turning temperature buttons are used to When AUTO is selected, the adjust the temperature of the air off the PASS indicator. When the passenger temperature setting is set display will change to show the coming through the system on the current temperature(s) and driver or passenger side of the different than the driver setting, the indicator on the PASS button AUTO will be lit on the display. vehicle. The temperature can be The current delivery mode and adjusted even if the system is illuminates and both the driver side and passenger side temperature fan speed will also be displayed turned off. This is possible since for approximately 5 seconds. outside air always flows through displays are shown. the system as the vehicle is When in defrost mode the When AUTO is selected, the air moving forward unless it is set passenger temperature setting conditioning operation and air to recirculation mode. See cannot be changed. inlet will be automatically “Recirculation” later in this section. controlled. The air conditioning Automatic Operation compressor will run when the Press the + or − buttons to increase AUTO (Automatic): When outside temperature is over or decrease the cabin temperature. about 4°C (40°F). The air inlet The driver side or passenger side automatic operation is active the system will control the inside will normally be set to outside temperature display shows the air. If it is hot outside, the air temperature setting decreasing or temperature, the air delivery, and the fan speed. inlet may automatically switch to increasing. recirculate inside air to help quickly cool down the vehicle. The light on the button comes on in recirculation. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

2. Set the driver and passenger based on sun load and also turns HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): temperature. on the headlamps. For more Press these buttons to change the To find your comfort setting, start information on the solar sensor, direction of the airflow in the vehicle. with a 23°C (74°F) temperature see “Sensors” later in this section. Repeatedly press either button until setting and allow about To avoid blowing cold air in cold the desired mode appears on the 20 minutes for the system to weather, the system will delay display. Pressing either mode button regulate. Use the driver or turning on the fan until warm air while the system is off changes the passenger temperature buttons is available. The length of delay air delivery mode without turning the to adjust the temperature setting depends on the engine coolant system on. Pressing either mode as necessary. If a temperature temperature. Pressing the fan button while in automatic control setting of 15°C (60°F) is chosen, switch will override this delay and places the mode under manual the system remains at the change the fan to a selected speed. control. maximum cooling setting. Manual Operation The air delivery mode setting is If a temperature setting of displayed and the AUTO light turns 32°C (90°F) is chosen, the DC (Fan Control): Press these off. The fan remains under system remains at the maximum buttons to increase or decrease the automatic control. heat setting. Choosing either fan speed. maximum setting will not cause H (Vent): Air is directed to the Pressing either fan button while in the vehicle to heat or cool any instrument panel outlets. automatic control places the fan faster. under manual control. The fan ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided Do not to cover the solar sensor setting remains displayed and the between the instrument panel and located on the top of the instrument AUTO light turns off. The air floor outlets. Some air is directed panel near the windshield. This delivery mode remains under towards the windshield and side sensor regulates air temperature automatic control. window outlets. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

6 (Floor): Air is directed to the 0 (Defrost): This mode removes If vent, bi-level, or floor mode is floor outlets, with some to the fog or frost from the windshield selected again, the climate control windshield, side window outlets, more quickly. Air is directed to the system displays the previous and second row floor outlets. In this windshield and side window vents, temperature settings. mode, the system automatically with some directed to the floor Do not drive the vehicle until all selects outside air. vents. In this mode, the system the windows are clear. automatically forces outside air - (Defog): This mode clears the # (Air Conditioning): Press to windows of fog or moisture. Air is into the vehicle and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the turn the air conditioning (A/C) directed to the windshield, floor compressor on and off. An indicator outlets, and side window vents. In outside temperature is close to freezing. The recirculation mode light comes on to show that the air this mode, the system turns off conditioning is on. recirculation and runs the air cannot be selected while in the conditioning compressor unless the defrost mode. If this button is pressed when the outside temperature is close to The passenger temperature control air conditioning compressor is freezing. The recirculation mode cannot be activated while in defrost unavailable, the indicator flashes cannot be selected while in the mode. If the PASS button is three times and then turns off. defog mode. pressed, the button indicator flashes If the air conditioning is on and the three times and will not work. If the outside temperature drops below a passenger temperature buttons are temperature which is too cool for air adjusted, the driver temperature conditioning to be effective, the air indicator changes. The passenger conditioning light turns off to show temperature will not be displayed. that the air conditioning mode has been canceled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

On hot days, open the windows long indicator light flashes three times < (Rear Window Defogger): enough to let hot inside air escape. and then turns off. The air Press to turn the rear window This helps to reduce the time it conditioning compressor also comes defogger on or off. It automatically takes for the vehicle to cool down. on when this mode is activated. turns off several minutes after it has It also helps the system to operate While in recirculation mode the been activated. The defogger can more efficiently. windows may fog when the weather also be turned off by turning off the The air conditioning system is cold and damp. To clear the fog, engine. Do not drive the vehicle until removes moisture from the air, so a select either the defog or defrost all the windows are clear. mode and increase the fan speed. small amount of water might drip Notice: Do not use a razor blade under the vehicle while idling or The recirculation mode can also be or sharp object to clear the inside after turning off the engine. This is turned off by turning off the ignition. rear window. Do not adhere normal. REAR: For vehicles with the rear anything to the defogger grid @ (Recirculation): Press to turn heat and air conditioning controls. lines in the rear glass. These the recirculation mode on or off. Press to turn the rear climate control actions may damage the rear An indicator light comes on to show system on or off. See Rear Climate defogger. Repairs would not be that the recirculation is on. Control System (Rear Climate covered by your warranty. This mode recirculates and helps Control Only) on page 8‑10 or Rear Heated Mirrors: Press to help Climate Control System (Rear < to quickly cool the air inside the clear fog or frost from the surface of Climate with Rear Seat Audio) on vehicle. It can be used to help the outside mirror. See Power page 8‑11. prevent outside air and odors from Mirrors on page 2‑18. entering the vehicle. Rear Window Defogger The recirculation mode cannot be The rear window defogger uses a used with floor, defog, or defrost warming grid to remove fog from the modes. If recirculation is selected rear window. with one of those modes, the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Climate Controls 8-9

Sensors There is also an exterior temperature sensor located behind the front grille. This sensor reads the outside air temperature and helps maintain the temperature inside the vehicle. Any cover on the front of the vehicle could cause a false reading in the displayed temperature. The climate control system uses the information from these sensors to maintain your comfort setting by The interior temperature sensors adjusting the outlet temperature, fan located in the headliner above the speed, and the air delivery mode. The solar sensor, located in the driver side seat and if equipped, in The system may also supply cooler defrost grille in the middle of the the headliner above the second row air to the side of the vehicle facing instrument panel, monitors the solar seats measure the temperature of the sun. The recirculation mode will heat. Do not cover the solar sensor the air inside the vehicle. also be used as needed to maintain or the system will not work properly. cool outlet temperatures. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

8-10 Climate Controls

Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate Mimic Mode: This mode matches the rear climate control to the front Control Only) climate control airflow settings. For vehicles with this system, the rear controls are three knobs located in It comes on when REAR is pressed the headliner. The system can also be controlled with the front controls. the first time. Independent Mode: This mode directs rear seating airflow according to the settings of the rear controls. It comes on when any rear control is adjusted. Temperature Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the airflow temperature into the passenger area. Fan Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. A. Fan Control when the rear system is on. See Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn Climate Control Systems on B. Temperature Control clockwise or counterclockwise to page 8 1 or Dual Automatic Climate ‑ change the direction of the airflow. C. Air Delivery Mode Control Control System on page 8‑4. The REAR: Press the REAR button on rear system can also be turned off H (Vent): Air is directed through the front climate control system to by turning the rear fan knob to the the headliner outlets. turn the rear climate control system 9 position. on or off. An indicator comes on Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Climate Controls 8-11

) (Bi-Level): Air is directed Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate with Rear through the floor and headliner Seat Audio) outlets. The rear system floor outlets are located directly behind For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are the second row seats. The flow can integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console. be divided between vent and floor The system can be controlled from the front controls as well as the rear outlets depending upon where the controls. knob is placed between the settings. 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the floor outlets. The rear system floor outlets are located directly behind the second row seats.

Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls

A. Fan Control REAR: Press the REAR button on B. Air Delivery Mode Control the front climate control system to turn the rear climate control system C. Temperature Control on or off. An indicator comes on when the rear system is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

8-12 Climate Controls

The rear climate control system can Automatic Operation, If Manual Operation also be turned off by pressing and Equipped DC C (Fan Control): Press these holding the button. To turn the AUTO: Press the air delivery mode buttons on the rear seat audio system on from the rear seats, button until this setting is selected to control panel to increase or press any rear climate control control the inside temperature, air decrease the airflow. Pressing the button, except the C button. delivery, and fan speed. AUTO fan up button when the system is off will turn the system on. The air Mimic Mode: This mode matches appears in the display when delivery mode will remain under the rear climate control to the front automatic operation is active. automatic control. climate control airflow settings. +/− (Increase/Decrease It comes on when REAR is pressed Temperature): Press the + or +/− (Temperature Control): the first time. − buttons to increase or decrease Press these buttons to adjust the temperature of the air flowing into Independent Mode: This mode the cabin temperature. The rear the passenger area. Press the directs rear seating airflow control temperature display will + button for warmer air and press according to the settings of the show the temperature setting the − button for cooler air. rear controls. increasing or decreasing. N (Air Delivery Mode Control): To turn the system on from the rear, The display only indicates climate Press the mode button to change press any rear climate control control functions when the system is C in rear independent mode. the direction of the airflow in the button, except the button. vehicle. Repeatedly press the button until the desired mode appears on the display. Multiple presses will cycle through the delivery selections. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Climate Controls 8-13

. Keep the air path under the front Air Vents seats clear of objects. This helps Use the air outlets located in the air to circulate throughout the center and on the side of the vehicle. instrument panel to direct the . Adding outside equipment to the airflow. front of the vehicle, such as Operation Tips hood-air deflectors, may affect the performance of the heating . Keep the hood and front air and air conditioning system. inlets free of ice, snow, or any Check with your dealer before other obstruction (such as adding equipment to the outside leaves). The heater and of the vehicle. defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside of the windows. . When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, press the fan up button to the maximum fan level before driving. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of the window. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

8-14 Climate Controls

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Starting the Engine ...... 9-29 Brakes Driving and Engine Heater ...... 9-31 Antilock Brake Operating Retained Accessory System (ABS) ...... 9-50 Power (RAP) ...... 9-32 Parking Brake ...... 9-51 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-32 Brake Assist ...... 9-51 Driving Information Shifting Out of Park ...... 9-34 Parking Over Things Ride Control Systems Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-52 Drunk Driving ...... 9-2 That Burn ...... 9-34 Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-34 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-54 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Continuous Damping Braking ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust Control (CDC) ...... 9-54 Steering ...... 9-4 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-35 Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-54 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Running the Vehicle While Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Parked ...... 9-36 Cruise Control Off-Road Driving ...... 9-6 Cruise Control ...... 9-55 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-17 Automatic Transmission Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-37 Object Detection Systems Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-18 Manual Mode ...... 9-40 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-58 Winter Driving ...... 9-19 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-41 Side Blind Zone If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-21 Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-60 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-22 Drive Systems Rear Vision Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Camera (RVC) ...... 9-62 Starting and Operating Automatic New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-27 Transfer Case) ...... 9-43 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Four-Wheel Drive (Single Pedal ...... 9-28 Speed Automatic Ignition Positions ...... 9-28 Transfer Case) ...... 9-47 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuel Driving Information Fuel ...... 9-67 WARNING (Continued) Recommended Fuel ...... 9-68 Driver distraction can cause Gasoline Specifications (U.S. Defensive Driving collisions resulting in injury or and Canada Only) ...... 9-68 Defensive driving means always “ possible death. These simple California Fuel expect the unexpected.” The first Requirements ...... 9-68 step in driving defensively is to wear defensive driving techniques Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-68 the safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life. Fuel Additives ...... 9-68 page 3‑20. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-69 Drunk Driving Filling the Tank ...... 9-70 { WARNING Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 9-72 Assume that other road users { WARNING Towing (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Drinking and then driving is very General Towing drivers) are going to be careless dangerous. Your reflexes, Information ...... 9-73 and make mistakes. Anticipate perceptions, attentiveness, and Driving Characteristics and what they might do and be ready. judgment can be affected by even Towing Tips ...... 9-73 In addition: a small amount of alcohol. You Trailer Towing ...... 9-77 . Allow enough following can have a serious — or even Towing Equipment ...... 9-82 distance between you and fatal — collision if you drive after Conversions and Add-Ons the driver in front of you. drinking. Add-On Electrical . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with Equipment ...... 9-91 (Continued) a driver who has been drinking. Adding a Snow Plow or Ride home in a cab; or if you are Similar Equipment ...... 9-91 with a group, designate a driver who will not drink. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Death and injury associated with Medical research shows that Braking drinking and driving is a global alcohol in a person's system tragedy. can make crash injuries worse, See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑23. Alcohol affects four things that especially injuries to the brain, anyone needs to drive a vehicle: spinal cord, or heart. This means Braking action involves perception judgment, muscular coordination, that when anyone who has been time and reaction time. Deciding to vision, and attentiveness. drinking — driver or passenger — is push the brake pedal is perception in a crash, that person's chance of time. Actually doing it is Police records show that almost being killed or permanently disabled reaction time. 40 percent of all motor is higher than if the person had not vehicle-related deaths involve been drinking. Average reaction time is about alcohol. In most cases, these three‐fourths of a second. But that deaths are the result of someone Control of a Vehicle is only an average. It might be less who was drinking and driving. In with one driver and as long as recent years, more than The following three systems two or three seconds or more with 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related help to control the vehicle while another. Age, physical condition, deaths have been associated with driving — brakes, steering, and alertness, coordination, and the use of alcohol, with about accelerator. At times, as when eyesight all play a part. So do 250,000 people injured. driving on snow or ice, it is easy to alcohol, drugs, and frustration. But ask more of those control systems even in three‐fourths of a second, For persons under 21, it is against than the tires and road can provide. a vehicle moving at 100 km/h the law in every U.S. state to drink Meaning, you can lose control of the (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft). That alcohol. There are good medical, vehicle. See StabiliTrak® System on could be a lot of distance in an psychological, and developmental page 9‑52. emergency, so keeping enough reasons for these laws. space between the vehicle and Adding non dealer accessories can ‐ others is important. The obvious way to eliminate the affect vehicle performance. See leading highway safety problem is Accessories and Modifications on for people never to drink alcohol page 10‑3. and then drive. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

And, of course, actual stopping brakes. If the brakes are pumped, Steering Tips distances vary greatly with the the pedal could get harder to push It is important to take curves at a surface of the road, whether it is down. If the engine stops, there will reasonable speed. pavement or gravel; the condition still be some power brake assist but of the road, whether it is wet, dry, it will be used when the brake is Traction in a curve depends on the or icy; tire tread; the condition of the applied. Once the power assist is condition of the tires and the road brakes; the weight of the vehicle; used up, it can take longer to stop surface, the angle at which the and the amount of brake force and the brake pedal will be harder curve is banked, and vehicle speed. applied. to push. While in a curve, speed is the one factor that can be controlled. Avoid needless heavy braking. Adding non‐dealer accessories can Some people drive in affect vehicle performance. See If there is a need to reduce speed, spurts — heavy acceleration Accessories and Modifications on do it before entering the curve, while followed by heavy braking — rather page 10‑3. the front wheels are straight. than keeping pace with traffic. This Try to adjust the speed so you can is a mistake. The brakes might not Steering drive through the curve. Maintain a have time to cool between hard Power Steering reasonable, steady speed. Wait to stops. The brakes will wear out accelerate until out of the curve, and much faster with a lot of heavy If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the then accelerate gently into the braking. Keeping pace with the hybrid supplement for more straightaway. traffic and allowing realistic following information. distances eliminates a lot of Steering in Emergencies unnecessary braking. That means If power steering assist is lost There are times when steering can better braking and longer brake life. because the engine stops or the power steering system is not be more effective than braking. For If the engine ever stops while the functioning, the vehicle can be example, you come over a hill and vehicle is being driven, brake steered but it will take more effort. find a truck stopped in your lane, normally but do not pump the or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts out from Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

between parked cars and stops right Off-Road Recovery in front of you. These problems can be avoided by braking — if you can The vehicle's right wheels can drop stop in time. But sometimes you off the edge of a road onto the cannot stop in time because there shoulder while driving. is no room. That is the time for evasive action — steering around the problem. The vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these. First, apply the brakes. See Braking on page 9‑3. It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a An emergency like this requires collision. Then steer around the close attention and a quick decision. problem, to the left or right If holding the steering wheel at the depending on the space available. recommended 9 and 3 o'clock positions, it can be turned a full If the level of the shoulder is only 180 degrees very quickly without slightly below the pavement, removing either hand. But you have recovery should be fairly easy. Ease to act fast, steer quickly, and just as off the accelerator and then, if there quickly straighten the wheel once is nothing in the way, steer so that you have avoided the object. the vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement. Turn the steering wheel The fact that such emergency 8 to 13 cm (3 to 5 in), about situations are always possible is a one-eighth turn, until the right front good reason to practice defensive tire contacts the pavement edge. driving at all times and wear safety Then turn the steering wheel to go belts properly. straight down the roadway. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Loss of Control tires to slip and lose cornering force. until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to And in the acceleration skid, too recognize warning clues — such as Let us review what driving experts much throttle causes the driving enough water, ice, or packed snow say about what happens when the wheels to spin. on the road to make a mirrored three control systems — brakes, If the vehicle starts to slide, ease surface — and slow down when you steering, and acceleration — do not have any doubt. have enough friction where the tires your foot off the accelerator pedal meet the road to do what the driver and quickly steer the way you want Remember: Antilock brakes help has asked. the vehicle to go. If you start avoid only the braking skid. steering quickly enough, the vehicle In any emergency, do not give up. may straighten out. Always be ready Off-Road Driving Keep trying to steer and constantly for a second skid if it occurs. seek an escape route or area of Vehicles with four-wheel drive can less danger. Of course, traction is reduced when be used for off-road driving. water, snow, ice, gravel, or other Vehicles without four-wheel drive Skidding material is on the road. For safety, and vehicles with 20‐inch tire/wheel In a skid, a driver can lose control of slow down and adjust your driving to assemblies should not be driven the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid these conditions. It is important to off-road except on a level, solid most skids by taking reasonable slow down on slippery surfaces surface. care suited to existing conditions, because stopping distance is longer and vehicle control more limited. The airbag system is designed to and by not overdriving those work properly under a wide range of conditions. But skids are always While driving on a surface with conditions, including off‐road usage. possible. reduced traction, try to avoid Always wear your safety belt and The three types of skids correspond sudden steering, acceleration, observe safe driving speeds, to the vehicle's three control or braking, including reducing especially on rough terrain. vehicle speed by shifting to a lower systems. In the braking skid, the Drinking and driving can be very wheels are not rolling. In the gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide. You might dangerous on any road and this is steering or cornering skid, too much certainly true for off-road driving. speed or steering in a curve causes not realize the surface is slippery Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

At the very time you need special Before You Go Off-Roading If you think you will need some alertness and driving skills, your more ground clearance at the front . Have all necessary maintenance reflexes, perceptions, and judgment of your vehicle, you can remove the and service work done. can be affected by even a small front fascia lower air dam. The air amount of alcohol. You could have a . Make sure there is enough fuel, dam is held in place by two bolts serious — or even fatal — accident that fluid levels are where they and 10 snaps accessible from if you drink and drive or ride with a should be, and that the spare underneath the front fascia. tire, if the vehicle has one, is driver who has been drinking. To remove the air dam: fully inflated. Off-roading can be great fun but has 1. Remove the two outboard air . Be sure to read all the some definite hazards. The greatest dam bolts. of these is the terrain itself. When information about off-road driving, traffic lanes are not four-wheel-drive vehicles 2. With a flat‐blade tool, disengage marked, curves are not banked, and in this manual. the snaps. there are no road signs. Surfaces . Make sure all underbody 3. After the bolts are removed and can be slippery, rough, uphill, shields, if the vehicle has them, the snaps are disengaged, push or downhill. are properly attached. forward on the air dam until it is free. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt . Know the local laws that apply to maneuvers. Failure to operate the off-roading where you will be Notice: Operating your vehicle vehicle correctly off‐road could driving or check with law for extended periods without the result in loss of vehicle control or enforcement people in the area. front fascia lower air dam vehicle rollover. installed can cause improper air . Be sure to get the necessary flow to the engine. Always be Off-roading involves some new permission if you will be on sure to replace the front fascia air skills. That is why it is very private land. important that you read these dam when you are finished driving tips and suggestions to help off-road driving. make off-road driving safer and more enjoyable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

After off-roading, be sure to reinstall You will find other important the air dam: WARNING (Continued) information under Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑22 and Tires on 1. Line up the snaps and push the . Heavy loads on the roof raise page 10‑46. air dam rearward to engage the the vehicle's center of gravity, snaps. making it more likely to roll Environmental Concerns over. You can be seriously or 2. Install the two outboard bolts. Off-road driving can provide fatally injured if the vehicle wholesome and satisfying Loading Your Vehicle for rolls over. Put heavy loads recreation. However, it also raises Off-Road Driving inside the cargo area, not on environmental concerns. We the roof. Keep cargo in the recognize these concerns and urge cargo area as far forward and { WARNING every off-roader to follow these low as possible. basic rules for protecting the . Cargo on the load floor piled environment: higher than the seatbacks There are some important things to . Always use established trails, can be thrown forward during remember about how to load your roads, and areas that have been a sudden stop. You or your vehicle. passengers could be injured. specially set aside for public Keep cargo below the top of . The heaviest things should be off-road recreational driving and the seatbacks. on the floor, forward of the rear obey all posted regulations. axle. Put heavier items as far . . Avoid any driving practice that Unsecured cargo on the load forward as you can. floor can be tossed about could damage shrubs, flowers, when driving over rough . Be sure the load is properly trees, or grasses or disturb terrain. You or your secured, so things are not wildlife. This includes passengers can be struck by tossed around. wheel-spinning, breaking down flying objects. Secure the trees, or unnecessary driving cargo properly. through streams or over soft ground. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

. Always carry a litter bag and For vehicles with a winch, be sure Controlling the vehicle is the key to make sure all refuse is removed to read the winch instructions. In a successful off-road driving. One of from any campsite before remote area, a winch can be handy the best ways to control the vehicle leaving. if you get stuck but you will want to is to control the speed. At higher . Take extreme care with open know how to use it properly. speeds: fires (where permitted), camp Getting Familiar with Off-Road . You approach things faster and stoves, and lanterns. Driving have less time to react. . Never park your vehicle over It is a good idea to practice in an . There is less time to scan the dry grass or other combustible terrain for obstacles. materials that could catch fire area that is safe and close to home from the heat of the vehicle's before you go into the wilderness. . The vehicle has more bounce exhaust system. Off-roading requires some new and when driving over obstacles. different skills. . More braking distance is Traveling to Remote Areas Tune your senses to different kinds needed, especially on an It makes sense to plan your trip, of signals. Your eyes need to unpaved surface. especially when going to a remote constantly sweep the terrain for area. Know the terrain and plan unexpected obstacles. Your ears { WARNING your route. Get accurate maps of need to listen for unusual tire or trails and terrain. Check to see if engine sounds. Use your arms, When you are driving off-road, there are any blocked or closed hands, feet, and body to respond bouncing and quick changes in roads. to vibrations and vehicle bounce. direction can easily throw you out It is also a good idea to travel with of position. This could cause you at least one other vehicle in case to lose control and crash. So, something happens to one of them. whether you are driving on or off the road, you and your passengers should wear safety belts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Scanning the Terrain Some things to consider: Off-roading requires a different kind of alertness from driving on paved Off-road driving can take you over . Is the path ahead clear? roads and highways. There are no many different kinds of terrain. Be . Will the surface texture change road signs, posted speed limits, familiar with the terrain and its many abruptly up ahead? or signal lights. Use good judgment different features. . Does the travel take you uphill or about what is safe and what is not. Surface Conditions: Off-roading downhill? surfaces can be hard-packed dirt, Driving on Hills . gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, Will you have to stop suddenly Off-road driving often takes you up, snow, or ice. Each of these surfaces or change direction quickly? down, or across a hill. Driving safely affects the vehicle's steering, When driving over obstacles or on hills requires good judgment and acceleration, and braking in different rough terrain, keep a firm grip on an understanding of what the ways. Depending on the surface, the steering wheel. Ruts, troughs, vehicle can and cannot do. There slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, or other surface features can jerk are some hills that simply cannot be delayed acceleration, poor traction, the wheel out of your hands. driven, no matter how well built the and longer braking distances can vehicle. occur. When driving over bumps, rocks, or other obstacles, the wheels can Surface Obstacles: Unseen or leave the ground. If this happens, { WARNING hidden obstacles can be hazardous. even with one or two wheels, you A rock, log, hole, rut, or bump can cannot control the vehicle as well or Many hills are simply too steep startle you if you are not prepared at all. for any vehicle. If you drive up for them. Often these obstacles are them, you will stall. If you drive hidden by grass, bushes, snow, Because you will be on an unpaved down them, you cannot control or even the rise and fall of the surface, it is especially important to your speed. If you drive across avoid sudden acceleration, sudden terrain itself. them, you will roll over. You could turns, or sudden braking. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

Consider this as you approach a hill: Driving Uphill WARNING (Continued) . Is there a constant incline, Once you decide it is safe to drive be seriously injured or killed. or does the hill get sharply up the hill: steeper in places? If you have any doubt about the . Use a low gear and get a firm steepness, do not drive the hill. . Is there good traction on the grip on the steering wheel. hillside, or will the surface cause . Get a smooth start up the hill tire slipping? Approaching a Hill and try to maintain speed. Not . When you approach a hill, decide if Is there a straight path up or using more power than needed down the hill so you will not it is too steep to climb, descend, can avoid spinning the wheels or or cross. Steepness can be hard to have to make turning sliding. judge. On a very small hill, for maneuvers? example, there may be a smooth, . Are there obstructions on the hill { WARNING constant incline with only a small that can block your path, such change in elevation where you can as boulders, trees, logs, or ruts? Turning or driving across steep hills can be dangerous. You could easily see all the way to the top. . What is beyond the hill? Is there lose traction, slide sideways, and On a large hill, the incline may get a cliff, an embankment, a possibly roll over. You could be steeper as you near the top, but you drop-off, a fence? Get out and seriously injured or killed. When might not see this because the crest walk the hill if you do not know. of the hill is hidden by bushes, It is the smart way to find out. driving up hills, always try to go grass, or shrubs. straight up. . Is the hill simply too rough? Steep hills often have ruts, gullies, troughs, and exposed . Try to drive straight up the hill if rocks because they are more at all possible. If the path twists susceptible to the effects of and turns, you might want to find erosion. another route. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

. Ease up on the speed as you If the vehicle stalls, or is about to . While backing down the hill, put approach the top of the hill. stall, and you cannot make it up your left hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position . Attach a flag to the vehicle to be the hill: so you can tell if the wheels are more visible to approaching . Push the brake pedal to stop the traffic on trails or hills. straight and can maneuver as vehicle and keep it from rolling you back down. It is best to back . Sound the horn as you approach backwards and apply the down the hill with the wheels the top of the hill to let opposing parking brake. straight rather than in the left or traffic know you are there. . If the engine is still running, shift right direction. Turning the wheel . Use headlamps even during the the transmission to R (Reverse), too far to the left or right will day to make the vehicle more release the parking brake, and increase the possibility of a visible to oncoming traffic. slowly back down the hill in rollover. R (Reverse). Things not to do if the vehicle stalls, { WARNING . If the engine has stopped or is about to stall, when going up running, you need to restart it. a hill: Driving to the top (crest) of a hill With the brake pedal pressed . Never attempt to prevent a stall at full speed can cause an and the parking brake still by shifting into N (Neutral) to accident. There could be a applied, shift the transmission to rev-up the engine and regain drop-off, embankment, cliff, P (Park) and restart the engine. forward momentum. This will or even another vehicle. You Then, shift to R (Reverse), not work. The vehicle can roll could be seriously injured or release the parking brake, and backward very quickly and could killed. As you near the top of a slowly back down the hill as go out of control. hill, slow down and stay alert. straight as possible in R (Reverse). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

. Never try to turn around if about Driving Downhill to stall when going up a hill. { WARNING If the hill is steep enough to stall When off-roading takes you the vehicle, it is steep enough to If the vehicle has the two‐speed downhill, consider: cause it to roll over. If you automatic transfer case, shifting . How steep is the downhill? Will I cannot make it up the hill, back the transfer case to Neutral can be able to maintain vehicle straight down the hill. cause your vehicle to roll even if control? the transmission is in P (Park). If, after stalling, you try to back . What is the surface like? This is because the Neutral down the hill and decide you just Smooth? Rough? Slippery? position on the transfer case cannot do it, set the parking brake, Hard-packed dirt? Gravel? put your transmission in P (Park), overrides the transmission. You or . and turn off the engine. Leave the someone else could be injured. Are there hidden surface vehicle and go get some help. Exit If you are going to leave your obstacles? Ruts? Logs? on the uphill side and stay clear of vehicle, set the parking brake and Boulders? the path the vehicle would take if it shift the transmission to P (Park). . What is at the bottom of the hill? rolled downhill. If the vehicle has a But, if the vehicle has a Is there a hidden creek bank or transfer case with a N (Neutral) two‐speed automatic transfer even a river bottom with large position, do not shift the transfer case, do not shift the transfer rocks? case to Neutral when you leave the case to Neutral. If you decide you can go down a vehicle. Leave it in some gear. hill safely, try to keep the vehicle headed straight down. Use a low gear so engine drag can help the brakes so they do not have to do all the work. Descend slowly, keeping the vehicle under control at all times. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

. Never go downhill with the Driving Across an Incline { WARNING transmission in N (Neutral), called free-wheeling. The brakes An off-road trail will probably go Heavy braking when going down will have to do all the work and across the incline of a hill. To decide a hill can cause your brakes to could overheat and fade. whether to try to drive across the overheat and fade. This could incline, consider the following: Vehicles are much more likely to cause loss of control and a stall when going uphill, but if it serious accident. Apply the happens when going downhill: { WARNING brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep 1. Stop the vehicle by applying the Driving across an incline that is vehicle speed under control. regular brakes and apply the too steep will make your vehicle parking brake. roll over. You could be seriously injured or killed. If you have any Things not to do when driving down 2. Shift to P (Park) and, while still braking, restart the engine. doubt about the steepness of the a hill: incline, do not drive across it. 3. Shift back to a low gear, release . When driving downhill, avoid Find another route instead. turns that take you across the the parking brake, and drive incline of the hill. A hill that is not straight down. . A hill that can be driven straight too steep to drive down might be 4. If the engine will not start, get up or down might be too steep to too steep to drive across. The out and get help. drive across. When going vehicle could roll over. straight up or down a hill, the length of the wheel base — the distance from the front wheels to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

the rear wheels — reduces the . Hidden obstacles can make the Stalling on an Incline likelihood the vehicle will tumble steepness of the incline even worse. If you drive across a rock end over end. But when driving { WARNING across an incline, the narrower with the uphill wheels, or if the track width — the distance downhill wheels drop into a rut Getting out on the downhill (low) or depression, the vehicle can tilt between the left and right side of a vehicle stopped across even more. wheels — might not prevent the an incline is dangerous. If the vehicle from tilting and rolling For these reasons, carefully vehicle rolls over, you could be over. Driving across an incline consider whether to try to drive crushed or killed. Always get out puts more weight on the downhill across an incline. Just because the on the uphill (high) side of the wheels which could cause a trail goes across the incline does vehicle and stay well clear of the downhill slide or a rollover. not mean you have to drive it. rollover path. . Surface conditions can be a The last vehicle to try it might problem. Loose gravel, muddy have rolled over. If the vehicle stalls when crossing spots, or even wet grass can If you feel the vehicle starting to cause the tires to slip sideways, an incline, be sure you, and any slide sideways, turn downhill. This passengers, get out on the uphill downhill. If the vehicle slips should help straighten out the sideways, it can hit something side, even if the door there is harder vehicle and prevent the side to open. If you get out on the that will trip it — a rock, a rut, slipping. The best way to prevent downhill side and the vehicle starts etc. — and roll over. this is to “walk the course” first, so to roll over, you will be right in you know what the surface is like its path. before driving it. If you have to walk down the slope, stay out of the path the vehicle will take if it does roll over. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, Hard packed snow and ice offer Driving in Water or Ice the worst tire traction. On these surfaces, it is very easy to lose { WARNING When you drive in mud, snow, control. On wet ice, for example, the or sand, the wheels do not get good traction is so poor that you will have traction. Acceleration is not as Driving through rushing water can difficulty accelerating. And, if the be dangerous. Deep water can quick, turning is more difficult, and vehicle does get moving, poor braking distances are longer. sweep your vehicle downstream steering and difficult braking can and you and your passengers It is best to use a low gear when in cause it to slide out of control. could drown. If it is only shallow mud — the deeper the mud, the water, it can still wash away the lower the gear. In really deep mud, { WARNING ground from under your tires, and keep the vehicle moving so it does you could lose traction and roll not get stuck. Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, the vehicle over. Do not drive or rivers can be dangerous. When driving on sand, wheel through rushing water. traction changes. On loosely packed Underwater springs, currents sand, such as on beaches or sand under the ice, or sudden thaws dunes, the tires will tend to sink into can weaken the ice. Your vehicle Heavy rain can mean flash flooding, the sand. This affects steering, could fall through the ice and you and flood waters demand extreme accelerating, and braking. Drive at a and your passengers could caution. reduced speed and avoid sharp drown. Drive your vehicle on safe Find out how deep the water is turns or abrupt maneuvers. surfaces only. before driving through it. Do not try it if it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe — you probably will not get through. Deep water can damage the axle and other vehicle parts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

If the water is not too deep, drive The vehicle requires more frequent slowly through it. At faster speeds, service due to off-road use. Refer to WARNING (Continued) water splashes on the ignition the Maintenance Schedule for system and the vehicle can stall. additional information. After driving through a large Stalling can also occur if you get the puddle of water or a car/vehicle tailpipe under water. If the tailpipe is Driving on Wet Roads wash, lightly apply the brake under water, you will never be able pedal until the brakes work to start the engine. When going Rain and wet roads can reduce normally. through water, remember that when vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Flowing or rushing water creates the brakes get wet, it might take strong forces. Driving through longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid flowing water could cause the Roads on page 9‑17. driving through large puddles and vehicle to be carried away. If this After Off-Road Driving deep‐standing or flowing water. happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not Remove any brush or debris that ignore police warnings and be has collected on the underbody, { WARNING very cautious about trying to drive chassis, or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire hazard. Wet brakes can cause crashes. through flowing water. They might not work as well in a After operation in mud or sand, quick stop and could cause have the brake linings cleaned and pulling to one side. You could checked. These substances can lose control of the vehicle. cause glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure, steering, (Continued) suspension, wheels, tires, and exhaust system for damage and check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

Hydroplaning . Keep the windshield washer Hill and Mountain Roads fluid reservoir filled. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through . Have good tires with proper can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving tread depth. See Tires on tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for page 10 46. water. This can happen if the road is ‑ driving in these conditions include: wet enough and you are going fast . Turn off cruise control. enough. When the vehicle is . Keep the vehicle serviced and in hydroplaning, it has little or no Highway Hypnosis good shape. contact with the road. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, Always be alert and pay attention to There is no hard and fast rule about tires, cooling system, and your surroundings while driving. transmission. hydroplaning. The best advice is to If you become tired or sleepy, find a slow down when the road is wet. safe place to park the vehicle . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. Other Rainy Weather Tips and rest. Other driving tips include: Besides slowing down, other wet { WARNING weather driving tips include: . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. If you do not shift down, the . Allow extra following distance. . Keep interior temperature cool. brakes could get so hot that they . Pass with caution. . Keep your eyes moving — scan would not work well. You would . Keep windshield wiping the road ahead and to the sides. then have poor braking or even equipment in good shape. . Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could vehicle instruments often. crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will have The Antilock Brake System (ABS) to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving on page 9‑50 improves vehicle and they could get so hot that stability during hard stops on they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement. would then have poor braking or Drive carefully when there is snow even none going down a hill. You or ice between the tires and the Allow greater following distance on could crash. Always have the road, creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for engine running and the vehicle in Wet ice can occur at about 0°C slippery spots. Icy patches can gear when going downhill. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to occur on otherwise clear roads in fall, resulting in even less traction. shaded areas. The surface of a Avoid driving on wet ice or in curve or an overpass can remain icy . Stay in your own lane. Do not freezing rain until roads can be when the surrounding roads are swing wide or cut across the treated with salt or sand. clear. Avoid sudden steering center of the road. Drive at maneuvers and braking while speeds that let you stay in your Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. own lane. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control on slippery . Top of hills: Be alert — quickly causes the wheels to spin surfaces. something could be in your lane and makes the surface under the (stalled car, accident). tires slick, so there is even less traction. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑35. Assistance Program (U.S. and especially any that is blocking Canada) on page 13 7 or Roadside Snow can trap exhaust gases ‑ the exhaust pipe. Assistance Program (Mexico) on under your vehicle. This can page 13‑9. To get help and keep . Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon everyone in the vehicle safe: time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. . Turn on the hazard warning You cannot see it or smell it, so flashers. . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the you might not know it is in your . Tie a red cloth to an outside vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from mirror. wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, especially any that is blocking the { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust. or under the instrument Snow can trap engine exhaust panel. Run the engine for short periods under the vehicle. This may . Adjust the climate control cause exhaust gases to get only as needed to keep warm, but system to a setting that be careful. inside. Engine exhaust contains circulates the air inside the Carbon Monoxide (CO) which vehicle and set the fan speed To save fuel, run the engine for only cannot be seen or smelled. It can to the highest setting. See short periods as needed to warm cause unconsciousness and even Climate Control System in the the vehicle and then shut the engine death. Index. off and close the window most of the way to save heat. Repeat this (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

until help arrives but only when you turn the traction control part of the feel really uncomfortable from the { WARNING system off. Shift back and forth cold. Moving about to keep warm between R (Reverse) and a forward also helps. If the vehicle's tires spin at high gear, spinning the wheels as little as speed, they can explode, and you If it takes some time for help to possible. To prevent transmission or others could be injured. The wear, wait until the wheels stop arrive, now and then when you run vehicle can overheat, causing an the engine, push the accelerator spinning before shifting gears. engine compartment fire or other Release the accelerator pedal while pedal slightly so the engine runs damage. Spin the wheels as little faster than the idle speed. This shifting, and press lightly on the as possible and avoid going keeps the battery charged to restart accelerator pedal when the above 55 km/h (35 mph). the vehicle and to signal for help transmission is in gear. Slowly with the headlamps. Do this as little spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a as possible to save fuel. For information about using tire rocking motion that could free the chains on the vehicle, see Tire vehicle. If that does not get the Chains on page 10 66. If the Vehicle is Stuck ‑ vehicle out after a few tries, it might Slowly and cautiously spin the Rocking the Vehicle to Get need to be towed out. Recovery wheels to free the vehicle when it Out hooks can be used, if the vehicle stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. has them. If the vehicle does need Turn the steering wheel left and to be towed out, see Towing the If the vehicle has a traction system, right to clear the area around the Vehicle on page 10‑87. it can often help to free a stuck front wheels. For four-wheel-drive vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's vehicles, shift into Four‐Wheel High traction system in the Index. If stuck or, if the vehicle has a two‐speed too severely for the traction system automatic transfer case, Four‐Wheel to free the vehicle, turn the traction Low. For vehicles with StabiliTrak®, system off and use the rocking method. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

Recovery Hooks vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all { WARNING occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. These hooks, when used, are Two labels on your vehicle under a lot of force. Always pull show how much weight it was the vehicle straight out. Never pull designed to carry, the Tire and on the hooks at a sideways angle. Loading Information label and The hooks could break off and the Certification/Tire label. you or others could be injured from the chain or cable snapping back. { WARNING Notice: Never use recovery hooks to tow the vehicle. Your Do not load the vehicle any vehicle could be damaged and it heavier than the Gross would not be covered by Vehicle Weight Rating warranty. (GVWR), or either the For vehicles with recovery hooks at maximum front or rear Gross the front of the vehicle, you can use Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). them if you are stuck off-road and This can cause systems to need to be pulled to some place break and change the way the where you can continue driving. vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also It is very important to know how shorten the life of the vehicle. much weight your vehicle can carry. This weight is called the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

Tire and Loading Information the number of occupant seating Steps for Determining Correct Label positions (A), and the maximum Load Limit vehicle capacity weight (B) in 1. Locate the statement “The kilograms and pounds. combined weight of The Tire and Loading occupants and cargo should Information label also shows the never exceed XXX kg or size of the original equipment XXX lbs” on your vehicle's tires (C) and the recommended placard. cold tire inflation pressures (D). 2. Determine the combined For more information on tires weight of the driver and and inflation see Tires on passengers that will be riding page 10‑46 and Tire Pressure on in your vehicle. page 10‑53. 3. Subtract the combined Label Example There is also important loading weight of the driver and A vehicle specific Tire and information on the vehicle Certification/Tire label. It tells passengers from XXX kg or Loading Information label is XXX lbs. attached to the center pillar you the Gross Vehicle Weight (B-pillar). With the driver door Rating (GVWR) and the Gross open, you will find the label Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for attached below the door lock the front and rear axles. See post (striker). The tire and “Certification/Tire Label” later in loading information label shows this section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

4. The resulting figure equals 6. If your vehicle will be towing the available amount of cargo a trailer, the load from your and luggage load capacity. trailer will be transferred to For example, if the “XXX” your vehicle. Consult this amount equals 1400 lbs and manual to determine how this there will be five 150 lb reduces the available cargo passengers in your vehicle, and luggage load capacity of the amount of available cargo your vehicle. SeeTrailer and luggage load capacity is Towing on page 9‑77 for 650 lbs (1400 − 750 important information on (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). towing a trailer, towing safety 5. Determine the combined rules and trailering tips. Example 1 weight of luggage and cargo A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for being loaded on the vehicle. Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) That weight may not safely B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ exceed the available cargo 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg and luggage load capacity (300 lbs) calculated in Step 4. C. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight. Certification/Tire Label

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (750 lbs) (1,000 lbs) C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = A vehicle specific Certification/ 113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) Tire label is found on the rear Refer to your vehicle's tire and edge of the driver door. The loading information label for label shows the size of your specific information about vehicle's original tires and the your vehicle's capacity weight inflation pressures needed to and seating positions. obtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle. This is called Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Using heavier suspension (GVWR). The GVWR includes { WARNING components to get added the weight of the vehicle, all Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change your occupants, fuel, and cargo. heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer The Certification/Tire label also Vehicle Weight Rating to help you load your vehicle the tells you the maximum weights (GVWR), or either the right way. for the front and rear axles, maximum front or rear Gross If you put things inside your called Gross Axle Weight Rating Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). vehicle — like suitcases, tools, (GAWR). To find out the actual This can cause systems to packages, or anything loads on your front and rear break and change the way the else — they go as fast as the axles, you need to go to a weigh vehicle handles. This could vehicle goes. If you have to stop station and weigh your vehicle. cause loss of control and a or turn quickly, or if there is a Your dealer can help you with crash. Overloading can also crash, they will keep going. this. Be sure to spread out your shorten the life of the vehicle. load equally on both sides of the { WARNING centerline. Notice : Overloading the Things you put inside the vehicle may cause damage. Never exceed the GVWR for vehicle can strike and injure Repairs would not be covered your vehicle, or the GAWR for people in a sudden stop or by the vehicle warranty. Do either the front or rear axle. turn, or in a crash. not overload the vehicle. The Certification/Tire label also . Put things in the cargo The label will help you decide contains information about your area of the vehicle. Try to how much cargo and installed Front Axle Reserve Capacity. spread the weight evenly. equipment your truck can carry. And, if you do have a heavy (Continued) load, you should spread it out. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

. Avoid making hard stops for WARNING (Continued) Starting and the first 322 km (200 miles) or Operating so. During this time the new . Never stack heavier brake linings are not yet things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In broken in. Hard stops with inside the vehicle so that new linings can mean some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not premature wear and earlier the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it replacement. Follow this will perform better in the long run breaking-in guideline every . Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: time you get new brake unsecured child restraint . Keep the vehicle speed at linings. in the vehicle. 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for . Do not tow a trailer during . When you carry something the first 805 km (500 miles). break-in. See Trailer Towing inside the vehicle, secure . Do not drive at any one on page 9‑77 for the trailer it whenever you can. constant speed, fast or towing capabilities of the slow, for the first 805 km vehicle and more . Do not leave a seat folded (500 miles). Do not make information. down unless you need to. full-throttle starts. Avoid Following break‐in, engine speed downshifting to brake or and load can be gradually There is also important loading slow the vehicle. increased. information for off-road driving in this manual. See “Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” under Off-Road Driving on page 9‑6. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Adjustable Throttle and Before you start driving, fully press To shift out of P (Park), the ignition the brake pedal to confirm the must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ Brake Pedal adjustment is right for you. While ACCESSORY and the regular brake On vehicles with this feature, you driving, make only small pedal must be applied. can change the position of the adjustments. A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ throttle and brake pedals. The vehicle may have a memory LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is No adjustment to the pedals can function which lets pedal settings be stopped, turn the ignition switch to be made when the vehicle is in saved and recalled. See Power LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. R (Reverse) or while using cruise Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 for Retained Accessory Power (RAP) control. more information. will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on Ignition Positions page 9‑32. This position locks the ignition. It also locks the transmission on automatic transmission vehicles. The key can be removed in LOCK/OFF. The control used to adjust the Do not turn the engine off when the pedals is located on the instrument vehicle is moving. This will cause a panel below the climate control loss of power assist in the brake system. and steering systems and disable Press the bottom of the control to the airbags. move the pedals closer. Press the top of the control to move the pedals away. The ignition switch has four different positions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

In an emergency: key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this If you leave the key in the ACC/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady doesn't work, then the vehicle ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position pressure. Do not pump the needs service. with the engine off, the battery could brakes repeatedly. This may Notice: Using a tool to force the be drained. You may not be able to deplete power assist, requiring key to turn in the ignition could start the vehicle if the battery is increased brake pedal force. cause damage to the switch or allowed to drain for an extended period of time. 2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This break the key. Use the correct can be done while the vehicle is key, make sure it is all the way in, D (START): This is the position that moving. After shifting to neutral, and turn it only with your hand. starts the engine. When the engine firmly apply the brakes and steer If the key cannot be turned by starts, release the key. The ignition the vehicle to a safe location. hand, see your dealer. switch returns to ON/RUN for driving. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This to P (Park), and turn the ignition position lets things like the radio A warning tone will sound when to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with and the windshield wipers operate the driver door is opened and the an automatic transmission, the while the engine is off. Use this ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or shift lever must be in P (Park) to position if the vehicle must be LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the turn the ignition switch to the pushed or towed. ignition. LOCK/OFF position. C (ON/RUN): This position can Starting the Engine 4. Set the parking brake. See be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some Parking Brake on page 9‑51. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the instrument panel cluster warning hybrid supplement for more The steering can bind with the and indicator lights. The switch information. wheels turned off center. If this stays in this position when the happens, move the steering wheel engine is running. The transmission Move the shift lever to P (Park) or from right to left while turning the is also unlocked in this position on N (Neutral). The engine will not start automatic transmission vehicles. in any other position. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

Notice: Do not try to shift to not start and the key is held in the cranking motor, and drain the P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. START, cranking will be stopped battery. Wait at least 15 seconds If you do, you could damage the after 15 seconds to prevent between each try, to let the transmission. Shift to P (Park) cranking motor damage. To cranking motor cool down. only when the vehicle is stopped. prevent gear damage, this 2. If the engine does not start after system also prevents cranking if Starting Procedure 5‐10 seconds, especially in very the engine is already running. cold weather (below −18°C 1. With your foot off the accelerator Engine cranking can be stopped or 0°F), it could be flooded with pedal, turn the ignition to START. by turning the ignition switch to too much gasoline. Try pushing When the engine starts, let go of the ACC/ACCESSORY or the accelerator pedal all the way the key. The idle speed will go LOCK/OFF position. to the floor and holding it there down as the engine warms. Do When the Low Fuel warning as you hold the key in START not race the engine immediately lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL for up to a maximum of after starting it. Operate the LOW message is displayed in 15 seconds. Wait at least engine and transmission gently the Driver Information Center 15 seconds between each try, to to allow the oil to warm up and (DIC), the Computer‐Controlled allow the cranking motor to cool lubricate all moving parts. Cranking System is disabled to down. When the engine starts, The vehicle has a prevent possible vehicle let go of the key and accelerator. Computer-Controlled Cranking component damage. When this If the vehicle starts briefly but System. This feature assists in happens, hold the ignition switch then stops again, repeat these starting the engine and protects in the START position to steps. This clears the extra components. If the ignition key is continue engine cranking. gasoline from the engine. Do not turned to the START position, Notice: Cranking the engine for race the engine immediately and then released when the long periods of time, by returning after starting it. Operate the engine begins cranking, the the key to the START position engine and transmission gently engine will continue cranking immediately after cranking has until the oil warms up and for a few seconds or until the ended, can overheat and damage lubricates all moving parts. vehicle starts. If the engine does Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

Notice: The engine is designed to To Use the Engine Coolant work with the electronics in the Heater WARNING (Continued) vehicle. If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change 1. Turn off the engine. If the cord will not reach, use a the way the engine operates. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the heavy-duty three-prong extension Before adding electrical electrical cord. The cord is cord rated for at least 15 amps. equipment, check with your secured to the Engine dealer. If you do not, the engine Compartment Fuse Block with a 4. Before starting the engine, be might not perform properly. Any clip. Carefully remove the wire sure to unplug and store the resulting damage would not be tie which secures the electrical cord as it was before to keep it covered by the vehicle warranty. cord. Do not cut the away from moving engine parts. electrical cord. If you do not, it could be Engine Heater 3. Plug the cord into a normal, damaged. The engine coolant heater can grounded 110-volt AC outlet. The length of time the heater should provide easier starting and better remain plugged in depends on fuel economy during engine { WARNING several factors. Ask a dealer in the warm-up in cold weather conditions area where you will be parking the at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles Plugging the cord into an vehicle for the best advice on this. with an engine heater should be ungrounded outlet could cause an plugged in at least four hours before electrical shock. Also, the wrong starting. An internal thermostat in kind of extension cord could the plug-end of the cord may exist overheat and cause a fire. You which will prevent engine coolant could be seriously injured. Plug heater operation at temperatures the cord into a properly grounded above −18°C (0°F). three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park WARNING (Continued) Power (RAP) { WARNING The following vehicle accessories N (Neutral). If you are pulling a can be used for up to 10 minutes It can be dangerous to get out of trailer, see Driving Characteristics after the engine is turned off: the vehicle if the shift lever is not and Towing Tips on page 9‑73. Always set the parking brake. . Audio System fully in P (Park) with the parking . Power Windows brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the engine 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then . OnStar System (if equipped) running, the vehicle can move set the parking brake. . Sunroof (if equipped) suddenly. You or others could be See Parking Brake on page 9‑51 These features work when the injured. To be sure the vehicle will for more information. key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, use the steps 2. Move the shift lever into the ACCESSORY. Once the key is P (Park) position by pulling the that follow. If you have a turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, shift lever toward you and four-wheel drive transfer case the windows and sunroof continue moving it up as far as it will go. to work up to 10 minutes until any with a N (Neutral) position, and door is opened. The radio continues the transfer case is in N (Neutral), 3. Be sure the transfer case is in a to work for up to 10 minutes or until the vehicle will be free to roll, drive gear — not in N (Neutral). the driver door is opened. even if the shift lever is in 4. Turn the ignition key to P (Park). So, be sure the transfer LOCK/OFF. case is in a drive gear not in — 5. Remove the key and take it with (Continued) you. If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

Leaving the Vehicle With the If you have to leave the vehicle with This is called torque lock. To Engine Running the engine running, be sure your prevent torque lock, set the parking vehicle is in P (Park) and the brake and then shift into P (Park) { WARNING parking brake is firmly set before properly before you leave the driver you leave it. After you move the shift seat. To find out how, see Shifting It can be dangerous to leave the lever into P (Park), hold the regular Into Park on page 9‑32. vehicle with the engine running. brake pedal down. Then, see if you When you are ready to drive, move The vehicle could move suddenly can move the shift lever away from the shift lever out of P (Park) before P (Park) without first pulling it toward if the shift lever is not fully in you release the parking brake. you. If you can, it means that the P (Park) with the parking brake shift lever was not fully locked into If torque lock does occur, you may firmly set. P (Park). need to have another vehicle push If you have four-wheel drive and yours a little uphill to take some of the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Torque Lock the pressure from the parking pawl the vehicle will be free to roll, If you are parking on a hill and you in the transmission, then you will be even if the shift lever is in do not shift your transmission into able to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). So be sure the transfer P (Park) properly, the weight of P (Park). case is in a drive gear — not in the vehicle may put too much N (Neutral). force on the parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult And, if you leave the vehicle with to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). the engine running, it could overheat and even catch fire. You or others could be injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running unless you have to. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

Shifting Out of Park To shift out of P (Park) use the Parking Over Things following: This vehicle is equipped with an That Burn electronic shift lock release system. 1. Apply the brake pedal. The shift lock release is 2. Move the shift lever to the { WARNING designed to: desired position. Things that can burn could touch . Prevent ignition key removal If you still are unable to shift out of hot exhaust parts under the unless the shift lever is in P (Park): P (Park) with the shift lever vehicle and ignite. Do not park button fully released. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift over papers, leaves, dry grass, lever. or other things that can burn. . Prevent movement of the shift 2. While holding down the brake lever out of P (Park), unless the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ pedal, press the shift lever all Active Fuel Management® ACCESSORY and the regular the way into P (Park). brake pedal is applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the Vehicles with V8 engines may have desired position. Active Fuel Management™. This The shift lock release is always system allows the engine to operate functional except in the case of an If you are still having a problem on either all or half of its cylinders, uncharged or low voltage (less than shifting, then have the vehicle depending on the driving conditions. 9 volt) battery. serviced soon. If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting on page 10‑83 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

When less power is required, such Engine Exhaust as cruising at a constant vehicle WARNING (Continued) speed, the system will operate in . the half cylinder mode, allowing the { WARNING There are holes or openings vehicle to achieve better fuel in the vehicle body from economy. When greater power Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or after market demands are required, such as monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not accelerating from a stop, passing, seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. or merging onto a freeway, the can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or system will maintain full-cylinder even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is operation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: If the vehicle has an Active Fuel . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows Management™ indicator, see Driver with poor ventilation (parking completely down. Information Center (DIC) on garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired page 5‑27 for more information on that may block underbody immediately. using this display. airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle { WARNING { WARNING While Parked It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out If the vehicle has a four-wheel engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic drive transfer case with a to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully N (Neutral) position, and the in P (Park) with the parking brake transfer case is in N (Neutral), firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the vehicle may roll, even if the { WARNING Do not leave the vehicle when automatic transmission shift Idling a vehicle in an enclosed the engine is running unless you lever is in P (Park). So, be sure area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the the transfer case is in a drive dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can gear — not in N (Neutral). Always enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others set the parking brake. contains carbon monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when Follow the proper steps to be sure It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground, the vehicle will not move. See and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and Shifting Into Park on page 9‑32. move the shift lever to P (Park). engine in an enclosed area that If parking on a hill and pulling a has no fresh air ventilation. For trailer, see Driving Characteristics more information, see Engine and Towing Tips on page 9‑73. Exhaust on page 9‑35. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Automatic P (Park): This position locks the rear wheels. It is the best position WARNING (Continued) Transmission to use when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move always set the parking brake and If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the easily. When parked on a hill, move the shift lever to P (Park). hybrid supplement for more especially when the vehicle has a See Shifting Into Park on information. heavy load, you might notice an page 9‑32. If you are pulling a If the vehicle is has an automatic increase in the effort to shift out of trailer, see Driving Characteristics transmission, it has an electronic P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under and Towing Tips on page 9‑73. shift position indicator within the Shifting Into Park on page 9‑32 for instrument panel cluster. This more information. display comes on when the ignition { WARNING key is turned to the ON/RUN { WARNING position. If the vehicle has a four-wheel There are several different positions It is dangerous to get out of the drive transfer case with a for the shift lever. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully N (Neutral) position, and the in P (Park) with the parking brake transfer case is in N (Neutral), the firmly set. The vehicle can roll. vehicle will be free to roll — even Do not leave the vehicle when the if the shift lever is in P (Park). Be engine is running unless you sure the transfer case is in a drive have to. If you have left the gear, Two-Wheel Drive High or engine running, the vehicle can Four-Wheel Drive High or Heavy Duty 6-Speed Automatic move suddenly. You or others Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in Transmission Shown (Light could be injured. To be sure the N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park Duty Similar) vehicle will not move, even when on page 9‑32. Always set the you are on fairly level ground, parking brake. See “Range Selection Mode” under Manual Mode on page 9‑40. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

R (Reverse): Use this gear to D (Drive): This position is for back up. { WARNING normal driving. It provides the best Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) fuel economy. If you need more Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are: while the vehicle is moving engine is running at high speed is forward could damage the dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going less than about 55 km/h transmission. The repairs would firmly on the brake pedal, the (35 mph), push the accelerator not be covered by the vehicle vehicle could move very rapidly. pedal about halfway down. warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only You could lose control and hit . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or after the vehicle is stopped. people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all To rock the vehicle back and forth to into a drive gear while the engine the way down. get out of snow, ice, or sand without is running at high speed. By doing this, the vehicle shifts damaging the transmission, see If down to the next gear and has the Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑21. Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or more power. N (Neutral): In this position, the N (Neutral) with the engine D (Drive) can be used when towing engine does not connect with the running at high speed may a trailer, carrying a heavy load, wheels. To restart the engine when damage the transmission. The driving on steep hills, or for off-road the vehicle is already moving, use repairs would not be covered by driving. You might want to shift the N (Neutral) only. Also, use the vehicle warranty. Be sure the transmission to a lower gear N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is not running at high selection if the transmission shifts being towed. speed when shifting the vehicle. too often. Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding. See “Skidding” under Loss of Control on page 9‑6. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

The vehicle has a shift stabilization The transmission constantly makes 3 (Third): This position is also used feature that adjusts the transmission adjustments to improve vehicle for normal driving. It reduces vehicle shifting to the current driving performance according to how the speed more than D (Drive) without conditions in order to reduce rapid vehicle is being used, such as using the brakes. You might choose upshifts and downshifts. This shift with a heavy load or when the 3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when stabilization feature is designed to temperature changes. During this driving on hilly, winding roads, when determine, before making an adaptive shift control process, towing a trailer, so there is less upshift, if the engine is able to shifting might feel different as the shifting between gears and when maintain vehicle speed by analyzing transmission determines the best going down a steep hill. things such as vehicle speed, settings. 2 (Second): This position reduces throttle position, and vehicle load. When temperatures are very cold, vehicle speed even more than If the shift stabilization feature shifting could be delayed providing 3 (Third) without using the brakes. determines that a current vehicle more stable shifts until the engine You can use 2 (Second) on hills. speed cannot be maintained, the warms up. Shifts could be more It can help control vehicle speed as transmission does not upshift and noticeable with a cold transmission. you go down steep mountain roads, instead holds the current gear. In This difference in shifting is normal. but then you would also want to use some cases, this could appear to the brakes off and on. be a delayed shift, however the M (Manual Mode): This position transmission is operating normally. lets drivers select the range of gears If you manually select 2 (Second) in appropriate for current driving an automatic transmission, the The vehicle's transmission uses conditions. If the vehicle has this transmission will start in adaptive shift controls. Adaptive feature, see “Range Selection second gear. You can use this shift controls continually compares Mode” under Manual Mode on feature for reducing the speed of the key shift parameters to page 9‑40. rear wheels when you are trying to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored start the vehicle from a stop on in the transmissions computer. slippery road surfaces. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

1 (First): This position reduces Manual Mode To use this feature, do the following: vehicle speed without using the Range Selection Mode 1. Move the shift lever to brakes. You can use it for major/ M (Manual Mode). severe downgrades and off-road (Hydra-Matic® 6-Speed driving where the vehicle would Transmission) 2. Press the plus/minus buttons, otherwise accelerate due to located on the steering column steepness of grade. When you shift shift lever, to select the desired to 1 (First) it provides the lowest range of gears for the current gear appropriate to the vehicle's driving conditions. current road speed and continues to When M (Manual Mode) is selected downshift as the vehicle slows, a number displays next to the M, eventually downshifting to indicating the current gear. 1 (First) gear. Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) This number is the highest gear that Notice: Spinning the tires or The vehicle may have a Range can be used. However, the vehicle holding the vehicle in one place Selection Mode. The Range can automatically shift to lower on a hill using only the Selection Mode helps control the gears as it adjusts to driving accelerator pedal may damage vehicle's transmission and vehicle conditions. This means that all the transmission. The repair will speed while driving down hill or gears below that number are not be covered by the vehicle towing a trailer by letting you select available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, warranty. If you are stuck, do not a desired range of gears. 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are spin the tires. When stopping on automatically shifted by the vehicle, a hill, use the brakes to hold the but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until vehicle in place. the plus/minus button located on the steering column lever is used to change to the gear. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

Grade Braking is not available when vehicle is at a stop, select the Range Selection Mode is active. second gear range using Range See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑41. Selection Mode. This will limit While using Range Selection Mode, torque to the wheels after it detects Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul wheel slip, preventing the tires from Mode can be used. spinning. When Tow/Haul Mode is selected Notice: Spinning the tires or Tow/Haul Mode the tow/haul indicator light will holding the vehicle in one place come on. on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage The Tow/Haul Mode works with the the transmission. The repair will Autoride® feature, if the vehicle has not be covered by the vehicle this, to enhance the ride when warranty. If you are stuck, do not trailering or with a loaded vehicle. spin the tires. When stopping on See Continuous Damping Control a hill, use the brakes to hold the (CDC) on page 9‑54. vehicle in place. The vehicle has a Tow/Haul Mode. The selector button is located on the Low Traction Mode end of the column shift lever. You If the vehicle has the Hydra-Matic® can use this feature to assist when 6-Speed Automatic Transmission, towing or hauling a heavy load or if it has a Low Traction Mode that there is a need to charge a battery assists in vehicle acceleration when installed in a trailer. See Towing road conditions are slippery, such Equipment on page 9‑82 for more as with ice or snow. While the information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

Grade Braking (Hydra-Matic® Grade Braking monitors vehicle vehicle acceleration and deviation 6-Speed Automatic speed, acceleration, engine torque from desired speed to determine Transmission) and brake pedal usage. Using this the correct gear for the operating information, it detects when the condition. If vehicle speed is above The Grade Braking shift modes can truck is on a downhill grade and the the desired speed the transmission be activated by pressing the button driver desires to slow the vehicle by will downshift to slow the vehicle. on the end of the shift control lever. pressing the brake. If vehicle speed is near or below While in Range Selection Mode, Also see Towing Equipment on desired speed the trans will upshift, Grade Braking is deactivated allowing vehicle speed to increase. allowing the driver to select a page 9‑82 for more information. While in the Range Selection Mode, desired range of gears. Cruise Grade Braking ® Cruise Grade Braking is not Grade Braking is only active while (Hydra-Matic 6-Speed available. the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and Automatic Transmission) you are not in the Range Selection See “Range Selection Mode” under Cruise Grade Braking assists when Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed Manual Mode on page 9‑40. previously and Manual Mode on driving on a downhill grade. It maintains vehicle speed by page 9‑40 for more information on the Range Selection Mode. Grade automatically implementing a shift Braking assists in maintaining schedule that uses the engine and desired vehicle speeds when driving the transmission to slow the vehicle. on downhill grades by automatically Cruise Grade Braking operates implementing a shift schedule that while Cruise Control is engaged in utilizes the engine and transmission Tow/Haul Mode to assist in to slow the vehicle. This reduces maintaining vehicle speed under wear on the braking system and loaded vehicle conditions. It utilizes increases control of the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Drive Systems While driving on clean dry pavement Automatic Transfer Case and during tight turns, you may experience a vibration in the Four-Wheel Drive steering system. (Two Speed Automatic The vehicle has StabiliTrak®. Transfer Case) Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low will turn Traction Control and If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, ® you can send the engine's driving StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak power to all four wheels for extra System on page 9‑52. traction. Read the following before Front Axle using four-wheel drive. The front axle engages and Notice: Driving on clean, dry disengages automatically when you pavement in Four-Wheel Drive shift the transfer case. Some delay High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for for the axle to engage or disengage The transfer case knob is located to an extended period of time may is normal. the left of the instrument panel cause premature wear on the cluster. vehicle's powertrain. Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in Use this dial to shift into and out of Four-Wheel Drive High or four-wheel drive. Four-Wheel Drive Low for You can choose among five driving extended periods of time. settings: Indicator lights in the switches show you which setting you are in. The indicator lights will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition and the last chosen setting will stay on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

If the lights do not come on, you 4 (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use m { WARNING should take the vehicle to your the Four-Wheel Drive High position dealer for service. An indicator light when you need extra traction, such Shifting the transfer case to will flash while shifting. It will stay on as on snowy or icy roads or in most when the shift is completed. If for N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle off-road situations. This setting also to roll even if the transmission is some reason the transfer case engages your front axle to help in P (Park). You or someone else cannot make a requested shift, it will drive the vehicle. This is the best could be seriously injured. Be return to the last chosen setting. setting to use when plowing snow. sure to set the parking brake 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This before placing the transfer case in setting is used for driving in most setting also engages the front axle N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on street and highway situations. and delivers extra torque. You may page 9‑51. The front axle is not engaged in never need this setting. It sends two-wheel drive. This setting also maximum power to all four wheels. N (Neutral): Shift the vehicle's provides the best fuel economy. You might choose Four-Wheel Drive transfer case to N (Neutral) only Low if you are driving off-road in AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel when towing the vehicle. See deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, Drive): This setting is ideal for Recreational Vehicle Towing on and while climbing or descending use when road surface traction page 10 87 or Towing the Vehicle steep hills. ‑ conditions are variable. When on page 10‑87 for more information. driving the vehicle in AUTO, the The vehicle has StabiliTrak. Shifting If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE front axle is engaged, and the into Four-Wheel Drive Low will turn message stays on, you should take vehicle's power is sent to the front Traction Control and StabiliTrak off. the vehicle to your dealer for and rear wheels automatically See StabiliTrak® System on service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL based on driving conditions. Driving page 9‑52. in this mode results in slightly lower DRIVE” message under fuel economy than Two-Wheel Transmission Messages on Drive High. page 5‑44. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive Shifting Into Four-Wheel stopped flashing could damage High or AUTO (Automatic Drive Low the transfer case. To help avoid Four-Wheel Drive) When Four-Wheel Drive Low is damaging the vehicle, always wait Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel engaged, vehicle speed should for the Four-Wheel Drive Low Drive High or AUTO position. This be kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). indicator light to stop flashing can be done at any speed, except Extended high-speed operation before shifting the transmission when shifting from Four-Wheel in 4L may damage or shorten the into gear. Drive Low. The indicator light will life of the drivetrain. The vehicle may have significant flash while shifting. It will remain To shift to the Four-Wheel Drive engagement noise and bump when on when the shift is completed. Low position, the ignition must be in shifting between Four-Wheel Drive Low and Four-Wheel Drive High Shifting Into Two-Wheel ON/RUN and the vehicle must be ranges or from N (Neutral) while Drive High stopped or moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in the engine is running. Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel N (Neutral). The preferred method If the knob is turned to the Drive High position. This can be for shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Four-Wheel Drive Low position done at any speed, except when Low is to have the vehicle moving when the vehicle is in gear and/or shifting from Four-Wheel Drive Low. 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the moving more than 1.6 to 3.2 km/h See “Shifting Out of Four-Wheel knob to the Four-Wheel Drive Low (1 to 2 mph), the Four-Wheel Drive Drive Low” in this section for more position. You must wait for the Low indicator light will flash for information. Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator light 30 seconds and not complete the to stop flashing and remain on shift. After 30 seconds the transfer before shifting the transmission case will shift to Four-Wheel Drive into gear. High mode. With the vehicle moving Notice: Shifting the transmission less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the into gear before the Four-Wheel transmission in N (Neutral), attempt Drive Low indicator light has the shift again. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

Shifting Out of Four-Wheel damaging the vehicle, always wait Shifting into Neutral Drive Low for the Four-Wheel Drive Low To shift the transfer case to To shift from Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator light to stop flashing N (Neutral) do the following: to Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, before shifting the transmission into gear. 1. Make sure the vehicle is parked or Two-Wheel Drive High, the so that it will not roll. vehicle must be stopped or moving The vehicle may have significant less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the engagement noise and bump when 2. Set the parking brake and apply transmission in N (Neutral) and the shifting between Four-Wheel Drive the regular brake pedal. See ignition in ON/RUN. The preferred Low and Four-Wheel Drive High Parking Brake on page 9‑51 for method for shifting out of ranges or from N (Neutral) while more information. Four-Wheel Drive Low is to have the engine is running. 3. Start the vehicle or turn the your vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h If the knob is turned to the ignition to ON/RUN. (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, 4. Put the transmission in or Two-Wheel Drive High switch N (Neutral). or Two-Wheel Drive High position. position when the vehicle is in You must wait for the Four-Wheel gear and/or moving more than 5. Shift the transfer case to Drive High, AUTO, or Two-Wheel 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph), the Two-Wheel Drive High. Drive High indicator light to stop Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO or 6. Turn the transfer case dial flashing and remain on before Two-Wheel Drive High indicator light shifting the transmission into gear. clockwise to N (Neutral) until it will flash for 30 seconds but will not stops and hold it there until the Notice: Shifting the transmission complete the shift. With the vehicle N (Neutral) light starts blinking. into gear before the Four-Wheel moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) This will take at least Drive Low indicator light has and the transmission is in 10 seconds. Then slowly release stopped flashing could damage N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. the dial to the Four‐Wheel Drive the transfer case. To help avoid Low position. The N (Neutral) light will come on when the transfer case shift to N (Neutral) is complete. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

7. If the engine is running, verify 3. Turn the transfer case dial to the 5. Start the engine and shift the that the transfer case is in desired transfer case shift transmission to the desired N (Neutral) by shifting the position (Two-Wheel Drive High, position. transmission to R (Reverse) for Four-Wheel Drive High, Excessively shifting the transfer one second, then shift the or AUTO). case into or out of the different transmission to D (Drive) for After the transfer case has modes may cause the transfer case one second. shifted out of N (Neutral), the to enter the shift protection mode. 8. Turn the ignition to ACC/ N (Neutral) light will go out. This will protect the transfer case ACCESSORY, which will turn 4. Release the parking brake prior from possible damage and will only the engine off. to moving the vehicle. allow the transfer case to respond to one shift per 10 seconds. The 9. Place the transmission shift Notice: Shifting the transmission lever in P (Park). transfer case may stay in this mode into gear before the Four-Wheel for up to three minutes. 10. Release the parking brake prior Drive Low indicator light has to moving the vehicle. stopped flashing could damage Four-Wheel Drive (Single 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. the transfer case. To help avoid damaging the vehicle, always wait Speed Automatic Shifting Out of Neutral for the Four-Wheel Drive Low Transfer Case) To shift out of N Neutral do the indicator light to stop flashing If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, following: before shifting the transmission you can send the engine's driving into gear. 1. Set the parking brake and apply power to all four wheels for extra the regular brake pedal. traction. Read the following before using four-wheel drive. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off, and shift the transmission to N (Neutral). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

Notice: Driving on clean, dry Automatic Transfer Case You can choose among pavement in Four-Wheel Drive three driving settings: High for an extended period of Indicator lights in the switch show time may cause premature wear you which setting you are in. The on the vehicle's powertrain. Do indicator lights will come on briefly not drive on clean, dry pavement when you turn on the ignition and in Four-Wheel Drive High for the last chosen setting will stay on. extended periods of time. If the lights do not come on, you While driving on clean dry pavement should take the vehicle to your and during tight turns, you may dealer for service. An indicator light experience a vibration in the will flash while shifting. It will stay on steering system. when the shift is completed. If for some reason the transfer case Front Axle cannot make a requested shift, it will The front axle engages and The transfer case knob is located to return to the last chosen setting. disengages automatically when you the left of the instrument panel 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This shift the transfer case. Some delay cluster. for the axle to engage or disengage setting is used for driving in most is normal. Use this dial to shift into and out of street and highway situations. four-wheel drive. The front axle is not engaged in The vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive two-wheel drive. This setting also with StabiliTrak®. For information on provides the best fuel economy. StabiliTrak, see StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑52. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Service Four‐Wheel Drive Shifting Into Two-Wheel Drive): This setting is ideal for If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Drive High use when road surface traction message stays on, you should take Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel conditions are variable. When the vehicle to your dealer for Drive High position. This can be driving the vehicle in AUTO, the service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL done at any speed. The indicator front axle is engaged, and the DRIVE” message under light will flash while shifting. It will vehicle's power is sent to the front Transmission Messages on remain on when the shift is and rear wheels automatically page 5‑44. completed. based on driving conditions. Driving in this mode results in slightly lower Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive Excessively shifting the transfer fuel economy than Two-Wheel High or AUTO (Automatic case into or out of the different Drive High. Four-Wheel Drive) modes may cause the transfer case to enter the shift protection mode. Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use This will protect the transfer case Drive High or AUTO position. This the Four-Wheel Drive High position from possible damage and will only can be done at any speed. The when you need extra traction, such allow the transfer case to respond indicator light will flash while as on snowy or icy roads or in most to one shift per 10 seconds. The shifting. It will remain on when off-road situations. This setting also transfer case may stay in this the shift is completed. engages the front axle to help drive mode for up to three minutes. the vehicle. This is the best setting to use when plowing snow. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the System (ABS), an advanced the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the electronic braking system that helps ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. prevent a braking skid. pump or motor operating and feel ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster normal. vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or Braking in Emergencies the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. ABS allows the driver to steer and this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑24. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

Parking Brake Notice: Driving with the parking Brake Assist brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature This vehicle has a brake assist wear or damage to brake system feature designed to assist the driver parts. Make sure that the parking in stopping or decreasing vehicle brake is fully released and the speed in emergency driving brake warning light is off before conditions. This feature uses the driving. stability system hydraulic brake control module to supplement the To release the parking brake, hold power brake system under the regular brake pedal down, then conditions where the driver has push down momentarily on the quickly and forcefully applied the parking brake pedal until you feel brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the pedal release. Slowly pull your stop or slow down the vehicle. The foot up off the parking brake pedal. stability system hydraulic brake If the parking brake is not released Set the parking brake by holding the control module increases brake when you begin to drive, the brake regular brake pedal down, then pressure at each corner of the system warning light will flash and a pushing down the parking brake vehicle until the ABS activates. chime will sound warning you that pedal. Minor brake pedal pulsation or the parking brake is still on. pedal movement during this time is If the ignition is on, the brake If you are towing a trailer and are normal and the driver should system warning light will come on. parking on a hill, see Driving continue to apply the brake pedal See Brake System Warning Light on Characteristics and Towing Tips on as the driving situation dictates. page 5‑23. page 9‑73. The brake assist feature will automatically disengage when the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Ride Control Systems system should initialize before the appear on the Driver Information vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph). Center (DIC), the vehicle should be ® In some cases, it may take taken in for service. For more StabiliTrak System approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of information on the DIC messages, The vehicle has a vehicle stability driving before the system initializes. see Driver Information Center (DIC) enhancement system called If cruise control is being used when on page 5‑27. StabiliTrak. It is an advanced StabiliTrak activates, the cruise computer-controlled system that control automatically disengages. assists the driver with directional The cruise control can be control of the vehicle in difficult re-engaged when road conditions driving conditions. allow. See Cruise Control on StabiliTrak activates when the page 9‑55. computer senses a discrepancy If the system fails to turn on or The StabiliTrak light will flash on the between the intended path and the activate, the StabiliTrak light along instrument panel cluster when the direction the vehicle is actually with one of the following messages system is both on and activated. traveling. StabiliTrak selectively will be displayed on the Driver applies braking pressure at any one Information Center (DIC): The system may be heard or felt of the vehicle's brakes to assist the TRACTION CONTROL OFF, while it is working; this is normal. driver with keeping the vehicle on SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL, the intended path. STABILITRAK OFF, SERVICE When the vehicle is started and STABILITRAK. If these DIC begins to move, the system messages appear, make sure the performs several diagnostic checks StabiliTrak system has not been to insure there are no problems. turned off using the StabiliTrak on/ The system may be heard or felt off button. Then turn the vehicle off, while it is working. This is normal wait 15 seconds, and then turn it The traction control disable button is and does not mean there is a back on again to reset the system. located on the instrument panel. problem with the vehicle. The If any of these messages still Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

The traction control part of When the traction control system Traction Control Operation StabiliTrak can be turned off by has been turned off, system noises The traction control system is part of pressing and releasing the may still be heard as a result of the the StabiliTrak system. Traction StabiliTrak button if both systems brake-traction control coming on. control limits wheel spin by reducing (traction control and StabiliTrak) It is recommended to leave the engine power to the wheels (engine were previously on. To disable both system on for normal driving speed management) and by TCS and StabiliTrak, press and 5 conditions, but it may be necessary applying brakes to each individual hold until F illuminates and the to turn the system off if the vehicle wheel (brake-traction control) as appropriate DIC message displays. is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, necessary. and you want to rock the vehicle to Traction control and StabiliTrak “ ” The traction control system is attempt to free it. It may also be can be turned on by pressing and enabled automatically when the necessary to turn off the system releasing the StabiliTrak button if vehicle is started. It will activate and when driving in extreme off-road they are not automatically shut off the StabiliTrak light will flash if it conditions where high wheel spin is for any other reason. senses that any of the wheels are required. See If the Vehicle is Stuck spinning or beginning to lose When the traction control system on page 9‑21. (TCS) or StabiliTrak system is traction while driving. If traction turned off, the StabiliTrak light When the transfer case is in 4LO, control is turned off, only the and the appropriate TCS off or the stability system is automatically brake-traction control portion of StabiliTrak off message will be disabled, the StabiliTrak light comes traction control will work. The displayed on the DIC to warn the on, and the STABILITRAK OFF engine speed management will be driver. The vehicle will still have message will appear on the DIC. disabled. In this mode, engine brake-traction control when traction Both traction control and StabiliTrak power is not reduced automatically control is off, but will not be able to are automatically disabled in this and the driven wheels can spin use the engine speed management condition. more freely. This can cause the system. See “Traction Control brake-traction control to activate Operation” next for more constantly. information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle StabiliTrak may also turn off Autoride is fully automatic and is allowed to spin excessively automatically if it determines that a uses a computer controller to while the StabiliTrak®, ABS, brake problem exists with the system. continuously monitor vehicle speed, warning lights, and any relevant If the problem does not clear itself wheel to body position, lift/dive, DIC messages are displayed, the after restarting the vehicle, see your and steering position of the vehicle. transfer case could be damaged. dealer for service. The controller then sends signals The repairs would not be covered to each shock absorber to by the vehicle warranty. Reduce Locking Rear Axle independently adjust the damping engine power and do not spin the level to provide the optimum wheel(s) excessively while these Vehicles with a locking rear axle can vehicle ride. give more traction on snow, mud, lights and messages are Autoride also interact with the tow/ displayed. ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a standard axle most of the time, but haul mode that, when activated, will The traction control system may when traction is low, this feature will provide additional control of the activate on dry or rough roads or allow the rear wheel with the most shock absorbers. This additional under conditions such as heavy traction to move the vehicle. control results in better ride and acceleration while turning or abrupt handling characteristics when the upshifts/downshifts of the Continuous Damping vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer. transmission. When this happens, a See “Tow/Haul Mode” under Trailer reduction in acceleration may be Control (CDC) Towing on page 9‑77 for more noticed, or a noise or vibration may This vehicle may have a continuous information. be heard. This is normal. damping control system called ® If cruise control is being used when Autoride . With this feature, Automatic Level Control improved vehicle ride and handling the system activates, the StabiliTrak The automatic level control rear is provided under a variety of light will flash and cruise control will suspension is available on light duty passenger and loading conditions. ‐ automatically disengage. Cruise vehicles and comes as a part of the control may be reengaged when Continuous Damping Control (CDC) road conditions allow. See Cruise suspension, if equipped. Control on page 9‑55. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

This type of level control is fully Cruise Control If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the automatic and will provide a better system begins to limit wheel spin, leveled riding position as well as cruise control will automatically better handling under a variety of { WARNING disengage. See StabiliTrak® System passenger and loading conditions. on page 9‑52. When road conditions An air compressor connected to the Cruise control can be dangerous allow the cruise control to be safely rear shocks will raise or lower the where you cannot drive safely at used again, it can be turned rear of the vehicle to maintain a steady speed. So, do not use back on. proper vehicle height. The system is the cruise control on winding activated when the ignition key is roads or in heavy traffic. turned to ON/RUN and will Cruise control can be dangerous automatically adjust vehicle height on slippery roads. On such roads, thereafter. The system may exhaust fast changes in tire traction can (lower vehicle height) for up to cause excessive wheel slip, and ten minutes after the ignition key you could lose control. Do not use has been turned off. You may hear cruise control on slippery roads. the air compressor operating when the height is being adjusted. With cruise control, a speed of If a weight‐distributing hitch is being used, it is recommended to allow about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can the shocks to inflate, thereby be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting The cruise control buttons are the hitch. control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). located on left side of the steering wheel. When the brakes are applied, cruise control is turned off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

I (On/Off): Press to turn the The cruise control light on the Once the vehicle speed reaches system on or off. The indicator light instrument panel cluster comes on about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, is on when cruise control is on and after the cruise control has been set press the +RES button on the turns off when cruise control is off. to the desired speed. steering wheel. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed and stays +RES (Resume/Accelerate): 1. Press the I button. there. Press briefly to make the vehicle 2. Get up to the desired speed. resume to a previously set speed, Increasing Speed While Using or press and hold to accelerate. 3. Press the SET− button located Cruise Control on the steering wheel and SET− (Set/Coast): Press to set the If the cruise control system is release it. speed and activate cruise control or already activated, make the vehicle decelerate. 4. Take your foot off the . Press and hold the +RES button accelerator. [ (Cancel): Press to disengage on the steering wheel until the cruise control without erasing the Resuming a Set Speed desired speed is reached, then set speed from memory. release it. If the cruise control is set at a Setting Cruise Control desired speed and then the brakes . To increase vehicle speed in are applied, the cruise control is small amounts, press the If the cruise button is on when not in disengaged without erasing the set +RES button. Each time this is use, it could get bumped and go into speed from memory. done, the vehicle goes about cruise when not desired. Keep the 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

Reducing Speed While Using Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control Cruise Control Using Cruise Control There are three ways to end cruise If the cruise control system is Use the accelerator pedal to control: already activated, increase the vehicle speed. When . To disengage cruise control, you take your foot off the pedal, the . Press and hold the SET– button step lightly on the brake pedal. on the steering wheel until the vehicle will slow down to the . [ desired lower speed is reached, previous set cruise speed. Press the on the steering then release it. Using Cruise Control on Hills wheel. . . To slow down in small amounts, How well the cruise control will work To turn off the cruise control, press the SET– button on the on hills depends upon the vehicle press I on the steering wheel. steering wheel briefly. Each time speed, load, and the steepness of Erasing Speed Memory this is done, the vehicle goes the hills. When going up steep hills, about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. you might have to step on the The cruise control set speed is accelerator pedal to maintain the erased from memory by pressing vehicle speed. When going the I button or if the ignition is downhill, you might have to brake or turned off. shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle speed down. When the brakes are applied the cruise control is disengaged. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

How the System Works Object Detection { WARNING Systems URPA comes on automatically The Ultrasonic Rear Parking when the shift lever is moved into Ultrasonic Parking Assist Assist (URPA) system does not R (Reverse). A single tone sounds replace driver vision. It cannot to indicate the system is working. For vehicles with the Ultrasonic detect: URPA operates only at speeds less Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, . Objects that are below the than 5 mph (8 km/h). it operates at speeds less than bumper, underneath the 8 km/h (5 mph), and assists the An obstacle is indicated by audible vehicle, or too close or far driver with parking and avoiding beeps. The interval between the from the vehicle. objects while in R (Reverse). The beeps becomes shorter as the sensors on the rear bumper are . Children, pedestrians, vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. used to detect the distance to an bicyclists, or pets. When the distance is less than object up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the 30 cm (12 in) the beeps are If you do not use proper care continuous. vehicle, and at least 25.4 cm (10 in) before and while backing, vehicle off the ground. damage, injury, or death could To be detected, objects must be at occur. Even with URPA, always least 25.4 cm (10 in) off the ground and below liftgate level. Objects check behind the vehicle before must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from backing up. While backing, be the rear bumper. This distance may sure to look for objects and check be less during warmer or humid the vehicle's mirrors. weather. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this . A trailer was attached to the message occurs, take the vehicle to vehicle, or a bicycle or an object your dealer to repair the system. was hanging out of the liftgate during the last drive cycle. Once PARK ASSIST OFF: This message the attached object is removed, occurs if the driver disables the URPA will return to normal system. operation. The system can be disabled by PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE pressing the rear park aid disable . A tow bar is attached to the OWNERS MANUAL: This button located next to the radio. vehicle. message can occur under the The indicator light will come on and following conditions: . The vehicle's bumper is PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the damaged. Take the vehicle to . The ultrasonic sensors are not Driver Information Center (DIC) to your dealer to repair the system. clean. Keep the vehicle's rear indicate that URPA is off, see Object bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, . Other conditions may affect Detection System Messages on ice and slush. For cleaning system performance, such as page 5‑41. instructions, see “Washing the vibrations from a jackhammer or When the System Does Not Vehicle” under Exterior Care on the compression of air brakes on Seem to Work Properly page 10‑93. a very large truck. If the URPA system will not activate . The park assist sensors are due to a temporary condition, the covered by frost or ice. Frost or messages PARK ASSIST OFF or ice can form around and behind PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE the sensors and may not always OWNERS MANUAL will be be seen; this can occur after displayed on the DIC. washing the vehicle in cold weather. The message may not clear until the frost or ice has melted. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

Side Blind Zone When the system detects a vehicle each side mirror and goes back in the side blind zone, amber SBZA approximately 5.0 m (16 ft). The Alert (SBZA) displays light up in the side mirrors. height of the zone is approximately The vehicle may have a Side Blind This indicates that it may be unsafe between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and Zone Alert (SBZA) system. Read to change lanes. Before making a 2.0 m (6 ft) off the ground. this entire section before using the lane change, always check the Use caution while changing lanes system. SBZA display, check the outside when towing a trailer, as the SBZA and rearview mirrors, look over your detection zones do not change { WARNING shoulder for vehicles and hazards, when a trailer is towed. and use the turn signal. SBZA is only a lane changing aid How the System Works and does not replace driver vision. SBZA does not detect: . Vehicles outside the side blind zones which may be rapidly approaching. . Pedestrians, bicyclists, Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror or animals. Display Display

Failure to use proper care when When the vehicle is started, both changing lanes may result in outside mirror displays will briefly damage to the vehicle, injury, come on to indicate that the system or death. Always check the is operating. When the vehicle is SBZA Detection Zones outside and rearview mirrors, moving forward, the left or right side glance over your shoulder, and The SBZA sensor covers a zone mirror SBZA display will light up if a use the turn signal before of approximately one lane over vehicle is detected in that blind changing lanes. from both sides of the vehicle, zone. If the turn signal is activated 3.5 m (11 ft). This zone starts at and a vehicle is also detected on Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

the same side, the SBZA display will missed alert. The number of missed The SBZA displays may remain on flash to give you extra warning not alerts will increase with increased if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, to change lanes. rainfall or road spray. or a bicycle or object is extending SBZA displays do not come on If the SBZA displays do not light up out to either side of the vehicle. while the vehicle is approaching or when the system is on and vehicles When SBZA is disabled for any passing other vehicles. At speeds are in the blind zone, the system reason other than the driver turning greater then 32 km/h (20 mph), may need service. Take the vehicle it off, the driver will not be able to SBZA displays may come on when to your dealer. turn SBZA back on using the DIC. a vehicle you have passed remains SBZA is designed to ignore The SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT ON in or drops back into the stationary objects; however, the option will not be selectable if the detection zone. system may occasionally light up conditions for normal system SBZA can be disabled through the due to guard rails, signs, trees, operation are not met. Until normal Driver Information Center (DIC). See shrubs, and other stationary objects. operating conditions for SBZA are Driver Information Center (DIC) on This is normal system operation, the met, you should not rely upon SBZA while driving. page 5‑27 for more information. vehicle does not need service. If the SBZA is disabled by the SBZA does not operate when the SBZA Error Messages driver, the SBZA mirror displays will left or right corners of the rear not light up during normal driving. The following messages may bumper are covered with mud, appear in the DIC: When the System Does Not Seem dirt, snow, ice, slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT To Work Properly SYSTEM OFF: This message instructions, see “Washing the Occasional missed alerts can occur indicates that the driver has turned Vehicle” under Exterior Care on under normal circumstances and will the system off. page 10‑93. If the DIC still displays increase in wet conditions. The the SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS. system does not need to be UNAVAILABLE message after serviced due to an occasional cleaning the bumper, see your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS. FCC Information Rear Vision UNAVAILABLE: This message See Radio Frequency Statement on indicates that the SBZA system is Camera (RVC) page 13 18 for information disabled either because the sensor ‑ This vehicle may have a Rear regarding Part 15 of the Federal is blocked and cannot detect Vision Camera system. Read this Communications Commission (FCC) vehicles in your blind zone, or the entire section before using it. rules and Industry Canada vehicle is passing through an open Standards RSS-210/220/310. field of view area, such as the { WARNING desert, where there is insufficient Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz – data for operation. The sensor may 24.25GHz The Rear Vision Camera (RVC) be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, Field Strength: Not greater than system does not replace driver slush, or even heavy rainstorms. 2.5V/m peak (0.25V/m average) at a vision. RVC does not: This message may also activate distance of 3m during heavy rain or due to road . Detect objects that are spray. The vehicle does not need The manufacturer is not responsible outside the camera's field of service. For cleaning, see “Washing for any radio or TV interference view, below the bumper, the Vehicle” under Exterior Care on caused by unauthorized or underneath the vehicle. page 10‑93. modifications to this equipment. . Detect children, pedestrians, Such modifications could void the bicyclists, or pets. SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE user's authority to operate the ALERT SYSTEM: If this message equipment. Do not back the vehicle by only appears, both SBZA displays will looking at the RVC screen, or use remain on indicating there is a the screen during longer, higher problem with the SBZA system. speed backing maneuvers or If these displays remain on after where there could be cross-traffic. continued driving, the system needs service. Take the vehicle to your (Continued) dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Driving and Operating 9-63

When the key is in the ON/RUN Vehicles With Navigation WARNING (Continued) position and the driver shifts the System vehicle into R (Reverse), the video Your judged distances using the image automatically appears on the The rear vision camera system is screen will differ from actual inside rear view mirror. Once the designed to help the driver when distances. driver shifts out of R (Reverse), backing up by displaying a view of the video image automatically the area behind the vehicle. When If you do not use proper care the driver shifts the vehicle into before backing up, you could disappears from the inside rear view mirror. R (Reverse), the video image hit a vehicle, child, pedestrian, automatically appears on the bicyclist, or pet, resulting in Turning the Rear Vision Camera navigation screen. Once the driver vehicle damage, injury, or death. System Off or On shifts out of R (Reverse), the Even though the vehicle has the To turn off the rear vision camera navigation screen will go back to the RVC system, always check last screen that had been displayed, carefully before backing up by system, press and hold z, located after a delay. checking behind and around the on the inside rearview mirror, until vehicle. the left indicator light turns off. The Turning the Rear Vision Camera rear camera vision display is now System On or Off disabled. To turn the rear vision camera Vehicles Without Navigation To turn the rear vision camera system on or off: System system on again, press and hold z 1. Shift into P (Park). The rear vision camera system is until the left indicator light 2. Press the MENU button to enter designed to help the driver when illuminates. The rear vision camera the configure menu options, then backing up by displaying a view system display is now enabled and of the area behind the vehicle. press the MENU hard key to the display will appear in the mirror select Display or touch the normally. Display screen button. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

9-64 Driving and Operating

3. Select the Rear Camera Options The delay can be cancelled by _ (Contrast): Touch the + (plus) screen button. The Rear Camera performing one of the following: or – (minus) screen buttons to Options screen will display. . Pressing a hard key on the increase or decrease the contrast of navigation system. the screen. . Shifting in to P (Park). Symbols . Reach a vehicle speed of The navigation system may have a 5 mph (8 km/h). feature that lets the driver view symbols on the navigation screen There is a message on the rear while using the rear vision camera. vision camera screen that states The Ultrasonic Rear Park Assist Check Surroundings for Safety. “ ” (URPA) system must not be Adjusting the Brightness and disabled to use the caution symbols. Contrast of the Screen If URPA has been disabled and the symbols have been turned on, the To adjust the brightness and Rear Parking Assist Symbols contrast of the screen, press the Unavailable error message may 4. Select the Video screen button. MENU button while the rear vision display. See Ultrasonic Parking When the Video screen button is camera image is on the display. Any Assist on page 9 58. highlighted the RVC adjustments made will only affect ‑ system is on. the rear vision camera screen. The symbols appear when an object has been detected by the URPA The delay that is received after ] (Brightness): Touch the + (plus) system. The symbol may cover the shifting out of R (Reverse) or (minus) screen buttons to – object when viewing the navigation is approximately 10 seconds. increase or decrease the brightness screen. of the screen. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Driving and Operating 9-65

To turn the symbols on or off: Rear Vision Camera Error The camera uses a special lens. 1. Make sure that URPA has not Messages The distance of the image that been disabled. appears on the screen differs from Service Rear Vision Camera the actual distance. The area 2. Shift into P (Park). System: This message can display displayed by the camera is limited. when the system is not receiving 3. Press the MENU hard key to The camera does not display information it requires from other objects which are close to either enter the configure menu vehicle systems. options, then press the MENU corner of the bumper or under the hard key repeatedly until Display If any other problem occurs or if a bumper. The area displayed on the is selected or touch the Display problem persists, see your dealer. screen can vary according to screen button. vehicle orientation or road Rear Vision Camera Location conditions. 4. Select the Rear Camera Options screen button. The Rear Camera Options screen will display. 5. Touch the Symbols screen button. The screen button will be highlighted when on.

The image is provided by the camera located above the license plate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

9-66 Driving and Operating

The following illustration shows the When the System Does Not The rear vision camera system field of view that the camera Seem To Work Properly display in the rearview mirror may provides. turn off or not appear as expected The rear vision camera system due to one of the following might not work properly or display a conditions. If this occurs the left clear image if: indicator light on the mirror will . The RVC is turned off. See flash. “Turning the Rear Camera . A slow flash may indicate a loss System On or Off” earlier in this of video signal, or no video section. signal present during the reverse . It is dark. cycle. . The sun or the beam of . A fast flash may indicate that the headlights is shining directly into display has been on for the the camera lens. maximum allowable time during a reverse cycle, or the display . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else has reached an Over builds up on the camera lens. Temperature limit. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft The fast flash conditions are cloth. used to protect the video device from high temperature . The back of the vehicle is in an conditions. Once conditions accident, the position and return to normal the device will mounting angle of the camera reset and the green indicator will can change or the camera can stop flashing. be affected. Be sure to have the camera and its position and A. View displayed by the camera. mounting angle checked at your B. Corner of the rear bumper. dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Driving and Operating 9-67

During any of these fault conditions, Fuel the display will be blank and the indicator will continue to flash as Use of the recommended fuel is an long as the vehicle is in R (Reverse) important part of the proper or until the conditions return to maintenance of this vehicle. To help normal. keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance, we Pressing and holding z when the recommend the use of gasoline left indicator light is flashing will turn advertised as TOP TIER Detergent off the video display along with the Gasoline. left indicator light. Look for the TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets enhanced detergency standards The eighth digit of the Vehicle developed by auto companies. A list Identification Number (VIN) shows of marketers providing TOP TIER the code letter or number that Detergent Gasoline can be found at identifies the vehicle's engine. www.toptiergas.com. The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel. See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) on page 12‑1. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge and a yellow fuel cap can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

9-68 Driving and Operating

See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on Some gasolines contain an If it is determined that the condition page 9‑69. For all other vehicles, octane-enhancing additive called is caused by the type of fuel used, use only the unleaded gasoline methylcyclopentadienyl manganese repairs might not be covered by the described under Recommended tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend vehicle warranty. Fuel on page 9‑68. against the use of gasolines containing MMT. See Fuel Additives Fuels in Foreign Recommended Fuel on page 9‑68 for additional Countries information. Use regular unleaded gasoline with Never use leaded gasoline or any a posted octane rating of 87 or California Fuel other fuel not recommended in the higher. If the octane rating is less previous text on fuel. Costly repairs than 87, an audible knocking noise, Requirements caused by use of improper fuel commonly referred to as spark If the vehicle is certified to meet would not be covered by the vehicle knock, might be heard when driving. California Emissions Standards, it is warranty. If this occurs, use a gasoline rated designed to operate on fuels that at 87 octane or higher as soon as To check the fuel availability, ask an meet California specifications. See auto club, or contact a major oil possible. If heavy knocking is heard the underhood emission control when using gasoline rated at company that does business in the label. If this fuel is not available in country where you will be driving. 87 octane or higher, the engine states adopting California Emissions needs service. Standards, the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives Gasoline Specifications federal specifications, but emission To provide cleaner air, all gasolines (U.S. and Canada Only) control system performance might in the United States are now be affected. The malfunction required to contain additives that At a minimum, gasoline should indicator lamp could turn on and the help prevent engine and fuel system meet ASTM specification D 4814 vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. deposits from forming, allowing the in the United States or CAN/ See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on emission control system to work CGSB 3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. ‐ page 5‑20. If this occurs, return to properly. In most cases, nothing your authorized dealer for diagnosis. should have to be added to the fuel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Driving and Operating 9-69

However, some gasolines contain Gasolines containing oxygenates, fuel contains MMT. We recommend only the minimum amount of such as ethers and ethanol, and against the use of such gasolines. additive required to meet U.S. reformulated gasolines might be Fuels containing MMT can reduce Environmental Protection Agency available in your area. We spark plug life and affect emission regulations. To help keep fuel recommend that you use these control system performance. The injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the malfunction indicator lamp might and avoid problems due to dirty specifications described earlier. turn on. If this occurs, return to your injectors or valves, look for gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and dealer for service. that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 10% ethanol must not be used in Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge detergency standards developed and a yellow fuel cap can use either Notice: This vehicle was not unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel by the auto companies. A list of designed for fuel that contains marketers providing TOP TIER containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). methanol. Do not use fuel For all other vehicles, use only the Detergent Gasoline can be found containing methanol. It can at www.toptiergas.com. unleaded gasoline described under corrode metal parts in the fuel Recommended Fuel on page 9‑68. For customers who do not use TOP system and also damage plastic TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and rubber parts. That damage We encourage the use of E85 in one bottle of GM Fuel System would not be covered under the vehicles that are designed to use it. Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicle warranty. The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” fuel, meaning it is made from tank at every engine oil change, Some gasolines that are can help clean deposits from fuel renewable sources such as corn not reformulated for low and other crops. injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel emissions can contain an System Treatment PLUS is the only octane-enhancing additive called Many service stations will not have gasoline additive recommended by methylcyclopentadienyl manganese an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump General Motors. It is available at tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant available. The U.S. Department of your dealer. where you buy gasoline whether the Energy has an alternative fuels Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

9-70 Driving and Operating

website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ and heater efficiency below 0°C Notice: This vehicle was not locator/stations/) that can help you (32°F), the fuel mix in the fuel tank designed for fuel that contains find E85 fuel. Those stations that do should contain no more than methanol. Do not use fuel have E85 should have a label 70% ethanol. It is best not to containing methanol. It can indicating ethanol content. Do not alternate repeatedly between corrode metal parts in the fuel use the fuel if the ethanol content is gasoline and E85. If you do switch system and also damage plastic greater than 85%. fuels, it is recommended that you and rubber parts. That damage At a minimum, E85 should meet add as much fuel as possible — do would not be covered under the ASTM Specification D 5798. By not add less than 11 L (3 gal) when vehicle warranty. definition, this means that fuel refueling. You should drive the labeled E85 will have an ethanol vehicle immediately after refueling Filling the Tank content between 70% and 85%. for at least 11 km (7 mi) to allow the Filling the fuel tank with fuel vehicle to adapt to the change in { WARNING mixtures that do not meet ASTM ethanol concentration. specifications can affect driveability E85 has less energy per Fuel vapor burns violently and a and could cause the malfunction liter (gallon) than gasoline, so you fuel fire can cause bad injuries. indicator lamp to come on. will need to refill the fuel tank more To help avoid injuries to you and To ensure quick starts in the often when using E85 than when others, read and follow all the wintertime, the E85 fuel must be you are using gasoline. See Filling instructions on the fuel pump formulated properly for your climate the Tank on page 9‑70. island. Turn off the engine when according to ASTM specification Notice: Some additives are not refueling. Do not smoke near fuel D 5798. If you have trouble starting compatible with E85 fuel and can or when refueling the vehicle. Do on E85, it could be because the harm the vehicle's fuel system. not use cellular phones. Keep E85 fuel is not properly formulated Do not add anything to E85. sparks, flames, and smoking for your climate. If this happens, Damage caused by additives materials away from fuel. Do not switching to gasoline or adding would not be covered by the leave the fuel pump unattended gasoline to the fuel tank can vehicle warranty. (Continued) improve starting. For good starting Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Driving and Operating 9-71

E85 or gasoline can be used. WARNING (Continued) See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on { WARNING page 9‑69. when refueling the vehicle. This is Fuel can spray out on you if you against the law in some places. open the fuel cap too quickly. Do not re-enter the vehicle while If you spill fuel and then pumping fuel. Keep children away something ignites it, you could be from the fuel pump; never let badly burned. This spray can children pump fuel. happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop. Then unscrew the cap all the way.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a To open the fuel door, push the few seconds after you have finished rearward center edge in and release pumping before removing the and it will open. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See To remove the fuel cap, turn it Exterior Care on page 10 93. slowly counterclockwise. The fuel ‑ cap has a spring in it; if the cap is When replacing the fuel cap, insert released too soon, it will spring back the tether in its hole before The tethered fuel cap is located to the right. tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap behind a hinged fuel door on the clockwise until it clicks. It will require While refueling, hang the tethered driver side of the vehicle. If the more effort to turn the fuel cap on fuel cap from the hook on the vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the the last turn as you tighten it. Make fuel door. fuel cap will be yellow and state that sure the cap is fully installed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

9-72 Driving and Operating

The diagnostic system can Notice: If a new fuel cap is determine if the fuel cap has been needed, be sure to get the right WARNING (Continued) left off or improperly installed. This type of cap from your dealer. The would allow fuel to evaporate into wrong type of fuel cap might not and the vehicle damaged if this the atmosphere. See Malfunction fit properly, might cause the occurs. To help avoid injury to you Indicator Lamp on page 5‑20. malfunction indicator lamp to and others: light, and could damage the fuel If the vehicle has a Driver . Dispense fuel only into tank and emissions system. See Information Center (DIC), the approved containers. TIGHTEN GAS CAP message Malfunction Indicator Lamp on . Do not fill a container while it displays if the fuel cap is not page 5‑20. is inside a vehicle, in a properly installed. Filling a Portable Fuel vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, or on any surface other than { WARNING Container the ground.

. If a fire starts while you are { WARNING Bring the fill nozzle in contact refueling, do not remove the with the inside of the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel Never fill a portable fuel container opening before operating the by shutting off the pump or by while it is in the vehicle. Static nozzle. Contact should be notifying the station attendant. electricity discharge from the maintained until the filling is complete. Leave the area immediately. container can ignite the fuel vapor. You can be badly burned . Do not smoke while (Continued) pumping fuel. . Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Driving and Operating 9-73

Towing For information on towing a disabled . Do not tow a trailer at all during vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on the first 800 km (500 miles) the page 10‑87. For information on new vehicle is driven. The General Towing towing the vehicle behind another engine, axle or other parts could Information vehicle such as a motor home, see be damaged. Recreational Vehicle Towing on . Only use towing equipment that has Then, during the first 800 km page 10 87. been designed for the vehicle. ‑ (500 miles) that a trailer is Contact your dealer or trailering towed, do not drive over 80 km/h dealer for assistance with preparing Driving Characteristics (50 mph) and do not make starts the vehicle for towing a trailer. and Towing Tips at full throttle. This helps the engine and other parts of the See the following trailer towing Pulling a Trailer vehicle wear in at the heavier information in this section: Here are some important points: loads. . For information on driving while . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). towing a trailer, see “Driving . There are many different laws, including speed limit restrictions, Shift the transmission to a lower Characteristics and gear if the transmission shifts Towing Tips.” having to do with trailering. Make sure the rig will be legal, too often under heavy loads and/ . For maximum vehicle and trailer not only where you live but also or hilly conditions. weights, see “Trailer Towing.” where you will be driving. . If the vehicle has the Side Blind . For information on equipment to A good source for this Zone Alert (SBZA) system and it tow a trailer, see “Towing information can be state or doesn't seem to be working Equipment.” provincial police. properly while pulling a trailer, turn the system off. See Side . Consider using a sway control. Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on See “Hitches” in Towing page 9 60 for more information. Equipment on page 9‑82. ‑ Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

9-74 Driving and Operating

Important considerations that have Towing a trailer requires a certain to do with weight: WARNING (Continued) amount of experience. The combination you are driving is . The weight of the trailer To maximize safety when towing longer and not as responsive as the . The weight of the trailer tongue a trailer: vehicle itself. Get acquainted with . The weight on the vehicle's tires . Have the exhaust system the handling and braking of the rig inspected for leaks and make before setting out for the open road. . And the weight of the trailering necessary repairs before combination Before starting, check all trailer hitch starting a trip. parts and attachments, safety Driving with a Trailer . Never drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps, trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires and mirrors. If the trailer has { WARNING window open. electric brakes, start the combination moving and then apply . Fully open the air outlets on When towing a trailer, exhaust the trailer brake controller by hand or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work. gases may collect at the rear of panel. the vehicle and enter if the During the trip, check occasionally . liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most Adjust the Climate Control to be sure that the load is secure system to a setting that window is open. and the lamps and any trailer brings in only outside air and brakes still work. Engine exhaust contains Carbon set the fan speed to the Monoxide (CO) which cannot be highest setting. See Climate seen or smelled. It can cause Control System in the Index. unconsciousness and even death. For more information about (Continued) Carbon Monoxide, see Engine Exhaust on page 9‑35. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Driving and Operating 9-75

Following Distance Making Turns Driving on Grades Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns Reduce speed and shift to a vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the lower gear before starting down a driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with the long or steep downgrade. If the This can help to avoid heavy vehicle. The vehicle could be transmission is not shifted down, the braking and sudden turns. damaged. Avoid making very brakes might get hot and no longer sharp turns while trailering. work well. Passing When turning with a trailer, make Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift More passing distance is needed wider turns than normal. Do this the transmission to a lower gear if when towing a trailer. The so the trailer will not strike soft the transmission shifts too often combination will not accelerate shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees under heavy loads and/or hilly as quickly and is longer so it is or other objects. Avoid jerky or conditions. necessary to go much farther sudden maneuvers. Signal well in The tow/haul mode may be used if beyond the passed vehicle advance. before returning to the lane. the transmission shifts too often. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn See Tow/Haul Mode Light on Backing Up out, the arrows on the instrument page 5‑24. Hold the bottom of the steering panel will still flash for turns. It is When towing at high altitude on wheel with one hand. Then, to move important to check occasionally to steep uphill grades, consider the the trailer to the left, move that hand be sure the trailer bulbs are still following: Engine coolant will boil at to the left. To move the trailer to the working. a lower temperature than at normal right, move your hand to the right. altitudes. If the engine is turned off Always back up slowly and, immediately after towing at high if possible, have someone altitude on steep uphill grades, the guide you. vehicle may show signs similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

9-76 Driving and Operating

let the engine run while parked, If parking the rig on a hill: { WARNING preferably on level ground, with the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do automatic transmission in P (Park) not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn It can be dangerous to get out of for a few minutes before turning the the wheels into the curb if facing engine off. If the overheat warning the vehicle if the shift lever is not downhill or into traffic if facing fully in P (Park) with the parking comes on, see Engine Overheating uphill. on page 10‑21. brake firmly set. The vehicle 2. Have someone place chocks can roll. Parking on Hills under the trailer wheels. If the engine has been left 3. When the wheel chocks are in running, the vehicle can move { WARNING place, release the regular brakes suddenly. You or others could be until the chocks absorb the load. Parking the vehicle on a hill with injured. To be sure the vehicle will the trailer attached can be 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then not move, even when on fairly dangerous. If something goes apply the parking brake and shift level ground, use the steps that wrong, the rig could start to move. into P (Park). follow. People can be injured, and both 5. If the vehicle is four-wheel-drive Always put the shift lever fully in the vehicle and the trailer can be and has a two-speed transfer P (Park) with the parking brake damaged. When possible, always case, be sure the transfer case firmly set. park the rig on a flat surface. is in a drive gear and not in If the transfer case on a N (Neutral). four-wheel-drive vehicle is in 6. Release the brake pedal. N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)

Driving and Operating 9-77

Leaving After Parking on a Hill Maintenance When Trailer Do not tow a trailer during break‐in. See New Vehicle Break-In on 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Towing page 9‑27 for more information. 2. Start the engine. The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer. See this 3. Shift into a gear. manual's Maintenance Schedule or { WARNING Index for more information. Things 4. Release the parking brake. The driver can lose control when that are especially important in pulling a trailer if the correct 5. Let up on the brake pedal. trailer operation are automatic equipment is not used or the 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is transmission fluid, engine oil, axle clear of the chocks. lubricant, belts, cooling system and vehicle is not driven properly. brake system. It is a good idea to For example, if the trailer is too 7. Stop and have someone pick up inspect these before and during heavy, the brakes may not work and store the chocks. the trip. well — or even at all. The driver and passengers could be Check periodically to see that all seriously injured. The vehicle may hitch nuts and bolts are tight. also be damaged; the resulting repairs would not be covered by Trailer Towing the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer If the vehicle has a hybrid engine, only if all the steps in this section see the Hybrid supplement for more have been followed. Ask your information. dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)

9-78 Driving and Operating

Notice: Pulling a trailer The following information has many Trailer weight rating (TWR) is improperly can damage the time-tested, important trailering tips calculated assuming the tow vehicle vehicle and result in costly and safety rules. Many of these are has only the driver but all required repairs not covered by the vehicle important for your safety and that of trailering equipment. Weight of warranty. To pull a trailer your passengers. So please read additional optional equipment, correctly, follow the advice in this this section carefully before pulling a passengers and cargo in the tow section and see your dealer for trailer. vehicle must be subtracted from the important information about trailer weight rating. towing a trailer with the vehicle. Weight of the Trailer To identify the trailering capacity of How heavy can a trailer safely be? the vehicle, read the information in It depends on how the rig is used. “Weight of the Trailer” that appears Speed, altitude, road grades, later in this section. outside temperature and how much Trailering is different than just the vehicle is used to pull a trailer driving the vehicle by itself. are all important. It can depend on Trailering means changes in any special equipment on the handling, acceleration, braking, vehicle, and the amount of tongue durability and fuel economy. weight the vehicle can carry. See Successful, safe trailering takes “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later correct equipment, and it has to be in this section for more information. used properly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)

Driving and Operating 9-79

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* 1500 Series 2WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 (LC9) 3.08 2 540 kg (5,600 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 (LMG) 3.08 2 495 kg (5,500 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 722 kg (6,000 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 856 kg (8,500 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 2WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 313 kg (5,100 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 540 kg (5,600 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 4WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 359 kg (5,200 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 586 kg (5,700 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 720 kg (8,200 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 4WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 (LC9) 3.08 2 268 kg (5,000 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 495 kg (5,500 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)

9-80 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 2500 Series 2WD Long Wheel Base 6.0LV8 3.73 4 355 kg (9,600 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 2500 Series 4WD Long Wheel Base 6.0LV8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and information or advice, or write us at the people who will be riding in the our Customer Assistance Offices, vehicle as well as trailer tongue See Customer Assistance Offices weight. Vehicle options, equipment, (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or passengers and cargo in the vehicle Customer Assistance Offices reduce the amount of tongue weight (Mexico) on page 13‑5. the vehicle can carry, which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle Weight of the Trailer Tongue can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits on The tongue load (A) of any trailer is page 9‑22 for more information very important because it is also about the vehicle's maximum load part of the vehicle weight. The capacity. Trailer tongue weight (A) should Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) be 10 percent to 15 percent and includes the curb weight of the fifth wheel or gooseneck kingpin Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)

Driving and Operating 9-81

weight should be 15 to 25 percent proper. If they are not, adjustments of the loaded trailer weight (B) up to might be made by moving some the maximums for vehicle series items around in the trailer. and hitch type shown below: Total Weight on the Vehicle's Maximum Tongue Tires Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight Be sure the vehicle's tires are 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lbs) inflated to the inflation pressures 2500 Weight Carrying 453 kg (1,000 lbs) found on the Certification label on the drivers door or see Vehicle Load 1500 Weight Distributing 499 kg (1,100 lbs) Limits on page 9‑22 for more 2500 Weight Distributing 680 kg (1,500 lbs) information. Make sure not to exceed the GVWR limit for the vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded for Do not exceed the maximum Trailering may be limited by the the trip including the weight of the allowable tongue weight for the vehicle's ability to carry tongue trailer tongue. If using a weight vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch weight. Tongue or kingpin weight distributing hitch, make sure not to extension that will position the hitch cannot cause the vehicle to exceed exceed the RGAWR before applying ball closest to the vehicle. This will the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight the weight distribution spring bars. help reduce the effect of trailer Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross tongue weight on the rear axle. Axle Weight Rating). See “Total Weight of the Trailering Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later Combination in this section for more information. It is important that the combination After loading the trailer, weigh of the tow vehicle and trailer does the trailer and then the tongue, not exceed any of its weight separately, to see if the weights are ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer Weight Rating or Tongue Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)

9-82 Driving and Operating

Weight. The only way to be sure it is Consider using sway controls with Safety Chains not exceeding any of these ratings any trailer. Ask a trailering Always attach chains between the is to weigh the tow vehicle and professional about sway controls or vehicle and the trailer. Cross the trailer combination, fully loaded for refer to the trailer manufacturer's safety chains under the tongue of the trip, getting individual weights recommendations and instructions. the trailer to help prevent the tongue for each of these items. Weight‐Distributing Hitch from contacting the road if it Adjustment becomes separated from the hitch. Towing Equipment Instructions about safety chains Hitches may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer The correct hitch equipment helps manufacturer. If the trailer being maintain combination control. Most towed weighs up to 2 271 kg small-to-medium trailers can be (5,000 lbs) with a factory-installed towed with a weight carrying hitch step bumper, safety chains may be which simply features a coupler attached to the attaching points on latched to the hitch ball. Larger the bumper, otherwise, safety trailers may require a weight chains should be attached to holes distributing hitch that uses spring on the trailer hitch platform. Always bars to distribute the trailer tongue leave just enough slack so the weight among the two vehicle and combination can turn. Never allow trailer axles. See “Weight of the safety chains to drag on the ground. Trailer Tongue” in Trailer Towing on A. Body to Ground Distance page 9‑77 for rating limits with B. Front of Vehicle Trailer Brakes various hitch types. When using a weight-distributing A loaded trailer that weighs more hitch, the spring bars should be than 900 kg (2,000 lbs) needs to adjusted so the distance (A) is the have its own brake system that is same after coupling the trailer to the adequate for the weight of the tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. trailer. Be sure to read and follow Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)

Driving and Operating 9-83

the instructions for the trailer brakes connector can be plugged into a Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness so they are installed, adjusted and seven-pin universal heavy-duty Package maintained properly. trailer connector available through Since the vehicle is equipped with your dealer. StabiliTrak®, the trailer brakes The seven-wire harness contains cannot tap into the vehicle's the following trailer circuits: hydraulic system. . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal Trailer Wiring Harness . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn The vehicle is equipped with the Signal following wiring harnesses for . Brown: Taillamps towing a trailer. . White: Ground Basic Trailer Wiring . Light Green: Back-up Lamps The trailer wiring harness, with a . Red: Battery Feed* seven-pin connector, is located at The vehicle is equipped with the the rear of the vehicle and is tied to . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* seven-wire trailer towing harness. This harness with a seven-pin the vehicle's frame. The harness *The fuses for these two circuits are universal trailer connector is installed in the underhood electrical attached to a bracket on the hitch center, but the wires are not platform. connected. They should be connected by your dealer or a The seven-wire harness contains qualified service center. the following trailer circuits: . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn Signal Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)

9-84 Driving and Operating

. Brown: Taillamps Electric Brake Control Wiring Do not power both ITBC and . White: Ground Provisions aftermarket controllers to control the trailer brakes at the same time. . Light Green: Back-up Lamps These wiring provisions are included with the vehicle as part of . Red: Battery Feed* Tow/Haul Mode the trailer wiring package. These . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* provisions are for an electric brake *The fuses for these two circuits are controller. The instrument panel installed in the underhood electrical contains blunt cut wires near the center, but the wires are not data link connector for the trailer connected. They should be brake controller. The harness connected by your dealer or a contains the following wires: qualified service center. . Dark Blue: Brake Signal to Pressing this button at the end of If charging a remote (non-vehicle) Trailer Connector the shift lever turns on and off the battery, press the tow/haul mode . Red/Black: Battery tow/haul mode. button located at the end of the shift . lever. This will boost the vehicle Light Blue/White: Brake Switch system voltage and properly charge . White: Ground the battery. If the trailer is too light It should be installed by your dealer for tow/haul mode, turn on the or a qualified service center. headlamps as a second way to boost the vehicle system and If the vehicle is equipped with an ITBC, the blunt cuts exist, but are charge the battery. This indicator light on the instrument not connected further in the panel cluster comes on when the harness. If an aftermarket trailer tow/haul mode is on. brake controller is installed, the ITBC must be disconnected. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)

Driving and Operating 9-85

Tow/Haul is a feature that assists Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul This symbol is located on the Trailer when pulling a heavy trailer or a when lightly loaded or with no trailer Brake Control Panel on vehicles large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul at all will not cause damage. with an Integrated Trailer Brake Mode on page 9‑41 for more However, there is no benefit to the Control System. The power output information. selection of Tow/Haul when the to the trailer brakes is based on the Tow/Haul is designed to be most vehicle is unloaded. Such a amount of brake pressure being effective when the vehicle and selection when unloaded may applied by the vehicle’s brake trailer combined weight is at least result in unpleasant engine and system. This available power output 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross transmission driving characteristics to the trailer brakes can be adjusted Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ to a wide range of trailering Haul is recommended only when situations. See “Weight of the Trailer” earlier in the section. Tow/Haul is most useful pulling a heavy trailer or a large or The ITBC system is integrated with heavy load. under the following driving the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock brake conditions: Integrated Trailer Brake and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering conditions that cause the vehicle s . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Control System ’ large or heavy load through anti‐lock brake or StabiliTrak rolling terrain. systems to activate, power sent to the trailer's brakes will be . When pulling a heavy trailer or a automatically adjusted to minimize large or heavy load in stop and trailer wheel lock-up. This does not go traffic. imply that the trailer has the . When pulling a heavy trailer or a StabiliTrak system. large or heavy load in busy The vehicle may have an Integrated parking lots where improved low Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system speed control of the vehicle is for electric trailer brakes. desired. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)

9-86 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock The ITBC system can only be used When trailering, make sure of the brake or StabiliTrak systems are with trailers with electric brakes. following: not functioning properly, the ITBC . The ITBC system is used only system may not be fully functional { WARNING with trailers that are equipped or may not function at all. Make with electric brakes. sure all of these systems are Connecting a trailer that is not fully operational to ensure full compatible with the ITBC system . All applicable local and federal functionality of the ITBC system. may result in reduced or complete laws and regulations are followed. The ITBC system is powered loss of trailer braking. There may through the vehicle's electrical be an increase in stopping . All electrical and mechanical system. Turning the ignition off will distance or trailer instability which connections to the trailer are also turn off the ITBC system. The could result in personal injury or made correctly. ITBC system is fully functional only damage to the vehicle, trailer, . The trailer’s brakes are in proper when the ignition is in ON or or other property. An aftermarket working condition. in RUN. controller may be available for . The trailer and vehicle are use with trailers with surge, air, properly loaded for the towing or electric over hydraulic trailer ‐ ‐ condition. brake systems. To determine the type of brakes on the trailer and The ITBC system is a factory the availability of controllers, installed item. Out‐of‐factory check with your trailer installation of this system should not manufacturer or dealer. be attempted. GM is not responsible for warranty or performance of the system resulting from out‐of‐factory installation. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (87,1)

Driving and Operating 9-87

Trailer Brake Control Panel brakes. The Trailer Brake Control . Pressing a Trailer Gain Panel is used along with the Trailer button – If the Trailer Brake Brake Display Page on the DIC to Display Page is not currently adjust and display power output to displayed, pressing a Trailer the trailer brakes. Gain button will first recall the current Trailer Gain setting. After Trailer Brake DIC Display Page the Trailer Brake Display Page is The ITBC system displays displayed, each press and messages into the vehicle’s Driver release of the gain buttons will Information Center (DIC). See then cause the Trailer Gain Driver Information Center (DIC) on setting to change. page 5‑27 for more information. . Activating the Manual Trailer The display page indicates Trailer Brake Apply lever Gain setting, power output to the . Connecting a trailer equipped A. Manual Trailer Brake Apply electric trailer brakes, trailer with electric trailer brakes Lever connection and system operational status. All DIC warning and service B. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons messages must first be The ITBC system has a control The Trailer Brake Display Page can acknowledged by the driver by panel located on the instrument be displayed by performing any of pressing the odometer trip stem or panel to the left of the steering the following actions: the DIC Vehicle Information button column. The control panel allows . Scrolling through the DIC menu (if equipped) before the Trailer adjustment to the amount of output, pages using the odometer trip Brake Display Page can be referred to as trailer gain, available stem or the DIC Vehicle displayed and Trailer Gain can to the electric trailer brakes and Information button (if equipped). be adjusted. allows manual application the trailer Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (88,1)

9-88 Driving and Operating

TRAILER GAIN – This setting is The Trailer Output will indicate “--- the trailer’s electric brakes displayed anytime the Trailer Brake ---“ on the Trailer Brake Display independent of the vehicle’s brakes. Display Page is active. This setting Page whenever the following occur: This lever is used in the Trailer Gain can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 Adjustment Procedure to properly . No trailer is connected. with either a trailer connected or adjust the power output to the trailer disconnected. To adjust the Trailer . A trailer without electric brakes brakes. Sliding the lever to the left Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain is connected (no DIC message will apply only the trailer brakes. adjustment buttons located on the is displayed). The power output to the trailer is Trailer Brake Control Panel. Press . A trailer with electric brakes indicated in the Trailer Brake and hold a gain button to cause the has become disconnected Display Page in the DIC. If the Trailer Gain to continuously adjust. (a CHECK TRAILER WIRING vehicle’s service brakes are applied To turn the output to the trailer off, message will also be displayed while using the Manual Trailer Brake adjust the Trailer Gain setting to on the DIC). Apply Lever, the trailer output power 0.0 (zero). will be the greater of the two. . There is a fault present in the 0.0 (zero) gain is the factory default wiring to the electric trailer The trailer and the vehicle's brake setting. To properly adjust trailer brakes (a CHECK TRAILER lamps will come on when either gain, see the Trailer Gain WIRING message will also be vehicle braking or manual trailer Adjustment Procedure later in this displayed on the DIC). brakes are applied. section. . There is a fault in the ITBC Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure TRAILER OUTPUT – This is system (a SERVICE TRAILER displayed any time a trailer with Trailer Gain should be set for a BRAKE SYSTEM message will specific trailering condition and electric brakes is connected. Output also be displayed in the DIC). to the electric brakes is based on must be adjusted any time vehicle the amount of vehicle braking Manual Trailer Brake Apply loading, trailer loading or road surface conditions change. present and relative to the Trailer The Manual Trailer Brake Apply Gain setting. Output is displayed Lever is located on the Trailer Brake Setting the Trailer Gain properly is from 0 to 10 bars for each gain Control Panel and is used to apply needed for the best trailer stopping setting. performance. A trailer that is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (89,1)

Driving and Operating 9-89

over-gained may result in locked . The Trailer Brake Display Adjusting trailer gain at speeds trailer brakes. A trailer that is Page will appear on the lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to under-gained may result in not DIC showing TRAILER 25 mph) may result in an enough trailer braking. Both of these GAIN and TRAILER incorrect gain setting. OUTPUT. conditions may result in poorer 6. Adjust the Trailer Gain to just stopping and stability of the vehicle . In the Trailer Output display below the point of trailer wheel and trailer. on the DIC, “------“ will lock-up, indicated by trailer Use the following procedure to disappear if there is no wheel squeal or tire smoke when correctly adjust Trailer Gain for each error present. Connecting a a trailer wheel locks. towing condition: trailer without electric brakes will not clear the six Trailer wheel lock-up may not 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are dashed lines. occur if towing a heavily loaded in proper working condition. trailer. In this case, adjust the 4. Adjust the Trailer Gain by using Trailer Gain to the highest 2. Connect a properly loaded trailer the gain adjustment (+ / -) to the vehicle and make all allowable setting for the towing buttons on the Trailer Brake condition. necessary mechanical and Control Panel. electrical connections. See 7. Re-adjust Trailer Gain any time Vehicle Load Limits on 5. Drive the vehicle with the trailer vehicle loading, trailer loading or page 9‑22 for more information. attached on a level road surface road surface conditions change representative of the towing 3. After the electrical connection is or if trailer wheel lock-up is condition and free of traffic at noticed at any time while towing made to a trailer equipped with about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to electric brakes: 25 mph) and fully apply the Other ITBC Related DIC Messages . A TRAILER CONNECTED Manual Trailer Brake Apply In addition to displaying TRAILER message will be briefly lever. GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT displayed on the DIC through the DIC, trailer connection display. and ITBC system status is displayed in the DIC. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (90,1)

9-90 Driving and Operating

TRAILER CONNECTED – This If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait ten seconds, then turn the message will be briefly displayed the vehicle is moving, this ignition back to RUN. when a trailer with electric brakes is message will continue until 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING first connected to the vehicle. This the ignition is turned off. message re-appears, the message will automatically turn off This message will also turn off if electrical fault is on the in about ten seconds. The driver the driver acknowledges this vehicle side. can also acknowledge this message message off or if the trailer before it automatically turns off. harness is re-connected. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only re-appears when CHECK TRAILER WIRING – This 2. There is an electrical fault in the connecting the trailer wiring message will be displayed if: wiring to the electric trailer harness to the vehicle, the 1. The ITBC system first brakes. This message will electrical fault is on the determines connection to a continue as long as there is an trailer side. electrical fault in the trailer trailer with electric brakes and SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE then the trailer harness becomes wiring. This message will also SYSTEM – This message will be disconnected from the vehicle. turn off if the driver acknowledges this message off. displayed when there is a problem If the disconnect occurs while with the ITBC system. If this the vehicle is stationary, this To determine if the electrical fault is message persists over multiple message will automatically turn on the vehicle side or trailer side of ignition cycles there is problem with off in about thirty seconds. This the trailer wiring harness the ITBC system. Take the vehicle message will also turn off if the connection, do the following: to an authorized GM dealer to have driver acknowledges this 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring the ITBC system diagnosed and message off or if the trailer harness from the vehicle. repaired. harness is re-connected. 2. Turn the ignition OFF. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (91,1)

Driving and Operating 9-91

If either the CHECK TRAILER Conversions and Adding a Snow Plow or WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message is Add-Ons Similar Equipment displayed while driving the vehicle, Before installing a snow plow on the power is no longer available to the Add-On Electrical vehicle, here are some things you trailer brakes. When traffic need to know: conditions allow, carefully pull the Equipment Notice: If the vehicle does not vehicle over to the side of the road Notice: Do not add anything have the snow plow prep and turn the ignition off. Check the electrical to the vehicle unless package, adding a plow can wiring connection to the trailer and you check with your dealer first. damage the vehicle, and the turn the ignition back on. If either of Some electrical equipment can repairs would not be covered by these messages continues, either damage the vehicle and the warranty. Unless the vehicle was the vehicle or trailer needs service. damage would not be covered by built to carry a snow plow, do not the vehicle's warranty. Some An authorized GM dealer may be add one to the vehicle. If the add-on electrical equipment can able to diagnose and repair vehicle has the snow plow prep keep other components from problems with the trailer. However, package, called RPO VYU, then working as they should. any diagnosis and repair of the the payload the vehicle can carry trailer is not covered under the Add-on equipment can drain the will be reduced when a snow vehicle warranty. Please contact vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the plow is installed. The vehicle can your trailer dealer for assistance vehicle is not operating. be damaged if either the front or with trailer repairs and trailer The vehicle has an airbag system. rear axle ratings or the Gross warranty information. Before attempting to add anything Vehicle Weight (GVW) are electrical to the vehicle, see exceeded. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Some vehicles are built with a Vehicle on page 3‑49 and Adding special snow plow prep package, Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped called RPO VYU. If the vehicle has Vehicle on page 3‑50. this option, you can add a plow to it, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (92,1)

9-92 Driving and Operating

provided certain weights, such as But, even this may be too much if . The snow plow manufacturer or the weights on the vehicle's axles there is other equipment already installer can assist in and the Gross Vehicle Weight adding to the weight of the vehicle. determining the amount of rear (GVW), are not exceeded. ballast required, to help make Here are some guidelines for safely sure the snowplow/vehicle The plow the vehicle can carry carrying a snow plow on the vehicle: combination does not exceed depends on many things, such as: . Make sure the weight on the the GVW rating, the front and . The options the vehicle came front and rear axles does not rear axle ratings, and the front with, and the weight of those exceed the axle rating for each. and rear weight distribution ratio. options. . For the front axle, if more cargo . The total vehicle must not . The weight and number of or passengers must be carried, exceed the GVW rating. passengers intended to be appropriate counter ballast must Front axle reserve capacity is the carried. be installed rear of the rear axle. difference between the front Gross Counter ballast must be properly . The weight of items added to the Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the vehicle. secured so it will not move front axle weight of the vehicle with during driving. full fuel and passengers. Basically, it . The total weight of any . is the amount of weight that can be additional cargo intended to be Follow the snow plow added to the front axle before carried. manufacturer's recommendations regarding rear reaching the front GAWR. Say, for example, you have a 318 kg ballast. Rear ballast may be The front axle reserve capacity for (700 lb) snow plow. The total weight required to ensure a proper front the vehicle can be found in the of all occupants and cargo inside and rear weight distribution ratio, lower right corner of the the cab should not exceed 135 kg even though the actual weight at Certification/Tire label, as shown. (300 lb). This means that you may the front axle may be less than only be able to carry one passenger. the front axle rating. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (93,1)

Driving and Operating 9-93

In order to calculate the amount of For example, adding a 318 kg weight any front accessory, such as (700 lb) snow plow actually adds a snow plow, is adding to the front more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the axle, use the following formula: front axle. Using the formula, if the snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the front axle and the wheel base is 305 cm (10 ft), then: W = 318 kg (700 lb) A = 122 cm (4 ft) W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) (W x (A + W.B.))/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg United States (980 lb) So, if the vehicle's front axle reserve capacity is more than 980 lbs (445 kg), the snow plow could be added without exceeding the (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the front GAWR. accessory is adding to the front axle. Heavier equipment can be added on the front of the vehicle if it is Where: compensated for by carrying fewer W = Weight of added accessory passengers, less cargo, or by A = Distance that the accessory positioning cargo toward the rear. is in front of the front axle W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase Canada Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (94,1)

9-94 Driving and Operating

This has the effect of reducing the or total weight, go to a weigh station load on the front. However, the front WARNING (Continued) and weigh the vehicle. Your dealer GAWR, rear GAWR, and the Gross can also help you with this. weight distribution ratio, even Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) The total vehicle reserve capacity though the actual front weight must never be exceeded. for the vehicle can be found may be less than the front in the lower right corner of the { WARNING GAWR, and the total vehicle Certification/Tire label as shown weight is less than the gross previously. On some vehicles that have vehicle weight rating (GVWR). certain front mounted equipment, Maintaining a proper front and See your dealer for additional such as a snow plow, it may be rear weight distribution ratio is advice and information about using a snow plow on the vehicle. Also, possible to load the front axle to necessary to provide proper see Vehicle Load Limits on the front gross axle weight rating braking performance. page 9 22. (GAWR) but not have enough ‑ weight on the rear axle to have Total vehicle reserve capacity is the Emergency Roof Lamp proper braking performance. If the difference between the GVWR and Provisions brakes cannot work properly, you the weight of the vehicle with full Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow could have a crash. To help the fuel and passengers. It is the plow prep package also have an brakes work properly when a amount of weight that can be added emergency roof lamp provision snow plow is installed, always to the vehicle before reaching package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the follow the snow plow theGVWR. Keep in mind that emergency roof lamp is provided manufacturer or installer's reserve capacity numbers are above the overhead console. See recommendation for rear ballast intended as a guide when selecting Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp on to ensure a proper front and rear the amount of equipment or cargo page 6‑6 for switch location. (Continued) the vehicle can carry. If you are unsure of the vehicle's front, rear, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Fan ...... 10-23 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Washer Fluid ...... 10-25 Lamps ...... 10-36 Brakes ...... 10-26 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-37 General Information Brake Fluid ...... 10-27 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-38 General Information ...... 10-2 Battery ...... 10-28 California Proposition Four-Wheel Drive ...... 10-29 Electrical System 65 Warning ...... 10-2 Front Axle ...... 10-29 Electrical System California Perchlorate Rear Axle ...... 10-30 Overload ...... 10-38 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-31 Fuses and Circuit Accessories and Automatic Transmission Shift Breakers ...... 10-39 Modifications ...... 10-3 Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Fuse Vehicle Checks Check ...... 10-32 Block ...... 10-39 Ignition Transmission Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Doing Your Own Block ...... 10-43 Service Work ...... 10-4 Check ...... 10-32 Hood ...... 10-5 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Engine Compartment Mechanism Check ...... 10-32 Tires ...... 10-46 Overview ...... 10-6 Wiper Blade Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-47 Engine Oil ...... 10-8 Replacement ...... 10-33 Tire Designations ...... 10-49 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Glass Replacement ...... 10-34 Tire Terminology and Automatic Transmission Headlamp Aiming Definitions ...... 10-51 Fluid ...... 10-12 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Tire Pressure ...... 10-53 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-15 Tire Pressure Monitor Cooling System ...... 10-16 Bulb Replacement System ...... 10-55 Engine Coolant ...... 10-17 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Overheating ...... 10-21 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-36 Operation ...... 10-56 Overheated Engine Tire Inspection ...... 10-59 Protection Tire Rotation ...... 10-59 Operating Mode ...... 10-23 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New General Information California Proposition Tires ...... 10-60 Buying New Tires ...... 10-61 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Different Size Tires and your dealer. You will receive Most motor vehicles, including this Wheels ...... 10-62 genuine GM parts and GM-trained one, contain and/or emit chemicals Uniform Tire Quality and supported service people. known to the State of California to Grading ...... 10-63 Genuine GM parts have one of cause cancer and birth defects or Wheel Alignment and Tire these marks: other reproductive harm. Engine Balance ...... 10-65 exhaust, many parts and systems, Wheel Replacement ...... 10-65 many fluids, and some component Tire Chains ...... 10-66 wear by-products contain and/or If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-66 emit these chemicals. Tire Changing ...... 10-69 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-79 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-82 Jump Starting Jump Starting ...... 10-83 Towing Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-87 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 10-87 Appearance Care Exterior Care ...... 10-93 Interior Care ...... 10-96 Floor Mats ...... 10-100 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Perchlorate Accessories and module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the Materials Requirements Modifications vehicle warranty and may affect Certain types of automotive Adding non‐dealer accessories or remaining warranty coverage for applications, such as airbag making modifications to the vehicle affected parts. initiators, seat belt pretensioners, can affect vehicle performance and GM Accessories are designed to and lithium batteries contained in safety, including such things as complement and function with other Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, airbags, braking, stability, ride and systems on the vehicle. Your GM may contain perchlorate materials. handling, emissions systems, dealer can accessorize the vehicle Special handling may be necessary. aerodynamics, durability, and using genuine GM Accessories. For additional information, see electronic systems like antilock When you go to your GM dealer www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ brakes, traction control, and stability and ask for GM Accessories, you perchlorate. control. These accessories or will know that GM-trained and modifications could even cause supported service technicians will malfunction or damage not covered perform the work using genuine GM by the vehicle warranty. Accessories. Damage to vehicle components Also, see Adding Equipment to the resulting from modifications or the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on installation or use of non GM ‐ page 3‑50. certified parts, including control Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. WARNING (Continued) Before attempting to do your own service work, see Airbag System . Be sure to use the proper Doing Your Own Check on page 3‑51. Service Work nuts, bolts, and other fasteners. Metric and English Keep a record with all parts receipts If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the fasteners can be easily and list the mileage and the date of hybrid supplement for more confused. If the wrong any service work performed. See Maintenance Records on information. fasteners are used, parts can page 11 10. later break or fall off. You ‑ { WARNING could be hurt. You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you If doing some of your own service try to do service work on a vehicle work, use the proper service without knowing enough about it. manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle . Be sure you have sufficient than this manual can. To order the knowledge, experience, proper service manual, see Service the proper replacement Publications Ordering Information parts, and tools before on page 13‑14. attempting any vehicle maintenance task. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood 3. Push the secondary hood release to the right. To open the hood: 4. Lift the hood. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 152 mm (6 in) from the closed position, pause, then push the front center of the 1. Pull the handle with this symbol hood with a swift, firm motion to on it. It is located inside the fully close the hood. vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel. 2. Then go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary hood release, near the center of the grille. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview 5.3 L V8 Engine Shown, 6.0 L V8 Engine Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Automatic Transmission J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. page 10‑15. Dipstick (Out of View). See See Power Steering Fluid on B. Coolant Surge Tank and “Checking the Fluid Level” page 10‑24. Pressure Cap. See Cooling under Automatic Transmission K. Brake Master Cylinder Fluid on page 10 12. System on page 10‑16. ‑ Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When under Brake Fluid on See Jump Starting on to Add Engine Oil” under page 10‑27. Engine Oil on page 10 8. page 10‑83. ‑ L. Engine Compartment Fuse H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Block on page 10 39. D. Battery on page 10‑28. ‑ View). See “Checking Engine M. Windshield Washer Fluid E. Remote Negative (−) Terminal Oil” under Engine Oil on (Out of View). See Jump Reservoir. See “Adding Washer page 10‑8. Fluid under Washer Fluid on Starting on page 10‑83. ” I. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of page 10‑25. View). See Cooling System on If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the page 10‑16. hybrid supplement for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to attention must be paid to engine oil. get an accurate reading, the vehicle Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow your investment: loop. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for the . Always use engine oil approved location of the engine oil dipstick. to the proper specification and of If the oil is below the cross-hatched the proper viscosity grade. See Obtaining an accurate oil level area at the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” reading is essential: and then recheck the level. See in this section. 1. If the engine has been running “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in . Check the engine oil level recently, turn off the engine and this section for an explanation of regularly and maintain the allow several minutes for the oil what kind of oil to use. For engine proper oil level. See “Checking to drain back into the oil pan. oil crankcase capacity, see Engine Oil” and “When to Add Checking the oil level too soon Capacities and Specifications on after engine shutoff will not Engine Oil” in this section. page 12‑2. provide an accurate oil level . Change the engine oil at the reading. Notice: Do not add too much oil. appropriate time. See Engine Oil Oil levels above or below the Life System on page 10‑10. 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it acceptable operating range with a paper towel or cloth, then . Always dispose of engine oil shown on the dipstick are harmful push it back in all the way. to the engine. If you find that you properly. See “What to Do with Remove it again, keeping the Used Oil” in this section. have an oil level above the tip down, and check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

area that shows the proper This certification mark indicates that approved to the dexos operating range, the engine could the oil has been approved to the specification, ask your service be damaged. You should drain dexos specification. provider. out the excess oil or limit driving Use of Substitute Engine Oils if of the vehicle and seek a service dexos is unavailable: In the event professional to remove the that dexos‐approved engine oil is excess amount of oil. not available at an oil change or for See Engine Compartment Overview maintaining proper oil level, you on page 10‑6 for the location of the may use substitute engine oil engine oil fill cap. displaying the API Starburst symbol Add enough oil to put the level This vehicle was filled at the factory and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. somewhere in the proper operating with dexos‐approved engine oil. Use of oils that do not meet the dexos specification, however, may range. Push the dipstick all the way Notice: Use only engine oil back in when through. result in reduced performance under that is approved to the dexos certain circumstances. Selecting the Right Engine Oil specification or an equivalent engine oil of the appropriate Viscosity Grade Selecting the right engine oil viscosity grade. Engine oils SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity depends on both the proper oil approved to the dexos grade for the vehicle. Do not use specification and viscosity grade: specification will show the dexos other viscosity oils such as Specification symbol on the container. Failure SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50. to use the recommended engine Use and ask for engine oils with the oil or equivalent can result in dexos™ certification mark. Oils engine damage not covered by meeting the requirements of the the vehicle warranty. If you are vehicle should have the dexos unsure whether the oil is certification mark on the container. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

be used. An oil of this viscosity cancer. Do not let used oil stay on grade will provide easier cold your skin for very long. Clean your starting for the engine at extremely skin and nails with soap and water, low temperatures. When selecting or a good hand cleaner. Wash or an oil of the appropriate viscosity properly dispose of clothing or rags grade, be sure to always select containing used engine oil. See the an oil that meets the required manufacturer's warnings about the specification, dexos. See use and disposal of oil products. “Specification” earlier in this Used oil can be a threat to the section for more information. environment. If you change your Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground, recommended oils with the dexos into sewers, or into streams or specification and displaying the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking dexos certification mark are all that it to a place that collects used oil. is needed for good performance and engine protection. Engine Oil Life System Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil engine damage not covered by This vehicle has a computer system the vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based Cold Temperature Operation: In an What to Do with Used Oil area of extreme cold, where the on engine revolutions and engine temperature falls below −29°C Used engine oil contains certain temperature, and not on mileage. (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should elements that can be unhealthy for Based on driving conditions, the your skin and could even cause mileage at which an oil change is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

indicated can vary considerably. For important to check the oil regularly 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET the oil life system to work properly, over the course of an oil drain button on the DIC, or the trip the system must be reset every time interval and keep it at the proper odometer reset stem if the the oil is changed. level. vehicle does not have DIC On some vehicles, when the system If the system is ever reset buttons, for more than has calculated that oil life has been accidentally, the oil must be five seconds. The oil life will diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) change to 100%. OIL SOON message comes on to since the last oil change. On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life indicate that an oil change is Remember to reset the oil life System can be reset as follows: necessary. See Engine Oil system whenever the oil is changed. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with Messages on page 5‑39. Change the engine off. the oil as soon as possible within How to Reset the Engine Oil the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is Life System 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal possible that, if driving under the Reset the system whenever the slowly three times within best conditions, the oil life system engine oil is changed so that the five seconds. might indicate that an oil change is system can calculate the next 3. Display the OIL LIFE not necessary for up to a year. engine oil change. Always reset the REMAINING on the DIC. If the The engine oil and filter must be engine oil life to 100% after every oil display shows 100%, the system changed at least once a year and, change. It will not reset itself. To is reset. See Driver Information at this time, the system must be reset the system on most vehicles: Center (DIC) on page 5‑27. reset. For vehicles without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON 1. Display the OIL LIFE If the vehicle has a CHANGE message, an oil change is REMAINING on the DIC. If the ENGINE OIL SOON message and it needed when the OIL LIFE vehicle does not have DIC comes back on when the vehicle is REMAINING percentage is near buttons, the vehicle must be in started and/or the OIL LIFE 0%. Your dealer has trained service P (Park) to access this display. REMAINING is near 0%, the engine people who will perform this work See Driver Information Center oil life system has not been reset. and reset the system. It is also (DIC) on page 5‑27. Repeat the procedure. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the Before checking the fluid level, Fluid scheduled maintenance intervals prepare the vehicle as follows: listed in Scheduled Maintenance on 1. Start the engine and park the When to Check and Change page 11‑3. Be sure to use the vehicle on a level surface. Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in Keep the engine running. Recommended Fluids and It is usually not necessary to check Lubricants on page 11‑7. 2. Apply the parking brake and the transmission fluid level. The place the shift lever in P (Park). only reason for fluid loss is a How to Check Automatic 3. With your foot on the brake transmission leak or overheated Transmission Fluid pedal, move the shift lever transmission. If a small leak is Notice: Too much or too little through each gear range, suspected, then use the following fluid can damage the pausing for about three seconds checking procedures to check the transmission. Too much can in each range. Then, move the fluid level. However, if there is a mean that some of the fluid could shift lever back to P (Park). large leak, then it may be necessary come out and fall on hot engine 4. Allow the engine to idle to have the vehicle towed to a parts or exhaust system parts, (500 800 rpm) for at least dealer service department and have starting a fire. Too little fluid – 1 minute. Slowly release the it repaired before driving the vehicle could cause the transmission to brake pedal. further. overheat. Be sure to get an Notice: Use of the incorrect accurate reading if checking the 5. Keep the engine running and automatic transmission fluid may transmission fluid. press the Trip/Fuel button or trip damage the vehicle, and the odometer reset stem until damages may not be covered by TRANS TEMP (Transmission the vehicle warranty. Always use Temperature) displays on the the automatic transmission fluid Driver Information Center (DIC). listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑7. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

6. Using the TRANS TEMP reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the TRANS TEMP reading is not within the required temperature ranges, allow the vehicle to cool, or operate the 1. Locate the transmission dipstick vehicle until the appropriate at the rear of the engine 5. If the fluid level is below the transmission fluid temperature is compartment, on the passenger COLD check band, add only reached. side of the vehicle. enough fluid as necessary to bring the level into the COLD Cold Check Procedure See Engine Compartment band. It does not take much Overview on page 10 6 for more Use this procedure only as a ‑ fluid, generally less than 0.5 L information. reference to determine if the (1 pt). Do not overfill. transmission has enough fluid to be 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out 6. Perform a hot check at the operated safely until a hot check the dipstick and wipe it with a first opportunity after the procedure can be made. The hot clean rag or paper towel. transmission reaches a normal check procedure is the most 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it operating temperature between accurate method to check the fluid back in all the way; wait 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). level. Perform the hot check three seconds, and then pull it 7. If the fluid level is in the procedure at the first opportunity. back out again. acceptable range, push the Use this cold check procedure to dipstick back in all the way, then check fluid level when the 4. Check both sides of the dipstick flip the handle down to lock the transmission temperature is and read the lower level. Repeat dipstick in place. between 27°C and 32°C the check procedure to verify the (80°F and 90°F). reading. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

Hot Check Procedure Use this procedure to check the transmission fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is between 71°C and 93°C (160°F and 200°F). 1. Locate the transmission dipstick The hot check is the most accurate at the rear of the engine 5. Safe operating level is within the method to check the fluid level. The compartment, on the passenger HOT cross hatch band on the hot check should be performed at side of the vehicle. dipstick. If the fluid level is not the first opportunity in order to verify within the HOT band, and the the cold check. The fluid level rises See Engine Compartment transmission temperature is as fluid temperature increases, Overview on page 10‑6 for more between 71°C and 93°C (160°F so it is important to ensure the information. and 200°F), add or drain fluid as transmission temperature is within 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out necessary to bring the level into range. the dipstick and wipe it with a the HOT band. If the fluid level is clean rag or paper towel. low, add only enough fluid to bring the level into the HOT 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it band. It does not take much back in all the way; wait fluid, generally less than 0.5 L three seconds, and then pull it (1 pt). Do not overfill. back out again. 6. If the fluid level is in the 4. Check both sides of the dipstick acceptable range, push the and read the lower level. Repeat dipstick back in all the way, then the check procedure to verify the flip the handle down to lock the reading. dipstick in place. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

Consistency of Readings How to Inspect the Engine Air Always check the fluid level at least Cleaner/Filter twice using the procedure described To inspect the air cleaner/filter, previously. Consistency (repeatable remove the engine air cleaner/filter readings) is important to maintaining from the vehicle by following proper fluid level. If readings are still Steps 1 through 6. When the engine inconsistent, contact the dealer. air cleaner/filter is removed, lightly shake it to release loose dust and Engine Air Cleaner/Filter dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter remains covered with dirt, a new See Engine Compartment Overview filter is required. Never use on page 10 6 for the location of the ‑ compressed air to clean the filter. engine air cleaner/filter. 2. Loosen the four screws on the Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner/ cover of the housing and lift up scheduled maintenance intervals Filter the cover. and replace it at the first oil change 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) assembly . See Engine interval. See Scheduled Compartment Overview on Maintenance on page 11‑3 for more page 10‑6. information. If driving on dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

3. Remove the engine air cleaner/ Cooling System 5.3 L V8 Engine Shown, filter from the housing. Care 6.0 L V8 Engine Similar If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the should be taken to dislodge as A. Coolant Surge Tank little dirt as possible. hybrid supplement for more information. B. Coolant Surge Tank 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/ Pressure Cap filter sealing surfaces and the The cooling system allows the housing. engine to maintain the correct C. Engine Cooling Fan(s) working temperature. (Out of View) 5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 6. Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

Engine Coolant { WARNING WARNING (Continued) The cooling system in the vehicle is An electric engine cooling fan Do not run the engine if there is a filled with DEX-COOL engine under the hood can start up even leak. If you run the engine, it coolant. This coolant is designed to when the engine is not running could lose all coolant. That could remain in the vehicle for 5 years or and can cause injury. Keep cause an engine fire, and you 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever hands, clothing, and tools away could be burned. Get any leak occurs first. from any underhood electric fan. fixed before you drive the vehicle. The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add Notice: Using coolant other than coolant when it is low. If there is a ® { WARNING DEX-COOL can cause premature problem with engine overheating, engine, heater core, or radiator see Engine Overheating on Heater and radiator hoses, and corrosion. In addition, the engine page 10‑21. other engine parts, can be very coolant could require changing hot. Do not touch them. If you do, sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) you can be burned. or 24 months, whichever occurs first. Any repairs would not be (Continued) covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Notice: If extra inhibitors and/or drinkable water and DEX-COOL additives are used in the vehicle { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture, cooling system, the vehicle could nothing else needs to be added. be damaged. Use only the proper Adding only plain water or some This mixture: mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside cooling system. See and other liquids, can boil before temperature. Recommended Fluids and the proper coolant mixture will. Lubricants on page 11‑7 for more . Gives boiling protection up to information. The coolant warning system is set 129°C (265°F), engine for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. Never dispose of engine coolant by With plain water or the wrong putting it in the trash, pouring it on mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and the ground, or into sewers, streams, hot but you would not get the corrosion. or bodies of water. Have the coolant overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. changed by an authorized service could catch fire and you or center, familiar with legal . Helps keep the proper engine requirements regarding used others could be burned. Use a temperature. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant mixture is used, the engine could health. overheat and be badly damaged. The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core, and other parts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the The vehicle must be on a level Surge Tank surface when checking the coolant level. { WARNING Check to see if coolant is visible in You can be burned if you spill the coolant surge tank. If the coolant coolant on hot engine parts. inside the coolant surge tank is Coolant contains ethylene glycol boiling, do not do anything else until and it will burn if the engine parts it cools down. If coolant is visible are hot enough. Do not spill but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark, add a coolant on a hot engine. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable The coolant surge tank is located in water and DEX-COOL coolant at the Notice: This vehicle has a coolant surge tank, but be sure the the engine compartment on the specific coolant fill procedure. passenger side of the vehicle. See cooling system is cool before this Failure to follow this procedure Engine Compartment Overview on is done. could cause the engine to page 10 6 for more information on ‑ overheat and be severely location. damaged. The coolant level should be at or above the FULL COLD mark. If it is not, the vehicle may have a leak in the cooling system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

If no coolant is visible in the surge { WARNING tank, add coolant as follows: An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling { system, including the coolant WARNING surge tank pressure cap and 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with upper radiator hose, is no Steam and scalding liquids from a the proper mixture to the FULL longer hot. hot cooling system can blow out COLD mark. and burn you badly. They are Turn the pressure cap slowly under pressure, and if you turn counterclockwise about one full the surge tank pressure turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for cap — even a little — they can that to stop. A hiss means there come out at high speed. Never is still some pressure left. turn the cap when the cooling 2. Keep turning the pressure cap system, including the surge tank slowly and remove it. pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

5. Replace the pressure cap. Engine Cooling System Messages Be sure the pressure cap is on page 5‑40 and Engine Power hand-tight and fully seated. Messages on page 5‑40. 6. Verify coolant level after engine If the decision is made not to lift the is shut off and the coolant is hood when this warning appears, cold. If necessary, repeat coolant but instead get service help right fill procedure Steps 1 through 6. away. See Roadside Assistance Notice: If the pressure cap is not Program (U.S. and Canada) on tightly installed, coolant loss and page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance possible engine damage may Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. occur. Be sure the cap is properly If the decision is made to lift the and tightly secured. hood, make sure the vehicle is 4. With the coolant surge tank parked on a level surface. pressure cap off, start the Engine Overheating engine and let it run until the Then check to see if the engine The vehicle has several indicators cooling fans are running. If the upper radiator hose can be felt to warn of engine overheating. getting hot. Watch out for the engine is overheating, both fans engine cooling fan. There is a coolant temperature should be running. If they are not, gauge on your vehicle's instrument do not continue to run the engine By this time, the coolant level panel. See Engine Coolant and have the vehicle serviced. inside the coolant surge tank Temperature Gauge on page 5‑16. may be lower. If the level is Notice: Engine damage from lower, add more of the proper In addition, ENGINE OVERHEATED running the engine without mixture to the coolant surge tank STOP ENGINE, ENGINE coolant is not covered by the until the level reaches the FULL OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, vehicle warranty. See Overheated COLD mark. and a ENGINE POWER IS Engine Protection Operating REDUCED message comes on in Mode on page 10‑23 for the Driver Information Center (DIC) information on driving to a safe on the instrument panel. See place in an emergency. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the engine catches fire If No Steam Is Coming from while driving with no coolant, the WARNING (Continued) the Engine Compartment vehicle can be badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be steam coming from it. Turn it off The ENGINE OVERHEATED covered by the vehicle warranty. and get everyone away from the STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE See Overheated Engine vehicle until it cools down. Wait OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE Protection Operating Mode on until there is no sign of steam or message, along with a low coolant condition, can indicate a serious page 10‑23 for information on coolant before you open problem. driving to a safe place in an the hood. emergency. If an engine overheat warning is If you keep driving when the displayed but no steam can be seen If Steam Is Coming from the vehicles engine is overheated, or heard, the problem may not be Engine Compartment the liquids in it can catch fire. You too serious. Sometimes the engine or others could be badly burned. can get a little too hot when the { WARNING Stop the engine if it overheats, vehicle: and get out of the vehicle until the . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. Steam from an overheated engine engine is cool. can burn you badly, even if you . Stops after high-speed driving. See Overheated Engine just open the hood. Stay away Protection Operating Mode on . Idles for long periods in traffic. from the engine if you see or hear page 10‑23 for information on . Tows a trailer. See Trailer (Continued) driving to a safe place in an Towing on page 9‑77. emergency. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

If the overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle Notice: After driving in the with no sign of steam: the engine for three minutes while overheated engine protection 1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still operating mode, to avoid engine displayed, turn off the engine until it damage, allow the engine to cool 2. Turn the heater on to the highest cools down. Also, see “Overheated before attempting any repair. temperature and to the highest Engine Protection Operating Mode” The engine oil will be severely fan speed. Open the windows as later in this section. degraded. Repair the cause of necessary. coolant loss, change the oil and 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine Overheated Engine reset the oil life system. See idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. Protection Engine Oil on page 10‑8. If it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or Operating Mode Engine Fan N (Neutral) and let the If an overheated engine condition If the vehicle has a clutched engine engine idle. exists and the ENGINE POWER IS cooling fan, when the clutch is If the temperature overheat gauge REDUCED message is displayed, engaged, the fan spins faster to is no longer in the overheat zone an overheat protection mode which provide more air to cool the engine. or an overheat warning no longer alternates firing groups of cylinders In most everyday driving conditions, displays, the vehicle can be driven. helps prevent engine damage. In the fan is spinning slower and the Continue to drive the vehicle slowly this mode, a loss in power and clutch is not fully engaged. This for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe engine performance will be noticed. improves fuel economy and reduces vehicle distance from the vehicle in This operating mode allows the fan noise. Under heavy vehicle front. If the warning does not come vehicle to be driven to a safe place loading, trailer towing, and/or high back on, continue to drive normally. in an emergency. Driving extended outside temperatures, the fan speed distances and/or towing a trailer in increases as the clutch more fully If the warning continues, pull over, the overheat protection mode engages, so an increase in fan stop, and park the vehicle should be avoided. noise may be heard. This is normal right away. and should not be mistaken as the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

transmission slipping or making Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering extra shifts. It is merely the cooling Fluid system functioning properly. The fan If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the will slow down when additional hybrid supplement for more To check the power steering fluid: cooling is not required and the information. 1. Turn the key off and let the clutch disengages. engine compartment cool down. This fan noise may also be heard 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the when starting the engine. It will go reservoir clean. away as the fan clutch partially 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the disengages. dipstick with a clean rag. If the vehicle has electric cooling 4. Replace the cap and completely fans, the fans may be heard See Engine Compartment Overview tighten it. spinning at low speed during most on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. everyday driving. The fans may turn 5. Remove the cap again and look off if no cooling is required. Under When to Check Power Steering at the fluid level on the dipstick. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, Fluid The level should be at the FULL high outside temperatures, It is not necessary to regularly COLD mark. If necessary, add only or operation of the air conditioning check power steering fluid unless enough fluid to bring the level up to system, the fans may change to there is a leak suspected in the the mark. high speed and an increase in fan system or an unusual noise is noise may be heard. This is normal heard. A fluid loss in this system and indicates that the cooling could indicate a problem. Have the system is functioning properly. The system inspected and repaired. fans will change to low speed when additional cooling is no longer required. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

What to Use Adding Washer Fluid Notice To determine what kind of fluid to The vehicle has a low washer fluid . When using concentrated use, see Recommended Fluids and message on the DIC that comes washer fluid, follow the Lubricants on page 11‑7. Always on when the washer fluid is low. manufacturer's instructions use the proper fluid. The message is displayed for for adding water. Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid 15 seconds at the start of each . Do not mix water with may damage the vehicle and the ignition cycle. When the WASHER ready-to-use washer fluid. damages may not be covered by FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message Water can cause the solution the vehicle's warranty. Always displays, washer fluid will need to to freeze and damage the use the correct fluid listed in be added to the windshield washer washer fluid tank and other Recommended Fluids and fluid reservoir. parts of the washer system. Lubricants on page 11‑7. Also, water does not clean as well as washer fluid. Washer Fluid . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is What to Use very cold. This allows for When windshield washer fluid needs fluid expansion if freezing to be added, be sure to read the occurs, which could damage manufacturer's instructions before Open the cap with the washer the tank if it is use. Use a fluid that has sufficient symbol on it. Add washer fluid completely full. protection against freezing in an until the tank is full. See Engine . Do not use engine coolant area where the temperature may Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. (antifreeze) in the windshield fall below freezing. washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads Replacing Brake System Parts are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed specifications in Capacities and { WARNING and tested with top-quality brake Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts. not work well. That could lead to If this is not done, the brakes might Brake Pedal Travel a crash. When the brake wear not work properly. For example, warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are wrong for the vehicle, can change vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The Notice: Continuing to drive with that brake service might be braking performance expected can worn-out brake pads could result required. change in many other ways if the in costly brake repair. wrong replacement brake parts are installed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Brake Fluid Do not top off the brake fluid. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule Adding fluid does not correct a leak. to determine when to check the If fluid is added when the linings are brake fluid. See Scheduled worn, there will be too much fluid Maintenance on page 11‑3. when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Checking Brake Fluid as necessary, only when work is Check brake fluid by looking at the done on the brake hydraulic system. brake fluid reservoir. See Engine Compartment Overview on The brake master cylinder reservoir page 10‑6. is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See { WARNING Engine Compartment Overview on If too much brake fluid is added, it page 10 6 for the location of the ‑ can spill on the engine and burn, reservoir. if the engine is hot enough. You There are only two reasons why the or others could be burned, and brake fluid level in the reservoir the vehicle could be damaged. might go down: Add brake fluid only when work is . The brake fluid level goes down done on the brake hydraulic because of normal brake lining system. See “Checking Brake wear. When new linings are Fluid” in this section. installed, the fluid level goes back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low . A fluid leak in the brake level, the brake warning light comes hydraulic system can also cause on. See Brake System Warning The fluid level should be above a low fluid level. Have the brake Light on page 5‑23. MIN. If it is not, have the brake hydraulic system fixed, since a hydraulic system checked to see if leak means that sooner or later there is a leak. the brakes will not work well. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

After work is done on the brake Notice Refer to the replacement number on hydraulic system, make sure the the original battery label when a . Using the wrong fluid level is above the MIN but not over can badly damage brake new battery is needed. See Engine the MAX mark. hydraulic system parts. For Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for battery location. What to Add example, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such as Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid engine oil, in the brake { DANGER from a sealed container. See hydraulic system can Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic Battery posts, terminals, and Lubricants on page 11‑7. system parts so badly that related accessories contain lead Always clean the brake fluid they will have to be replaced. and lead compounds, chemicals reservoir cap and the area around Do not let someone put in known to the State of California to the cap before removing it. This the wrong kind of fluid. cause cancer and reproductive helps keep dirt from entering the harm. Wash hands after handling. . If brake fluid is spilled on the reservoir. vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be Vehicle Storage { WARNING damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the { WARNING With the wrong kind of fluid in the vehicle. If you do, wash it brake hydraulic system, the off immediately. Batteries have acid that can burn brakes might not work well. This you and gas that can explode. could cause a crash. Always use Battery You can be badly hurt if you are the proper brake fluid. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the not careful. See Jump Starting on hybrid supplement for more page 10‑83 for tips on working information. around a battery without getting hurt. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Infrequent Usage: Remove the How to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant black, negative (−) cable from the Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on battery to keep the battery from page 11‑3 to determine how often to running down. change the lubricant. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the What to Use battery or use a battery trickle Refer to Recommended Fluids and charger. Lubricants on page 11‑7 to determine what kind of lubricant Four-Wheel Drive to use. Transfer Case Front Axle When to Check Lubricant When to Check and Change Active Transfer Case Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on Lubricant page 11‑3 to determine when to A. Fill Plug It is not necessary to regularly check the lubricant. B. Drain Plug check front axle fluid unless a leak To get an accurate reading, the is suspected, or an unusual noise is vehicle should be on a level heard. A fluid loss could indicate a surface. problem. Have it inspected and repaired. If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug hole, some lubricant will need to be added. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the fill plug hole. Use care not to overtighten the plug. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

How to Check Lubricant What to Use To get an accurate reading, the Refer to Recommended Fluids and vehicle should be on a level Lubricants on page 11‑7 to surface. determine what kind of lubricant to use. Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless there is a leak suspected, or an unusual All Except 1500 Series noise is heard. A fluid loss could A. Fill Plug indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired. B. Drain Plug All axle assemblies are filled by . When the differential is cold, add 1500 Series volume of fluid during production. enough lubricant to raise the They are not filled to reach a certain A. Fill Plug level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm level. When checking the fluid level (1/8 in) below the fill plug hole. B. Drain Plug on any axle, variations in the . When the differential is at readings can be caused by factory operating temperature (warm), fill differences between the minimum add enough lubricant to raise the and the maximum fluid volume. level to the bottom of the fill Also, if a vehicle has just been plug hole. driven before checking the fluid level, it may appear lower than Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

normal because fluid has traveled fill plug hole, located at the front out along the axle tubes and has of the axle. Add only enough not drained back to the sump area. fluid to reach the proper level. Therefore, a reading taken five minutes after the vehicle has Starter Switch Check been driven will appear to have a lower fluid level than a vehicle that { WARNING has been stationary for an hour or two. Remember that the rear axle When you are doing this assembly must be supported to get inspection, the vehicle could a true reading. move suddenly. If the vehicle How to Check Lubricant moves, you or others could be 2500 Series injured. To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level 1. Before starting this check, be surface. sure there is enough room . For the 1500 series, the proper around the vehicle. level is from 1.0 mm to 19.0 mm 2. Firmly apply both the parking (0.04 in to 0.75 in) below the brake and the regular brake. bottom of the fill plug hole, See Parking Brake on located on the rear axle. Add page 9‑51. only enough fluid to reach the proper level. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off . For the 2500 series, the proper the engine immediately if it 1500 Series level is from 0 mm to 13 mm (0 in starts. to 1/2 in) below the bottom of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

3. Try to start the engine in each Be ready to apply the regular Park Brake and P (Park) gear. The vehicle should start brake immediately if the vehicle only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). begins to move. Mechanism Check If the vehicle starts in any other 3. With the engine off, turn the { WARNING position, contact your dealer for ignition on, but do not start the service. engine. Without applying the When you are doing this check, regular brake, try to move the Automatic Transmission the vehicle could begin to move. shift lever out of P (Park) with You or others could be injured Shift Lock Control normal effort. If the shift lever and property could be damaged. moves out of P (Park), contact Function Check Make sure there is room in front your dealer for service. of the vehicle in case it begins to { WARNING roll. Be ready to apply the regular Ignition Transmission brake at once should the vehicle When you are doing this Lock Check begin to move. inspection, the vehicle could While parked, and with the parking move suddenly. If the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the moves, you or others could be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever vehicle facing downhill. Keeping injured. position. your foot on the regular brake, set . The ignition should turn to the parking brake. 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF only when the shift . To check the parking brake's sure there is enough room lever is in P (Park). holding ability: With the engine around the vehicle. It should be . running and the transmission in parked on a level surface. The ignition key should come out only in LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. pressure from the regular brake See Parking Brake on Contact your dealer if service is pedal. Do this until the vehicle is required. page 9‑51. held by the parking brake only. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

. To check the P (Park) Rear Wiper Blade Replacement mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift 1. Lift the wiper blade assembly up to P (Park). Then release the and out of the park rest position. parking brake followed by the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is 2. Squeeze the grooved areas on required. each side of the blade, and turn the blade assembly away from Wiper Blade Replacement the arm connector. Windshield wiper blades should 2. Pull the wiper blade assembly be inspected for wear or cracking. away from the backglass. The See Scheduled Maintenance on backglass wiper blade will not page 11‑3. lock in a vertical position, so Replacement blades come in care should be used when different types and are removed in pulling it away from the vehicle. different ways. 3. Turn the wiper blade assembly, 3. Install the new blade onto the and pull it off of the wiper arm. Front Wiper Blade arm connector and make sure Replacement Hold the wiper arm in position the grooved areas are fully set in and push the blade away from 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm the locked position. the wiper arm. connector away from the For the proper type and size, see windshield. Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11‑9. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

. Have all four tires on a level Headlamp Aiming surface which is level all the The vehicle has a visual optical way to the wall. headlamp aiming system. The aim . Be placed so it is perpendicular of the headlamps has been preset to the wall. at the factory and should need no further adjustment. . Not have any snow, ice, or mud 4. Replace the wiper blade. on it. However, if the vehicle is damaged 5. Return the wiper blade assembly in a crash, the aim of the headlamps . Be fully assembled and all other to the park rest position. may be affected and adjustment work stopped while headlamp may be necessary. aiming is being performed. Glass Replacement . If oncoming vehicles flash their high Be loaded with a full tank of fuel If the windshield or front side glass beams at you, this may mean the and one person or 75 kg must be replaced, see your dealer vertical aim of the headlamps needs (160 lbs) sitting on the to determine the correct to be adjusted. driver seat. replacement glass. . It is recommended that the vehicle Have the tires properly inflated. be taken to your dealer for service if . Have the spare tire in its proper the headlamps need to be adjusted. location in the vehicle. It is possible, however, to re-aim the Headlamp aiming is done with the headlamps as described. vehicle's low-beam headlamps. The vehicle should: The high-beam headlamps will be . Be placed so the headlamps correctly aimed if the low-beam are 7.6 m (25 ft) from a headlamps are aimed properly. light‐colored wall. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

To adjust the vertical aim: 6. Turn on the low-beam 1. Open the hood. See Hood on headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front page 10‑5 of the headlamp not being adjusted. This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface.

4. At a wall, measure from the ground upward (A) to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it. 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of in Step 4. the low‐beam headlamp. Notice: Do not cover a headlamp 3. Record the distance from the to improve beam cut-off when ground to the aim dot on the aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up low‐beam headlamp. which may cause damage to the 7. Locate the vertical headlamp headlamp. aiming screws, which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly. The adjustment screw can be turned with an E8 Torx® socket. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

8. Turn the vertical aiming screw Bulb Replacement Taillamps, Turn Signal, until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line. For the proper type of replacement Stoplamps, and Back-Up Turn it clockwise or bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Lamps counterclockwise to raise or page 10‑38. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the lower the angle of the beam. For any bulb‐changing procedure hybrid supplement for the bulb not listed in this section, contact changing procedure. your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you 9. Make sure that the light from the drop or scratch the bulb. You or headlamp is positioned at the others could be injured. Be sure bottom edge of the horizontal to read and follow the instructions tape line. The lamp on the on the bulb package. left (A) shows the correct A. Stoplamp/Taillamp headlamp aim. The lamp on the right (B) shows the incorrect B. Back-up Lamp headlamp aim. C. Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for D. Side Marker Lamp the opposite headlamp. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

To replace one of these bulbs: 4. Turn the bulb socket License Plate Lamp 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. (Power) on page 2‑10 or Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑12. 5. Pull the old bulb straight out from the bulb socket. 6. Press a new bulb into the bulb socket and install the socket into the taillamp assembly by turning it clockwise. 7. Reinstall the taillamp assembly. When reinstalling, make sure to line up the pins on the taillamp assembly with the vehicle. If this is not done, the taillamp 1. Remove the two screws holding assembly will not be able to each of the license plate lamps be installed correctly. to the molding that is part of the 2. Remove the two screws from liftgate. the taillamp assembly. 2. Twist and pull the license plate 3. Pull the taillamp assembly lamp assembly forward through rearward disengaging the the molding opening. two outer pins on the taillamp 3. Remove the bulb socket from assembly from the vehicle. the lamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

4. Pull the bulb straight out of the Electrical System If there is a problem on the road and socket and install the new bulb. a fuse needs to be replaced, the 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to Electrical System same amperage fuse can be reinstall the license plate lamp. borrowed. Choose some feature of Overload the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Replacement Bulbs The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to protect against an Headlamp Wiring If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the electrical system overload. hybrid supplement for more An electrical overload may cause information. When the current electrical load is the lamps to go on and off, or in too heavy, the circuit breaker opens some cases to remain off. Have the Bulb Exterior Lamp and closes, protecting the circuit headlamp wiring checked right away Number until the current load returns to if the lamps go on and off or Back-up Lamp 7441 normal or the problem is fixed. This remain off. greatly reduces the chance of circuit License Plate Lamp W5WLL overload and fire caused by Windshield Wipers Rear Turn Signal electrical problems. If the wiper motor overheats due to Lamp, Taillamp, and 3057K Fuses and circuit breakers protect heavy snow or ice, the windshield Stoplamp the following in the vehicle: wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart. Side Marker Lamp 194 . Headlamp Wiring Although the circuit is protected . Windshield Wiper Motor For replacement bulbs not listed from electrical overload, overload here, contact your dealer. . Power Windows and Other due to heavy snow or ice may Power Accessories cause wiper linkage damage. Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

If the overload is caused by an If you ever have a problem on the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the electrical problem and not snow or road and don't have a spare fuse, hybrid supplement for more ice, be sure to get it fixed. you can borrow one that has the information. same amperage. Just pick some Notice: Spilling liquid on any Fuses and Circuit feature of your vehicle that you can electrical component on the Breakers get along without – like the radio or vehicle may damage it. Always cigarette lighter – and use its fuse, keep the covers on any electrical If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the if it is the correct amperage. component. hybrid supplement for more Replace it as soon as you can. information. To remove fuses, hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Engine Compartment index finger and pull straight out. protected from short circuits by a Fuse Block combination of fuses, circuit breakers and fusible thermal links. This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems. Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new The Engine Compartment Fuse one of the identical size and rating. Block is located in the engine compartment, on the driver side of the vehicle. Lift the cover for access to the fuse/relay block. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Trailer Back-up Fuel System Control features shown. 10 21 Fuses Usage Lamps Module Driver Side 22 Headlamp Washer Right Trailer Stop/ 11 1 Low-Beam Headlamp Turn Lamp Rear Windshield 23 Engine Control Washer Electronic Stability 12 Module (Battery) Suspension Control, Fuel Injectors, Ignition 2 24 Automatic Level Fuel Injectors, Ignition Coils (Left Side) 13 Control Exhaust Coils (Right Side) 25 Trailer Park Lamps Left Trailer Stop/ Transmission Control 3 14 Driver Side Park Turn Lamp Module (Battery) 26 Lamps 4 Engine Controls Vehicle Back-up 15 Passenger Side Park Lamps 27 Engine Control Lamps 5 Module, Throttle Passenger Side 16 28 Fog Lamps Control Low-Beam Headlamp 29 Horn Trailer Brake Air Conditioning 6 17 Controller Compressor Passenger Side 30 High-Beam Headlamp 7 Front Washer 18 Oxygen Sensors Daytime Running 8 Oxygen Sensors Transmission Controls 19 31 Lamps (DRL) (Ignition) Antilock Brakes (If Equipped) 9 System 2 20 Fuel Pump Driver Side 32 High-Beam Headlamp Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Daytime Running Airbag System Engine Control 33 45 Lamps 2 (If Equipped) (Battery) 56 Module, Secondary Fuel Pump (Ignition) 34 Sunroof Instrument Panel 46 Cluster Key Ignition System, J-Case Usage 35 Theft Deterrent 47 Not Used Fuses System Auxiliary Climate 48 57 Cooling Fan 1 36 Windshield Wiper Control (Ignition) Automatic Level SEO B2 Upfitter Center High-Mounted 58 37 49 Control Compressor Usage (Battery) Stoplamp (CHMSL) Heavy Duty Antilock Electric Adjustable 50 Rear Defogger 59 38 Braking System Pedals 51 Heated Mirrors 60 Cooling Fan 2 Climate Controls 39 SEO B1 Upfitter Antilock Brake (Battery) 52 61 Usage (Battery) System 1 Airbag System 40 Cigarette Lighter, (Ignition) 53 62 Starter Auxiliary Power Outlet Stud 2 (Trailer 41 Amplifier 63 Automatic Level Brakes) 42 Audio System 54 Control Compressor Left Bussed Electrical Relay 64 Miscellaneous Center 1 43 (Ignition), Cruise Climate Controls 55 Electric Running Control (Ignition) 65 Boards 44 Liftgate Release Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

J-Case Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Usage Fuses FAN Block Cooling Fan Control Heated Windshield CNTRL 66 Washer System HDLP Low-Beam Headlamp 67 Transfer Case LO/HID Stud 1 (Trailer FOG Front Fog Lamps 68 Connector Battery LAMP Power) A/C Air Conditioning Mid-Bussed Electrical CMPRSR Compressor 69 Center 1 STRTR Starter Climate Control 70 PWR/TRN Powertrain Blower FUEL Power Liftgate Fuel Pump 71 PMP Module The instrument panel fuse block PRK access door is located on the driver Left Bussed Electrical Parking Lamps 72 LAMP side edge of the instrument panel. Center 2 REAR Pull off the cover to access the fuse Rear Defogger block. Relays Usage DEFOG Cooling Fan High RUN/ FAN HI Switched Power Speed CRNK Cooling Fan Low FAN LO Speed Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Instrument Panel 7 Back Lighting Passenger Side Turn 8 Signal, Stoplamp Passenger Door 9 Module, Driver Unlock Power Door Lock 2 10 (Unlock Feature) Power Door Lock 2 11 (Lock Feature) Stoplamps, Center 12 High‐ Mounted Stoplamp 13 Rear Climate Controls The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and 14 Power Mirror Steering Wheel features shown. 3 Body Control Controls Backlight 15 Fuses Usage Module (BCM) 4 Driver Door Module Accessory Power 1 Rear Seats 16 Dome Lamps, Driver Outlets Rear Accessory 5 2 Side Turn Signal Power Outlet 17 Interior Lamps Driver Side Turn 6 Signal, Stoplamp Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

Fuses Usage Circuit Top View Usage Breaker Power Door Lock 1 18 (Unlock Feature) Driver Side Power LT DR Window Circuit Rear Seat 19 Breaker Entertainment

Ultrasonic Rear Harness 20 Parking Assist, Power Connector Usage Liftgate Driver Door Power Door Lock 1 21 LT DR Harness (Lock Feature) Connection Driver Information 22 BODY Harness Connector Center (DIC) BODY Harness Connector 23 Rear Wiper Harness 24 Cooled Seats Center Instrument Panel Fuse Connector Usage Driver Seat Module, Block Body Harness BODY 2 25 Remote Keyless Entry The center instrument panel fuse Connector 2 System block is located underneath the Body Harness BODY 1 Driver Power Door instrument panel, to the left of the Connector 1 26 Lock (Unlock Feature) steering column. Body Harness BODY 3 Connector 3 HEADLINER Headliner Harness 3 Connector 3 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Harness Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) Connector Usage HEADLINER Headliner Harness Tires . Underinflated tires pose the 2 Connector 2 same danger as overloaded Your new vehicle comes with tires. The resulting crash HEADLINER Headliner Harness high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. 1 Connector 1 leading tire manufacturer. If you Check all tires frequently to Special Equipment ever have questions about your maintain the recommended SEO/ Option Upfitter tire warranty and where to pressure. Tire pressure UPFITTER Harness Connector obtain service, see your vehicle should be checked when the Warranty booklet for details. For tires are cold. Circuit additional information refer to . Overinflated tires are more Breaker Usage the tire manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden Passenger Side { WARNING impact — such as when CB1 Power Window Circuit hitting a pothole. Keep tires at Breaker . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. Passenger Seat improperly used tires are . CB2 Worn or old tires can cause a Circuit Breaker dangerous. crash. If the tread is badly Driver Seat Circuit . Overloading the tires can worn, replace them. CB3 Breaker cause overheating as a result . Replace any tires that have of too much flexing. There CB4 Rear Sliding Window been damaged by impacts could be a blowout and a with potholes, curbs, etc. serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) Load Limits on page 9‑22. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Notice: If the vehicle has WARNING (Continued) low‐profile tires, they are more . Improperly repaired tires can susceptible to damage from cause a crash. Only the road hazards or curb impact dealer or an authorized tire than standard profile tires. service center should repair, Tire and/or wheel assembly replace, dismount, and mount damage can occur when the tires. coming into contact with . Do not spin the tires in road hazards like, potholes, excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) or sharp edged objects, on slippery surfaces such or when sliding into a curb. as snow, mud, ice, etc. The vehicle warranty does Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Excessive spinning may not cover this type of damage. cause the tires to explode. Keep tires set to the correct (A) Tire Size: The tire size inflation pressure and, when code is a combination of letters 20 Inch Tires possible avoid contact with and numbers used to define a ‐ particular tire's width, height, If your vehicle has the optional curbs, potholes, and other road hazards. aspect ratio, construction type, 20‐inch P275/55R20 size tires, and service description. See the they are classified as touring Tire Sidewall Labeling “Tire Size” illustration later in this tires and are designed for on section for more detail. road use. The low‐profile, Useful information about a tire (B) TPC Spec (Tire wide tread design is not is molded into the sidewall. Performance Criteria recommended for off‐road The following illustrations are Specification): Original driving. See Off-Road Driving on examples of a typical P Metric ‐ equipment tires designed to page 9‑6, for additional and a LT‐Metric tire sidewall. information. GM's specific tire performance Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

criteria have a TPC specification (E) Tire Ply Material: The type code molded onto the sidewall. of cord and number of plies in GM's TPC specifications meet or the sidewall and under the tread. exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire (C) DOT (Department of manufacturers are required Transportation): The to grade tires based on Department of Transportation three performance factors: (DOT) code indicates that the treadwear, traction, and tire is in compliance with the temperature resistance. For U.S. Department of more information, see Uniform Transportation Motor Vehicle Tire Quality Grading on Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire Safety Standards. page 10‑63. (A) Tire Size: The tire size (D) Tire Identification Number (G) Maximum Cold Inflation code is a combination of letters (TIN): The letters and numbers Load Limit: Maximum load and numbers used to define a following DOT code are the Tire that can be carried and the particular tire's width, height, Identification Number (TIN). The maximum pressure needed aspect ratio, construction type, TIN shows the manufacturer and to support that load. For and service description. See the plant code, tire size, and date information on recommended “Tire Size” illustration later in this the tire was manufactured. The tire pressure see Tire Pressure section for more detail. TIN is molded onto both sides of on page 10‑53 and Vehicle Load (B) TPC Spec (Tire the tire, although only one side Limits on page 9‑22. Performance Criteria may have the date of Specification): Original manufacture. equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

criteria have a TPC specification (E) Tire Identification Number Tire Designations code molded onto the sidewall. (TIN): The letters and numbers GM's TPC specifications meet or following DOT code are the Tire Tire Size exceed all federal safety Identification Number (TIN). The The following examples show guidelines. TIN shows the manufacturer and the different parts of a tire size. (C) Dual Tire Maximum Load: plant code, tire size, and date Maximum load that can be the tire was manufactured. The carried and the maximum TIN is molded onto both sides of pressure needed to support that the tire, although only one side load when used in a dual may have the date of configuration. For information on manufacture. recommended tire pressure see (F) Tire Ply Material: The type Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Tire Pressure on page 10‑53 of cord and number of plies in (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: and Vehicle Load Limits on the sidewall and under the tread. The United States version of a page 9‑22. (G) Single Tire Maximum metric tire sizing system. The (D) DOT (Department of Load: Maximum load that can letter P as the first character in Transportation): The be carried and the maximum the tire size means a passenger Department of Transportation pressure needed to support that vehicle tire engineered to (DOT) code indicates that the load when used as a single. For standards set by the U.S. tire is in compliance with the information on recommended Tire and Rim Association. U.S. Department of tire pressure see Tire Pressure (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit Transportation Motor Vehicle on page 10‑53 and Vehicle Load number indicates the tire section Safety Standards. Limits on page 9‑22. width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

(C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit is certified to carry. The speed For example, if the tire size number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a aspect ratio is 75, as shown height‐to‐width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. in item C of the light truck For example, if the tire size (LT‐Metric) tire illustration, it aspect ratio is 75, as shown in would mean that the tire's item C of the tire illustration, it sidewall is 75 percent as would mean that the tire's high as it is wide. sidewall is 75 percent as high (D) Construction Code: A as it is wide. letter code is used to indicate (D) Construction Code: A Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire the type of ply construction in letter code is used to indicate (A) Light Truck (LT‐Metric) the tire. The letter R means the type of ply construction in Tire: The United States version radial ply construction; the the tire. The letter R means of a metric tire sizing system. letter D means diagonal or radial ply construction; the The letters LT as the first two bias ply construction; and the letter D means diagonal or characters in the tire size means letter B means belted‐bias ply bias ply construction; and the a light truck tire engineered to construction. letter B means belted‐bias ply standards set by the U.S. Tire (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of construction. and Rim Association. the wheel in inches. (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit (F) Load Range : Load Range. the wheel in inches. number indicates the tire section (G) Service Description: The (F) Service Description: These width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. service description indicates the characters represent the load load index and speed rating of a index and speed rating of the (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit tire. If two numbers are given as tire. The load index represents number that indicates the tire in the example, 120/116, then the load carrying capacity a tire height‐to‐width measurements. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

this represents the load index for Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, single versus dual wheel usage cords that is located between and coolant, but without (single/dual). The speed rating is the plies and the tread. Cords passengers and cargo. the maximum speed a tire is may be made from steel or other DOT Markings: A code molded certified to carry a load. reinforcing materials. into the sidewall of a tire Bead: The tire bead contains signifying that the tire is in Tire Terminology and steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S. Definitions cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code outward on each square inch in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification of the tire. Air pressure is alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric expressed in kPa (kilopascal) 90 degrees to the centerline designator which can also or psi (pounds per square inch). of the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and Accessory Weight: The Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. combined weight of optional amount of air pressure in a tire, accessories. Some examples measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight of optional accessories are or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat on page 9‑22. steering, power brakes, power from driving. See Tire Pressure GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight windows, power seats, and air on page 10‑53. Rating for the front axle. See conditioning. Curb Weight: The weight of a Vehicle Load Limits on Aspect Ratio: The relationship motor vehicle with standard and page 9‑22. of a tire's height to its width. optional equipment including the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall page 9‑22. pressure for that tire. of the tire. Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire vehicles. Load Limits on page 9‑22. Pressure on page 10‑53 Occupant Distribution: andVehicle Load Limits on Load Index: An assigned page 9‑22. number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of The maximum air pressure to the tread. which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

Sidewall: The portion of a tire tire's traction, temperature, recommended inflation pressure. between the tread and the bead. and treadwear. Ratings are See “Tire and Loading Speed Rating: An determined by tire Information Label” under Vehicle alphanumeric code assigned to manufacturers using Load Limits on page 9‑22. a tire indicating the maximum government testing procedures. speed at which a tire can The ratings are molded into the Tire Pressure operate. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Tire Quality Grading on hybrid supplement for more Traction: The friction between page 10‑63. the tire and the road surface. information. The amount of grip provided. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Tires need the correct amount of number of designated seating Tread: The portion of a tire air pressure to operate positions multiplied by effectively. that comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated the road. cargo load. See Vehicle Load Notice: Neither tire Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Limits on page 9‑22. underinflation nor bands, sometimes called wear overinflation is good. Vehicle Maximum Load on the Underinflated tires, or tires bars, that show across the tread Tire: Load on an individual tire of a tire when only 1.6 mm that do not have enough air, due to curb weight, accessory can result in: (1/16 in) of tread remains. See weight, occupant weight, and When It Is Time for New Tires cargo weight. . Tire overloading and on page 10‑60. over-heating which could Vehicle Placard: A label lead to a blowout. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality permanently attached to a Grading Standards): A tire vehicle showing the vehicle . Premature or information system that provides capacity weight and the original irregular wear. consumers with ratings for a equipment tire size and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

. Poor handling. For additional information looking at them. Radial tires may . Reduced fuel economy. regarding how much weight look properly inflated even when your vehicle can carry, and an they are underinflated. Check Overinflated tires, or tires that example of the Tire and Loading the tire's inflation pressure when have too much air, can Information label, see Vehicle the tires are cold. Cold means result in: Load Limits on page 9‑22. How your vehicle has been sitting for . Unusual wear. you load your vehicle affects at least three hours or driven no . Poor handling. vehicle handling and ride more than 1.6 km (1 mile). comfort. Never load your vehicle . Rough ride. Remove the valve cap from the with more weight than it was tire valve stem. Press the tire . Needless damage from designed to carry. gauge firmly onto the valve to road hazards. When to Check get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure A vehicle specific Tire and Check your tires once a month matches the recommended Loading Information label is or more. attached to your vehicle. This pressure on the Tire and label shows your vehicle's Do not forget to check the Loading Information label, no original equipment tires and the pressure of the spare tire. further adjustment is necessary. correct inflation pressures for See Full-Size Spare Tire on If the pressure is low, add air your tires when they are cold. page 10‑82 for additional until you reach the The recommended cold tire information. recommended amount. inflation pressure, shown on the How to Check If you overfill the tire, release air label, is the minimum amount of by pushing on the metal stem in air pressure needed to support Use a good quality pocket-type gauge to check tire pressure. the center of the tire valve. your vehicle's maximum load Recheck the tire pressure with carrying capacity. You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by the tire gauge. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Be sure to put the valve caps As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been back on the valve stems. They vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction help prevent leaks by keeping tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the out dirt and moisture. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is of your tires is significantly under‐ combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor inflated. telltale. When the system detects a System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for The Tire Pressure Monitor System pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then (TPMS) uses radio and sensor should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. technology to check tire pressure soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon levels. The TPMS sensors monitor to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start‐ups as long as the malfunction exists. the air pressure in your tires and significantly under‐inflated tire transmit tire pressure readings to a causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is receiver located in the vehicle. lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be Each tire, including the spare also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire (if provided), should be checked tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS monthly when cold and inflated to vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the inflation pressure recommended ability. of reasons, including the installation by the vehicle manufacturer on the Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or vehicle placard or tire inflation not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent pressure label. (If your vehicle has maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. tires of a different size than the size responsibility to maintain correct tire indicated on the vehicle placard or pressure, even if under‐inflation has tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Always check the TPMS malfunction This vehicle may have a Tire shown on the tire loading telltale after replacing one or more Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). information label. See Vehicle Load tires or wheels on your vehicle to The TPMS is designed to warn the Limits on page 9‑22. ensure that the replacement or driver when a low tire pressure A message to check the pressure in alternate tires and wheels allow the condition exists. TPMS sensors are a specific tire displays in the Driver TPMS to continue to function mounted onto each tire and wheel Information Center (DIC). The low properly. assembly, excluding the spare tire tire pressure warning light and the See Tire Pressure Monitor and wheel assembly. The TPMS DIC warning message come on at sensors monitor the air pressure in Operation on page 10‑56 for each ignition cycle until the tires are additional information. the tires and transmit the tire inflated to the correct inflation pressure readings to a receiver pressure. Using the DIC, tire Federal Communications located in the vehicle. pressure levels can be viewed. For Commission (FCC) and additional information and details Industry Canada about the DIC operation and See Radio Frequency Statement on displays see Driver Information page 13‑18 for information Center (DIC) on page 5‑27 and Tire regarding Part 15 of the Federal Messages on page 5‑44. Communications Commission (FCC) The low tire pressure warning light rules and Industry Canada may come on in cool weather when When a low tire pressure condition Standards RSS-210/220/310. the vehicle is first started, and then is detected, the TPMS illuminates turn off as the vehicle is driven. This the low tire pressure warning light could be an early indicator that the Tire Pressure Monitor located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and Operation If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper as soon as possible and inflate the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the pressure. hybrid supplement for more tires to the recommended pressure information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

A Tire and Loading Information label TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching shows the size of the original Message process was not done or not equipment tires and the correct completed successfully after inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The they are cold. See Vehicle Load if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC are missing or inoperable. When the Limits on page 9‑22, for an example message should go off after of the Tire and Loading Information system detects a malfunction, the successfully completing the label and its location. Also see Tire low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See about one minute and then stays on Pressure on page 10‑53. "TPMS Sensor Matching for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section. The TPMS can warn about a cycle. A DIC warning message also . low tire pressure condition but it displays. The malfunction light and One or more TPMS sensors does not replace normal tire DIC warning message come on at are missing or damaged. The maintenance. See Tire Inspection each ignition cycle until the problem malfunction light and the DIC on page 10‑59, Tire Rotation on is corrected. Some of the conditions message should go off when the page 10‑59 and Tires on that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and page 10‑46. on are: the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See Notice: Tire sealant materials are . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. not all the same. A non-approved replaced with the spare tire. . tire sealant could damage the The spare tire does not have a Replacement tires or wheels do TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment damage caused by using an light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels incorrect tire sealant is not go off after the road tire is other than those recommended covered by the vehicle warranty. replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from Always use only the matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying GM-approved tire sealant successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10‑61. available through your dealer or Matching Process" later in this included in the vehicle. section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

. Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the 4. Start with the driver side being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, front tire. wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger 5. Place the relearn tool against TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. sensors to malfunction. the tire sidewall, near the valve See your dealer for service or to stem. Then press the button to If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. activate the TPMS sensor. properly, it cannot detect or signal a There are two minutes to match A horn chirp confirms that the low tire condition. See your dealer the first tire/wheel position, and sensor identification code has for service if the TPMS malfunction five minutes overall to match all been matched to this tire and light and DIC message comes on four tire/wheel positions. If it takes wheel position. and stays on. longer, the matching process stops 6. Proceed to the passenger side TPMS Sensor Matching and must be restarted. front tire, and repeat the Process The TPMS sensor matching process procedure in Step 5. is outlined below: Each TPMS sensor has a unique 7. Proceed to the passenger side identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. rear tire, and repeat the code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with procedure in Step 5. tire/wheel position after rotating the the engine off. 8. Proceed to the driver side rear vehicle s tires or replacing one or ’ K tire, and repeat the procedure more of the TPMS sensors. The 3. Press Q and on the Remote in Step 5. The horn sounds TPMS sensor matching process Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter two times to indicate the sensor should also be performed after at the same time for identification code has been replacing a spare tire with a road approximately five seconds. The matched to the driver side rear tire containing the TPMS sensor. horn sounds twice to signal the tire, and the TPMS sensor The malfunction light and the DIC receiver is in relearn mode and matching process is no longer message should go off at the next TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE active. The TIRE LEARNING ignition cycle. The sensors are message displays on the DIC ACTIVE message on the DIC matched to the tire/wheel positions, screen. display screen goes off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tire has a bump, bulge, See When It Is Time for New 10. Set all four tires to the or split. Tires on page 10‑60 and Wheel recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, Replacement on page 10‑65. level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of the size or location of the Tire Inspection damage. GM recommends that the tires, including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 miles). See least once a month. Scheduled Maintenance on Replace the tire if: page 11‑3. . The indicators at three or The purpose of a regular tire more places around the tire rotation is to achieve a uniform When rotating the vehicle's tires, can be seen. wear for all tires on the vehicle. always use the correct rotation This will ensure that the vehicle . There is cord or fabric pattern shown here. continues to perform most like it showing through the tire's did when the tires were new. Do not include the spare tire in rubber. the tire rotation. Any time you notice unusual . The tread or sidewall is wear, rotate the tires as soon After the tires have been cracked, cut, or snagged as possible and check wheel rotated, adjust the front and rear deep enough to show cord or alignment. Also check for inflation pressures as shown on fabric. damaged tires or wheels. the Tire and Loading Information Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

label. See Tire Pressure on WARNING (Continued) page 10‑53 and Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑22. paper towel to do this; but be sure Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor to use a scraper or wire brush System. See Tire Pressure later, if needed, to get all the rust Monitor Operation on or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat page 10‑56. on page 10‑66. Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See Lightly coat the center of the “Wheel Nut Torque” under wheel hub with wheel bearing Capacities and Specifications on grease after a wheel change or One way to tell when it is time for page 12‑2. tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Do not get new tires is to check the treadwear indicators, which appear when the { WARNING grease on the flat wheel mounting surface or on the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or wheel nuts or bolts. less of tread remaining. Some Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the commercial truck tires may not have parts to which it is fastened, can treadwear indicators. See Tire make wheel nuts become loose When It Is Time for New Inspection on page 10‑59 and Tire after time. The wheel could come Tires Rotation on page 10‑59 for off and cause an accident. When additional information. changing a wheel, remove any Various factors, such as rust or dirt from places where the maintenance, temperatures, driving The rubber in tires ages over time. This is also true for the spare tire, wheel attaches to the vehicle. In speeds, vehicle loading, and road conditions influence when you need if the vehicle has one, even if it is an emergency, use a cloth or a new tires. not being used. Multiple conditions (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

affect how fast this aging takes Buying New Tires If the tires have an all‐season tread place, including temperatures, design, the TPC spec number will loading conditions, and inflation GM has developed and matched be followed by an MS for mud and pressure maintenance. Tires will specific tires for the vehicle. The snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on typically need to be replaced due to original equipment tires installed on page 10‑47 for additional wear before they may need to be the vehicle, when it was new, were information. replaced due to age. Consult the tire designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria GM recommends replacing tires in manufacturer for more information sets of four. This is because uniform on when tires should be replaced. Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. If you need replacement tread depth on all tires will help Vehicle Storage tires, GM strongly recommends that keep the vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new. Tires age when stored normally you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating. This way, the vehicle Replacing less than a full set of tires mounted on a parked vehicle. Park can affect the braking and handling a vehicle that will be stored for at will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance of the vehicle. See Tire least a month in a cool, dry, clean Inspection on page 10‑59 and Tire area away from direct sunlight to performance and vehicle safety, during normal use, as the original Rotation on page 10‑59 for slow aging. This area should be information on proper tire rotation. free of grease, gasoline or other tires. substances that can deteriorate GM's exclusive TPC Spec system { rubber. considers over a dozen critical WARNING Parking for an extended period can specifications that impact the overall Tires could explode during cause flat spots on the tires that performance of the vehicle, improper service. Attempting to including brake system may result in vibrations while mount or dismount a tire could performance, ride and handling, driving. When storing a vehicle for cause injury or death. Only your at least a month, remove the tires or traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM's TPC dealer or authorized tire service raise the vehicle to reduce the center should mount or dismount weight from the tires. Spec number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tire size. the tires. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

you would get with TPC Spec-rated { WARNING { WARNING tires. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 10‑55. Mixing tires could cause you to Using bias-ply tires on the lose control while driving. If you vehicle may cause the wheel The vehicle's original equipment mix tires of different sizes, rim flanges to develop cracks tires are listed on the Tire and brands, or types (radial and after many miles of driving. Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 22 bias-belted tires), the vehicle A tire and/or wheel could fail ‑ might not handle properly, and for more information about the Tire suddenly and cause a crash. and Loading Information label and you could have a crash. Using Use only radial-ply tires with its location on the vehicle. tires of different sizes, brands, the wheels on the vehicle. or types could also cause damage to the vehicle. Be sure to Different Size Tires and use the same size, brand, and If you must replace the vehicle's Wheels tires with those that do not have a type of tires on all wheels. If wheels or tires are installed that TPC Spec number, make sure they are a different size than the original This vehicle may have a different are the same size, load range, equipment wheels and tires, vehicle size spare than the road tires speed rating, and construction type performance, including its braking, (those originally installed on the (radial and bias belted tires) as the ‐ ride and handling characteristics, vehicle). When new, the vehicle vehicle's original tires. included a spare tire and wheel stability, and resistance to rollover Vehicles that have a tire pressure may be affected. If the vehicle has assembly with a similar overall monitoring system may give an electronic systems such as antilock diameter as the vehicle's road inaccurate low‐pressure warning if brakes, rollover airbags, traction tires and wheels, so it is all right non‐TPC Spec-rated tires are control, and electronic stability to drive on it. Because this spare installed on the vehicle. Non‐TPC control, the performance of these was developed for use on the Spec-rated tires may give a low‐ systems can also be affected. vehicle, it will not affect vehicle pressure warning that is higher or handling. lower than the proper warning level Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

Uniform Tire Quality The Uniform Tire Quality { WARNING Grading Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found there may not be an acceptable winter-type snow tires, where applicable on the tire level of performance and safety if space-saver, or temporary use tires not recommended for those sidewall between tread shoulder spare tires, tires with nominal wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches increases the chance of a crash For example: (25 to 30 cm), or to some and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA limited-production tires. specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A While the tires available on developed for the vehicle, and General Motors passenger cars have them properly installed by a The following information relates and light trucks may vary with GM certified technician. to the system developed by the United States National Highway respect to these grades, they Traffic Safety Administration must also conform to federal See Buying New Tires on (NHTSA), which grades tires safety requirements and page 10‑61 and Accessories and by treadwear, traction, and additional General Motors Tire Modifications on page 10‑3 for Performance Criteria (TPC) additional information. temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in standards. the United States. The grades All Passenger Car Tires Must are molded on the sidewalls Conform to Federal Safety of most passenger car tires. Requirements In Addition To These Grades. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

Treadwear Traction – AA, A, B, C tested under controlled The treadwear grade is a The traction grades, from conditions on a specified indoor comparative rating based on the highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, laboratory test wheel. Sustained wear rate of the tire when tested and C. Those grades represent high temperature can cause the under controlled conditions on a the tire's ability to stop on wet material of the tire to degenerate specified government test pavement as measured under and reduce tire life, and course. For example, a tire controlled conditions on excessive temperature can lead graded 150 would wear one and specified government test to sudden tire failure. The grade a half (1½) times as well on the surfaces of asphalt and C corresponds to a level of government course as a tire concrete. A tire marked C may performance which all graded 100. The relative have poor traction performance. passenger car tires must meet performance of tires depends Warning: The traction grade under the Federal Motor Safety upon the actual conditions of assigned to this tire is based on Standard No. 109. Grades B and their use, however, and may straight-ahead braking traction A represent higher levels of depart significantly from the tests, and does not include performance on the laboratory norm due to variations in driving acceleration, cornering, test wheel than the minimum habits, service practices and hydroplaning, or peak traction required by law. Warning: The differences in road characteristics. temperature grade for this tire is characteristics and climate. established for a tire that is Temperature – A, B, C properly inflated and not The temperature grades are overloaded. Excessive speed, A (the highest), B, and C, underinflation, or excessive representing the tire's resistance loading, either separately or in to the generation of heat and its combination, can cause heat ability to dissipate heat when buildup and possible tire failure. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of Notice: The wrong wheel can Balance wheel that is needed. also cause problems with bearing Each new wheel should have the life, brake cooling, speedometer The tires and wheels were aligned same load-carrying capacity, or odometer calibration, and balanced at the factory to diameter, width, offset, and be headlamp aim, bumper height, provide the longest tire life and best mounted the same way as the vehicle ground clearance, and tire overall performance. Adjustments to one it replaces. or tire chain clearance to the wheel alignment and tire balancing body and chassis. Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel will not be necessary on a regular See If a Tire Goes Flat on basis. However, check the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor page 10‑66 for more information. alignment if there is unusual tire System (TPMS) sensors with new wear or if the vehicle is pulling to GM original equipment parts. Used Replacement Wheels one side or the other. If the vehicle vibrates when driving on a smooth { WARNING { WARNING road, the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced. See your Using the wrong replacement Replacing a wheel with a used dealer for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel one is dangerous. How it has nuts can be dangerous. It could been used or how far it has been Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of driven may be unknown. It could the vehicle. Tires can lose air, Replace any wheel that is bent, fail suddenly and cause a crash. and cause loss of control, causing cracked, or badly rusted or When replacing wheels, use a corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct new GM original equipment loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel wheel. wheel nuts should be replaced. nuts for replacement. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains Do not use chains on the WARNING (Continued) front tires. If your vehicle is a Hybrid, see the Hybrid Supplement for more Use another type of traction Tighten them as tightly as information. device only if its manufacturer possible with the ends securely recommends it for use on your fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer's { WARNING vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that instructions. If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle, If your vehicle has P265/65R18 or manufacturer's instructions. To stop and retighten them. If the P275/55R20 size tires, do not use help avoid damage to your contact continues, slow down tire chains. They can damage vehicle, drive slowly, readjust or until it stops. Driving too fast or your vehicle because there is not remove the device if it is spinning the wheels with chains enough clearance. Tire chains contacting your vehicle, and do on will damage your vehicle. used on a vehicle without the not spin your vehicle's wheels. proper amount of clearance can If you do find traction devices that If a Tire Goes Flat cause damage to the brakes, will fit, install them on the rear suspension, or other vehicle It is unusual for a tire to blowout tires. parts. The area damaged by the while you are driving, especially if tire chains could cause you to you maintain your vehicle's tires lose control of your vehicle and Notice: If your vehicle has P265/ properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is you or others may be injured in a 70R17 size tires, use tire chains much more likely to leak out slowly. crash. only where legal and only when But if you should ever have a you must. Use chains that are the blowout, here are a few tips about (Continued) proper size for your vehicle's what to expect and what to do: tires. Install them on the rear If a front tire fails, the flat tire tires only. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to { WARNING { WARNING maintain lane position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting under road, if possible. permanent damage to the tire. it to do maintenance or repairs is Re-inflating a tire after it has dangerous without the A rear blowout, particularly on a been driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and curve, acts much like a skid and underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with may require the same correction blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for you would use in a skid. In any rear Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for blowout remove your foot from the that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by steering the way severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the you want the vehicle to go. It may Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack be very bumpy and noisy, but you tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only can still steer. Gently brake to a replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. stop, well off the road, if possible. possible. If your vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), and wheel damage by driving slowly WARNING (Continued) use the following example as a to a level place, well off the road, guide to assist you in the placement if possible. Turn on the hazard 3. If you have a of wheel blocks (A). warning flashers. See Hazard four-wheel-drive vehicle with Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. a N (Neutral) transfer case position, be sure the { WARNING transfer case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). Changing a tire can be 4. Turn off the engine and do dangerous. The vehicle can slip not restart while the vehicle off the jack and roll over or fall on is raised. you or other people. You and they 5. Do not allow passengers to could be badly injured or even remain in the vehicle. killed. Find a level place to A. Wheel Block change your tire. To help prevent 6. Put the wheel blocks at the B. Flat Tire the vehicle from moving: front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one The following information explains 1. Set the parking brake firmly. being changed. That would how to use the jack and change a tire. 2. Put the shift lever in be the tire on the other side, P (Park). at the opposite end of the (Continued) vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

Tire Changing The tools you will be using include the following: Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need to change a flat tire is stored under the storage tray, which is located on the driver side trim panel (over the rear wheelhouse).

2. Remove the wing nut (B) used to retain the tool bag by turning it counterclockwise. A. Jack 3. Turn the knob (A) on the jack counterclockwise to release the B. Wheel Blocks jack and wheel blocks from the C. Jack Handle bracket. D. Jack Handle Extensions 4. Remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer by E. Wheel Wrench Regular Wheelbase Shown, turning the wing nut (C) Extended Wheelbase Similar counterclockwise. 1. Remove the tray to access the tools by pulling up on the finger depression under the jack symbol. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

To access the spare tire, refer to the E. Wheel Wrench following graphics and instructions: F. Hoist Cable G. Tire/Wheel Retainer H. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole J. Hoist End of Extension Tool K. Spare Tire Lock 1. Open the hoist shaft access door (C) on the bumper to 3. Assemble the two jack handle access the spare tire lock (K). extensions (D) and wheel 2. To remove the spare tire lock, wrench (E) as shown. A. Hoist Assembly insert the ignition key, turn it B. Hoist Shaft clockwise and then pull it straight out. C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole D. Jack Handle Extensions Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

If the spare tire does not lower to the ground, the secondary latch is engaged causing the tire not to lower. See Secondary Latch System on page 10‑79 for more information.

4. Insert the open end of the extension (J) through the hole in 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft with some slack in the cable to access hole). access the tire/wheel retainer. Be sure the hoist end (J) of the Separate the retainer from the extension (D) connects to the guide pin by sliding the retainer hoist shaft (B). The ribbed up the pin while pressing down square end of the extension is on the latch. used to lower the spare tire. 6. Use the wheel wrench hook that allows you to pull the hoist cable 5. Turn the wheel wrench (E) towards you, to assist in counterclockwise to lower the reaching the spare tire. spare tire (H) to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and If the wheel has a bolt-on hub Installing the Spare Tire cap, loosen the plastic nut caps by turning the wheel wrench 1. Do a safety check before counterclockwise. The plastic proceeding. See If a Tire Goes nut caps will be retained in the Flat on page 10‑66 for more hub cap after it is removed from information. the wheel.

Once the retainer is separated from the guide pin, tilt the retainer and pull it through the center of the wheel along with the cable and latch. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. 2. If your vehicle has a center cap 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen that covers the wheel fasteners, all the wheel nuts. Turn the place the chisel end of the wheel wheel wrench counterclockwise wrench in the slot on the wheel to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not and gently pry the cap out. remove the wheel nuts yet. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle, you will need to use the jack handle and only one jack handle extension. Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extension. Attach the jack handle to the jack (A). Position the jack on the frame behind the flat tire where the frame sections overlap. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off Jacking Locations (Overall View) Front Position – 1500 Models the ground so there is enough A. Front Position room for the spare tire to clear B. Rear Position the ground. 4. Position the jack under the vehicle as shown.

Front Position – 2500 Models Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle, { WARNING you will need to use the jack handle (B) and both jack handle Raising the vehicle with the jack extensions (C). Attach the wheel improperly positioned can wrench (D) to the jack handle damage the vehicle and even extensions (C). Attach the jack make the vehicle fall. To help handle (B) to the jack (A). Use avoid personal injury and vehicle the jacking pad provided on damage, be sure to fit the jack lift the rear axle. Turn the wheel head into the proper location wrench (D) clockwise to raise the before raising the vehicle. vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there Rear Position – 1500 Models is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground.

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. Rear Position – All Other Models 6. Take off the flat tire. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

off and cause an accident. When Never use oil or grease on bolts changing a wheel, remove any or nuts because the nuts might rust or dirt from places where the come loose. The vehicle's wheel wheel attaches to the vehicle. In could fall off, causing a crash. an emergency, use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be sure 9. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. to use a scraper or wire brush Then use the wheel wrench to later, if needed, to get all the rust tighten the nuts until the wheel is or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat held against the hub. 7. Remove any rust or dirt from the on page 10‑66. 10. Turn the wheel wrench wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, counterclockwise to lower and spare wheel. 8. Put the wheel nuts back on with the vehicle. Lower the jack the rounded end of the nuts completely. { WARNING toward the wheel after mounting 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a the spare tire. crisscross sequence as shown Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the by turning the wheel wrench parts to which it is fastened, can clockwise. make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

. For bolt-on hub caps, line up the WARNING (Continued) plastic nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten clockwise by Specifications on page 12‑2 for hand to get them started. Then original equipment wheel nut tighten with the wheel wrench torque specifications. until snug. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Notice: Improperly tightened and Tools wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To { WARNING avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in Storing a jack, a tire, or other the proper sequence and to the equipment in the passenger { WARNING proper torque specification. See compartment of the vehicle could Capacities and Specifications on cause injury. In a sudden stop or Wheel nuts that are improperly or page 12‑2 for the wheel nut collision, loose equipment could incorrectly tightened can cause torque specification. strike someone. Store all these in the wheels to become loose or When you reinstall the regular the proper place. come off. The wheel nuts should wheel and tire, you must also be tightened with a torque wrench reinstall either the center cap or the to the proper torque specification Notice: Storing an aluminum bolt-on hub cap, depending on wheel with a flat tire under your after replacing. Follow the torque which your vehicle has. specification supplied by the vehicle for an extended period of aftermarket manufacturer when . For center caps, line up the tab time or with the valve stem using accessory locking wheel on the center cap with the slot in pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel nuts. See Capacities and the wheel. The cap only goes in one way. Place the cap on the with the valve stem pointing (Continued) wheel and press until it snaps down and have the wheel/tire into place. repaired as soon as possible. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

Store the tire under the rear of the H. Spare Tire/Flat Tire (Valve Pull the pin through the center of vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Stem Pointed Down) the wheel. Tilt the retainer down Refer to the following graphics and I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole through the center wheel instructions to help you: opening. J. Hoist End of Extension Tool Make sure the retainer is fully K. Spare Tire Lock seated across the underside of 1. Put the tire (H) on the ground at the wheel. the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear.

A. Hoist Assembly B. Hoist Shaft C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole 3. Assemble the two jack handle D. Jack Handle Extensions extensions (D) and wheel E. Wheel Wrench wrench (E) as shown. F. Hoist Cable 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate the tire/wheel G. Tire/Wheel Retainer retainer (G) from the guide pin. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

To store the tools, do the following:

4. Insert the open end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored extension (J) through the hole in securely. Push, pull (A), and then the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft try to turn (B) the tire. If the tire A. Wheel Blocks access hole). moves, use the wheel wrench to B. Tool Bag with Jack Tools tighten the cable. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. C. Retaining Bracket Make sure the retainer is seated 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. D. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Bag in the wheel opening. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access 6. Raise the tire fully against the cover. E. Jack underside of the vehicle by F. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel turning the wheel wrench Blocks clockwise until you hear G. Jack Knob two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the 1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, cable. jack handle, and jack handle extensions) to the tool bag (B). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

2. Assemble wheel blocks (A) and designed to stop the spare tire from jack (E) together with the suddenly falling off your vehicle. For wing nut (F). the secondary latch to work, the 3. Position the jack (E) and wheel spare must be installed with the blocks (A) in the driver side trim valve stem pointing down. See panel over the wheelhouse. “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire Changing on 4. Turn the jack knob (G) clockwise page 10‑69. until the jack is secured tight in the mounting bracket. Be sure to { WARNING position the holes in the base of the jack onto the pin in the Before beginning this procedure mounting bracket. 6. Return the storage tray to its read all the instructions. Failure to 5. Use the retaining bracket (C) to original stored position. read and follow the instructions fasten the tool bag (B) on the could damage the hoist assembly stud and turn the wing nut (D) Secondary Latch System and you and others could get clockwise to secure. hurt. Read and follow the This vehicle has an instructions listed next. underbody-mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a secondary latch system. It is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

To release the spare tire from the 3. Loosen the cable by turning the secondary latch: wrench counterclockwise three or four turns. 4. Repeat this procedure at least two times. If the spare tire lowers to the ground, continue with Step 5 under “Removing the Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire Changing on page 10‑69. 5. If the spare does not lower, turn the wrench counterclockwise until approximately 15 cm (6 in) of cable is exposed. 7. Place the bottom edge of the jack (A) on the wheel blocks (B), 6. Stand the wheel blocks on their separating them so that the jack 1. Check under the vehicle to see if shortest ends, with the backs is balanced securely. the cable end is visible. If the facing each other. cable is not visible proceed to Step 6. 2. If it is visible, first try to tighten the cable by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

12. Lower the jack by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. Keep lowering the jack until the spare tire slides off the jack or is hanging by the cable.

{ WARNING

Someone standing too close during the procedure could be injured by the jack. If the spare 8. Attach the jack handle, 9. Position the center lift point of tire does not slide off the jack extension, and wheel wrench to the jack under the center of the completely, make sure no one is the jack and place it (with the spare tire. behind you or on either side of wheel blocks) under the vehicle you as you pull the jack out from 10. Turn the wrench clockwise to under the spare. toward the front of the rear raise the jack until it lifts the bumper. end fitting. 13. Disconnect the jack handle 11. Continue raising the jack until from the jack and carefully the spare tire stops moving remove the jack. Use one hand upward and is held firmly in to push against the spare while place. The secondary latch has firmly pulling the jack out from released and the spare tire is under the spare tire with the balancing on the jack. other hand. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

If the spare tire is hanging from Full-Size Spare Tire Your vehicle may have a different the cable, insert the hoist end size spare tire than the road tires of extension, and wheel Your vehicle, when new, had a originally installed on your vehicle. wrench into the hoist shaft hole fully-inflated spare tire. A spare tire This spare tire was developed for in the bumper and turn the may lose air over time, so check its use on your vehicle, so it is all right wheel wrench counterclockwise inflation pressure regularly. See Tire to drive on it. If your vehicle has to lower the spare the rest of Pressure on page 10‑53 and four-wheel drive and the different the way. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑22 size spare tire is installed, keep the for information regarding proper tire vehicle in two-wheel drive. 14. Turn the wheel wrench in the inflation and loading your vehicle. hoist shaft hole in the bumper For instruction on how to remove, After installing the spare tire on your clockwise to raise the cable install or store a spare tire, see vehicle, you should stop as soon as back up if the cable is hanging “Removing the Flat Tire and possible and make sure the spare under the vehicle. Installing the Spare” and “Storing a tire is correctly inflated. Have the Have the hoist assembly inspected Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under damaged or flat road tire repaired or as soon as you can. You will not be Tire Changing on page 10‑69. replaced as soon as you can and installed back onto your vehicle. able to store a spare or flat tire Notice: If the vehicle has using the hoist assembly until it has This way, the spare tire will be four-wheel drive and the different available in case you need it again. been inspected and/or replaced. size spare tire is installed on the To continue changing the flat tire, vehicle, do not drive in four-wheel Do not mix tires and wheels of different sizes, because they will not see “Removing the Flat Tire and drive until you can have your flat fit. Keep your spare tire and its Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire tire repaired and/or replaced. You wheel together. If your vehicle has a Changing on page 10‑69. could damage the vehicle, and the repair costs would not be spare tire that does not match your covered by your warranty. Never vehicle's original road tires and use four-wheel drive when the wheels in size and type, do not different size spare tire is include the spare in the tire rotation. installed on the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

Jump Starting 2. Get the vehicles close enough WARNING (Continued) so the jumper cables can reach, For more information about the but be sure the vehicles are not vehicle battery, see Battery on If you do not follow these steps touching each other. If they are, page 10‑28. exactly, some or all of these it could cause a ground things can hurt you. If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the connection you do not want. You Hybrid manual for more information. would not be able to start your Notice: Ignoring these steps vehicle, and the bad grounding If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) could result in costly damage to could damage the electrical has run down, you may want to use the vehicle that would not be systems. another vehicle and some jumper covered by the warranty. cables to start your vehicle. Be sure To avoid the possibility of the to use the following steps to do it Trying to start the vehicle by vehicles rolling, set the parking safely. pushing or pulling it will not brake firmly on both vehicles work, and it could damage the involved in the jump start vehicle. procedure. Put the automatic { WARNING transmission in P (Park) or a 1. Check the other vehicle. It must manual transmission in Batteries can hurt you. They can have a 12-volt battery with a N (Neutral) before setting the be dangerous because: negative ground system. parking brake. If the vehicle has . They contain acid that can Notice: Only use a vehicle that a four-wheel-drive transfer case burn you. has a 12-volt system with a with a N (Neutral) position, be . They contain gas that can negative ground for jump sure the transfer case is in a explode or ignite. starting. If the other vehicle does drive gear, not in N (Neutral). not have a 12-volt system with a . They contain enough negative ground, both vehicles electricity to burn you. can be damaged. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the radio or other terminal. You should always use See Engine Compartment accessories are left on during the these remote terminals instead Overview on page 10‑6 for more jump starting procedure, they of the terminals on the battery. information on the location of the could be damaged. The repairs If the vehicle has a remote remote positive (+) and remote would not be covered by the positive (+) terminal, it is located negative (−) terminals. warranty. Always turn off the under a red plastic cover at the radio and other accessories when positive battery post. To uncover { WARNING jump starting the vehicle. the remote positive (+) terminal, 3. Turn off the ignition on both open the red plastic cover. An electric fan can start up even vehicles. Unplug unnecessary when the engine is not running accessories plugged into the and can injure you. Keep hands, cigarette lighter or the accessory clothing and tools away from any power outlets. Turn off the radio underhood electric fan. and all the lamps that are not needed. This avoids sparks and helps save both batteries. And it could save the radio! { WARNING 4. Open the hood on the other Using an open flame near a vehicle and locate the battery can cause battery gas to positive (+) and negative (−) explode. People have been hurt terminal locations on that doing this, and some have been vehicle. blinded. Use a flashlight if you Your vehicle has a remote The remote negative (−) terminal need more light. positive (+) jump starting is a stud located on the right (Continued) terminal and a remote front of the engine, where the negative (−) jump starting negative battery cable attaches. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

5. Check that the jumper cables WARNING (Continued) do not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could Be sure the battery has enough get a shock. The vehicles could water. You do not need to add be damaged too. water to the battery installed in your new vehicle. But if a battery Before you connect the cables, has filler caps, be sure the right here are some basic things you amount of fluid is there. If it is low, should know. Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a remote add water to take care of that positive (+) terminal if the vehicle first. If you do not, explosive gas has one. Negative (−) will go to a could be present. heavy, unpainted metal engine Battery fluid contains acid that part or to a remote negative (−) 6. Connect the red positive (+) can burn you. Do not get it on terminal if the vehicle has one. cable to the positive (+) terminal you. If you accidentally get it in Do not connect positive (+) to of the vehicle with the dead your eyes or on your skin, flush negative (−) or you will get a battery. Use a remote the place with water and get short that would damage the positive (+) terminal if the medical help immediately. battery and maybe other parts vehicle has one. too. And do not connect the 7. Do not let the other end negative (−) cable to the touch metal. Connect it to the negative (−) terminal on the dead { WARNING positive (+) terminal of the battery because this can cause good battery. Use a remote sparks. Fans or other moving engine positive (+) terminal if the parts can injure you badly. Keep vehicle has one. your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

8. Now connect the black 10. Now start the vehicle with the negative (−) cable to the good battery and run the negative (−) terminal of the engine for a while. good battery. Use a remote 11. Try to start the vehicle that had negative (−) terminal if the the dead battery. If it will not vehicle has one. start after a few tries, it Do not let the other end touch probably needs service. anything until the next step. The Notice: If the jumper cables are other end of the negative (−) connected or removed in the cable does not go to the dead wrong order, electrical shorting battery. It goes to a heavy, may occur and damage the unpainted metal engine part or vehicle. The repairs would not be Jumper Cable Removal to the remote negative (−) covered by the vehicle warranty. terminal on the vehicle with the Always connect and remove the A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine dead battery. jumper cables in the correct Part or Remote Negative (−) 9. Connect the other end of the order, making sure that the Terminal negative (−) cable to the remote cables do not touch each other or B. Good Battery or Remote negative (−) terminal, on the other metal. Positive (+) and Remote vehicle with the dead battery. Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

To disconnect the jumper cables Towing Recreational Vehicle from both vehicles do the following: Towing 1. Disconnect the black Towing the Vehicle negative (−) cable from the If the vehicle has a hybrid engine, vehicle that had the bad battery. Notice: To avoid damage, the see the hybrid manual for more disabled vehicle should be towed information. 2. Disconnect the black with all four wheels off the Recreational vehicle towing means negative (−) cable from the ground. Care must be taken with vehicle with the good battery. towing the vehicle behind another vehicles that have low ground vehicle – such as behind a motor 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) clearance and/or special home. The two most common types cable from the vehicle with the equipment. Always flatbed on a of recreational vehicle towing are good battery. car carrier. known as dinghy towing and dolly 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) Consult your dealer or a towing. Dinghy towing is towing the cable from the other vehicle. professional towing service if the vehicle with all four wheels on the disabled vehicle must be towed. ground. Dolly towing is towing the 5. Return the remote positive (+) See Roadside Assistance Program vehicle with two wheels on the terminal cover, if the vehicle has (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or ground and two wheels up on a one, to its original position. Roadside Assistance Program device known as a dolly. (Mexico) on page 13‑9. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes, such as behind a motor home, see “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

Here are some important things to Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles and consider before recreational vehicle four-wheel drive vehicles with a towing: Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and single speed automatic transfer Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a case should not be towed with all . What is the towing capacity of Single Speed Automatic four wheels on the ground. the towing vehicle? Be sure to Transfer Case read the tow vehicle Two-wheel-drive transmissions have manufacturer's no provisions for internal lubrication recommendations. while being towed. Four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed . What is the distance that will be automatic transfer case have no travelled? Some vehicles have neutral position and will spin the restrictions on how far and how transmission when the rear long they can tow. wheels turn. . Is the proper towing equipment going to be used? See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations. . Is the vehicle ready to be Notice: If the vehicle is towed towed? Just as preparing the with all four wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure ground, the drivetrain the vehicle is prepared to be components could be damaged. towed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a 2. Turn the engine off and firmly set 5. Release the parking brake only Two Speed Automatic the parking brake. after the vehicle being towed is Transfer Case 3. Securely attach the vehicle firmly attached to the towing being towed to the tow vehicle. vehicle. 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF { WARNING and remove the key — the steering wheel will still turn. Shifting a four-wheel-drive After towing, see “Shifting Out of vehicle's transfer case into Neutral” under “Four-Wheel Drive” N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle for the proper procedure to take the to roll even if the transmission is vehicle out of the Neutral position. in P (Park). The driver or others could be injured. Make sure the parking brake is firmly set before the transfer case is shifted to Use the following procedure to N (Neutral). dinghy tow a four-wheel drive vehicle with a two speed automatic 4. Shift the transfer case to transfer case: N (Neutral). See “Shifting into 1. Position the vehicle being towed Neutral” under “Four-Wheel behind the tow vehicle and shift Drive” for the proper procedure the transmission to P (Park). to select the Neutral position for the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing – Front Towing not be covered by the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a (Front Wheels Off the Ground) warranty. Never tow the vehicle Two Speed Automatic with the rear wheels on the Transfer Case Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and ground. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a Single Speed Automatic Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Transfer Case four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case should not be towed with the rear wheels on the ground. Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. Four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case have no neutral position and will spin the transmission when the rear Use the following procedure to dolly wheels turn. tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from To dolly tow a two‐wheel‐drive the front: vehicle or a four-wheel drive vehicle 1. Attach the dolly to the tow Notice: If a two-wheel drive with a single speed automatic vehicle following the dolly vehicle or a four-wheel drive transfer case, the vehicle must be manufacturer's instructions. vehicle with a single speed towed with the rear wheels on the automatic transfer case is towed dolly. See “Rear Towing (Rear 2. Drive the front wheels onto with the rear wheels on the Wheels Off the Ground)” later in this the dolly. ground, the transmission could section for more information. be damaged. The repairs would Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

3. Shift the transmission to 6. Shift the transfer case to Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off P (Park). N (Neutral). See “Shifting into the Ground) 4. Firmly set the parking brake. N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel Drive”. { WARNING 7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's Shifting a four-wheel-drive instructions. vehicle's transfer case into 8. Release the parking brake only N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle after the vehicle being towed is to roll even if the transmission is firmly attached to the towing in P (Park). The driver or others vehicle. could be injured. Make sure the 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. parking brake is firmly set before the transfer case is shifted to After towing, see “Shifting Out of N (Neutral). N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel Drive”. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a 5. Use an adequate clamping Single Speed Automatic device designed for towing to Transfer Case ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position. Use the following procedure to dolly tow the vehicle from the rear: 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

3. Firmly set the parking brake. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a See Parking Brake on Two Speed Automatic { WARNING page 9‑51. Transfer Case Shifting a four-wheel-drive 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Use the following procedure to dolly vehicle's transfer case into 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle following the manufacturer's the rear: to roll even if the transmission is instructions. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow in P (Park). The driver or others 6. Use an adequate clamping vehicle following the dolly could be injured. Make sure the device designed for towing to manufacturer's instructions. parking brake is firmly set before ensure that the front wheels are 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the the transfer case is shifted to locked into the straight position. dolly. N (Neutral). 7. For four-wheel drive vehicles 3. Firmly set the parking brake. with a single speed automatic See Parking Brake on 7. Shift the transfer case to transfer case, turn the transfer page 9‑51. N (Neutral). See “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel case knob to the Two-Wheel 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). High position. Drive”. 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. following the manufacturer's instructions. After towing, see “Shifting Out of N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel 6. Use an adequate clamping Drive”. device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

Appearance Care or damage may occur and it High pressure car washes may would not be covered by the cause water to enter the vehicle. Exterior Care warranty. Avoid using high pressure washes Do not wash the vehicle in direct closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the Weatherstrips sunlight. Use a car washing soap. surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa Silicone grease on weatherstrips will Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain (1,200 psi) can result in damage or make them last longer, seal better, removal of paint and decals. and not stick or squeak. Apply acid or abrasives, as they can silicone grease with a clean cloth. damage the paint, metal or plastic Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ During very cold, damp weather on the vehicle. Approved cleaning Lenses products can be obtained from your frequent application may be Use only lukewarm or cold water, a required. See Recommended Fluids dealer. Follow all manufacturers' directions regarding correct product soft cloth and a car washing soap to and Lubricants on page 11‑7. usage, necessary safety clean exterior lamps and lenses. Washing the Vehicle precautions and appropriate Follow instructions under “Washing disposal of any vehicle care the Vehicle” in Exterior Care. The best way to preserve the product. vehicle's finish is to keep it clean by Finish Care washing it often. Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional waxing or mild polishing washing and after to remove all Notice: Certain cleaners contain of the vehicle by hand may be cleaning agents completely. If they chemicals that can damage the necessary to remove residue from are allowed to dry on the surface, emblems or nameplates on the the paint finish. Approved cleaning they could stain. vehicle. Check the cleaning products can be obtained from your product label. If it states that it Dry the finish with a soft, clean dealer. should not be used on plastic chamois or an all-cotton towel to parts, do not use it on the vehicle avoid surface scratches and water spotting. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are Windshield, Backglass, and clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather and Wiper Blades gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To help Clean the outside of the windshield waxes and polishes that are keep the paint finish looking new, and backglass with glass cleaner. non-abrasive and made for a keep the vehicle garaged or Clean the rubber blades using a lint basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. covered whenever possible. free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a Notice: Machine compounding or Protecting Exterior Bright Metal mild detergent. Wash the windshield aggressive polishing on a Parts basecoat/clearcoat paint finish thoroughly when you clean the Bright metal parts should be may damage it. Use only blades. Bugs, road grime, sap and a cleaned regularly to keep their non-abrasive waxes and polishes buildup of vehicle wash/wax luster. Washing with water is all that that are made for a basecoat/ treatments may cause wiper is usually needed. However, chrome clearcoat paint finish on the streaking. Replace the wiper blades polish may be used on chrome or vehicle. if they are worn or damaged. stainless steel trim, if necessary. Foreign materials such as calcium Wipers can be damaged by: Use special care with aluminum chloride and other salts, ice melting . Extreme dusty conditions trim. To avoid damaging protective agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, trim, never use auto or chrome . Sand and salt bird droppings, chemicals from polish, steam or caustic soap to industrial chimneys, etc., can . Heat and sun clean aluminum. A coating of wax, damage the vehicle's finish if they rubbed to high polish, is . Snow and ice, without proper remain on painted surfaces. Wash recommended for all bright metal removal the vehicle as soon as possible. parts. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care 10-95

Aluminum Wheels The surface of these wheels is Tires similar to the painted surface of the Notice: Using strong soaps, To clean the tires, use a stiff brush vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, with tire cleaner. chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, brushes, or cleaners abrasive cleaners, cleaners with Notice: Using petroleum-based that contain acid on aluminum or acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes tire dressing products on the chrome-plated wheels, could on them because the surface could vehicle may damage the paint damage the surface of the be damaged. Do not use chrome finish and/or tires. When applying wheel(s). The repairs would not polish on aluminum wheels. a tire dressing, always wipe off be covered by the vehicle any overspray from all painted Notice: Driving the vehicle warranty. Use only approved surfaces on the vehicle. cleaners on aluminum or through an automatic car wash chrome-plated wheels. that has silicone carbide tire Sheet Metal Damage cleaning brushes, could damage Keep the wheels clean using a soft the aluminum or chrome-plated If the vehicle is damaged and clean cloth with mild soap and wheels. The repairs would not be requires sheet metal repair or water. Rinse with clean water. After covered by the vehicle warranty. replacement, make sure the body rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft Never drive a vehicle that has repair shop applies anti-corrosion clean towel. A wax may then be aluminum or chrome-plated material to parts repaired or applied. wheels through an automatic car replaced to restore corrosion Notice: Using chrome polish on wash that uses silicone carbide protection. aluminum wheels could damage tire cleaning brushes. Original manufacturer replacement the wheels. The repairs would not parts will provide the corrosion be covered by the vehicle protection while maintaining the warranty. Use chrome polish on vehicle warranty. chrome wheels only. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (96,1)

10-96 Vehicle Care

Finish Damage Dirt packed in close areas of the Interior Care frame should be loosened before Any stone chips, fractures or deep being flushed. Your dealer or an The interior will continue to look its scratches in the finish should be underbody car washing system can best if it is cleaned often. Although repaired right away. Bare metal will do this. not always visible, dust and dirt can corrode quickly and may develop accumulate on the upholstery. Dirt into major repair expense. Chemical Paint Spotting can damage carpet, fabric, leather, Minor chips and scratches can be Some weather and atmospheric and plastic surfaces. Regular repaired with touch-up materials conditions can create a chemical vacuuming is recommended to available from your dealer. Larger fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall remove particles from the areas of finish damage can be upon and attack painted surfaces on upholstery. It is important to keep corrected in your dealer's body the vehicle. This damage can take the upholstery from becoming and and paint shop. two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped remaining heavily soiled. Soils should be removed as quickly as Underbody Maintenance discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint possible. The interior may Chemicals used for ice and snow surface. experience extremes of heat that removal and dust control can collect could cause stains to set rapidly. Although no defect in the paint job on the underbody. If these are not causes this, we will repair, at no Lighter colored interiors may require removed, corrosion and rust can charge to the owner, the surfaces more frequent cleaning. Use care develop on the underbody parts of new vehicles damaged by this because newspapers and garments such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, fallout condition within 12 months or that transfer color to home and exhaust system even though 20 000 km (12,000 mi) of purchase, furnishings may also transfer color they have corrosion protection. whichever occurs first. to the interior. At least every spring, flush these When cleaning the interior, only materials from the underbody use cleaners specifically designed with plain water. Clean any areas for the surfaces being cleaned. where mud and debris can collect. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (97,1)

Vehicle Care 10-97

Permanent damage may result from Products that remove odors from . Too much cleaner that saturates using cleaners on surfaces for the upholstery and clean the glass the upholstery. which they were not intended. Use can be obtained from your dealer. . Cleaners that contain solvents glass cleaner only on glass. Do not clean the vehicle using: can damage the interior. Remove any accidental over-spray from other surfaces immediately. To . A knife or any other sharp object Fabric/Carpet prevent over-spray, apply cleaner to remove a soil from any interior Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft directly to the cleaning cloth. surface. brush attachment frequently to Notice: Using abrasive cleaners . A stiff brush. It can cause remove dust and loose dirt. when cleaning glass surfaces on damage to the interior surfaces. A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on the vehicle, could scratch the . Heavy pressure or aggressive glass and/or cause damage to the rubbing with a cleaning cloth. floor carpet and carpeted floor mats. rear window defogger. When Use of heavy pressure can For any soil, always try to remove it cleaning the glass on the vehicle, damage the interior and does first with plain water or club soda. use only a soft cloth and glass not improve the effectiveness of Before cleaning, gently remove as cleaner. soil removal. much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques: Many cleaners contain solvents that . Laundry detergents or . may become concentrated in the dishwashing soaps with For liquids: gently blot the breathing space. Before using degreasers can leave residue remaining soil with a paper cleaners, read and adhere to all that streaks and attracts dirt. For towel. Allow the soil to absorb safety instructions on the label. liquid cleaners, about 20 drops into the paper towel until no While cleaning the interior, maintain per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water is a more can be removed. adequate ventilation by opening the good guide. Use only mild, . For solid dry soils: remove as doors and windows. neutral-pH soaps. much as possible and then Dust may be removed from small vacuum. buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (98,1)

10-98 Vehicle Care

To clean: If the locally cleaned area gives any Do not use heat, steam, spot lifters 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white impression that a ring formation may or spot removers, or shoe polish on cloth with water or club soda. result, clean the entire surface. leather. Many commercial leather After the cleaning process has been cleaners and coatings that are sold 2. Wring the cloth to remove to preserve and protect leather may excess moisture. completed, a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from permanently change the 3. Start on the outside edge of the the fabric or carpet. appearance and feel of the leather soil and gently rub toward the and are not recommended. Do not center. Continue cleaning, using Leather use silicone or wax-based products, or those containing organic solvents a clean area of the cloth each Leather, and lighter colored leather to clean the interior because they time it becomes soiled. in particular, will need more frequent can alter the appearance by cleaning to prevent the buildup of 4. Continue to gently rub the soiled increasing the gloss in a dust, dirt, and colors transferred area until the cleaning cloth non-uniform manner. remains clean. from other items so that these do not become permanent stains. Instrument Panel, Vinyl and 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap To remove dust, a soft cloth other Plastic Surfaces solution and repeat the cleaning dampened with water can be used. A soft cloth dampened with process that was used with plain If a more thorough cleaning is water may be used to remove dust. water. necessary, a soft cloth dampened If a more thorough cleaning is with a mild soap solution can be necessary, a clean soft cloth If any of the soil remains, a used. Your dealer has a GM commercial fabric cleaner or spot dampened with a mild soap solution approved leather cleaner available can be used to gently remove dust lifter may be necessary. When a that provides superior cleaning commercial upholstery cleaner or and dirt. Never use spot lifters or performance when used regularly removers on plastic surfaces. spot lifter is to be used, test a small on finished automotive leathers. hidden area for colorfastness first. Allow the leather to dry naturally. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (99,1)

Vehicle Care 10-99

Many commercial cleaners and Notice: Air fresheners contain Speaker Covers coatings that are sold to preserve solvents that may cause damage Vacuum around a speaker cover and protect soft plastic surfaces to plastics and painted surfaces. gently, so that the speaker will not may permanently change the Follow the manufacturer s ’ be damaged. Clean spots with just appearance and feel of the interior instructions when using air water and mild soap. and are not recommended. Do not fresheners in the vehicle. If air use silicone or wax-based products, freshener comes in contact with Care of Safety Belts or those containing organic solvents paint or a plastic surface, blot to clean the interior because they immediately with a soft cloth. Keep belts clean and dry. can alter the appearance by Damage caused by using air increasing the gloss in a fresheners would not be covered { WARNING non-uniform manner. by the vehicle warranty. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. Some commercial products may Wood Panels It may severely weaken them. In increase gloss on the instrument Use a clean cloth moistened in a crash, they might not be able to panel. The increase in gloss may provide adequate protection. cause annoying reflections in the warm, soapy water (use mild dish Clean safety belts only with mild windshield and even make it difficult washing soap). Dry the wood soap and lukewarm water. to see through the windshield under immediately with a clean cloth. certain conditions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (100,1)

10-100 Vehicle Care

Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for . Do not place anything on top of proper floor mat usage. the driver side floor mat. { WARNING . The original equipment floor . Use only a single floor mat on mats were designed for the the driver side. If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need . Do not place one floor mat on is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended top of another. interfere with the accelerator that GM certified floor mats be pedal and/or brake pedal. purchased. Non-GM floor mats Interference with the pedals can may not fit properly and may cause unintended acceleration interfere with the accelerator or and/or increased stopping brake pedal. Always check that distance which can cause a crash the floor mats do not interfere and injury. Make sure the floor with the pedals. mat does not interfere with the . Use the floor mat with the accelerator or brake pedal. correct side up. Do not turn it over. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information Because of all the different ways Service and people use vehicles, maintenance Maintenance Notice: Maintenance intervals, needs vary. The vehicle might need checks, inspections, more frequent checks and services. recommended fluids, and Please read the information under General Information lubricants are necessary to keep Scheduled Maintenance. To keep General Information ...... 11-1 this vehicle in good working the vehicle in good condition, see condition. Damage caused by your dealer. Scheduled Maintenance failure to follow scheduled The maintenance schedule is for Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-3 maintenance might not be vehicles that: covered by the vehicle warranty. Recommended Fluids, . Carry passengers and cargo As the vehicle owner, you are Lubricants, and Parts within recommended limits on responsible for the scheduled Recommended Fluids and the Tire and Loading Information maintenance in this section. We Lubricants ...... 11-7 label. See Vehicle Load Limits recommend having your dealer Maintenance Replacement on page 9‑22. Parts ...... 11-9 perform these services. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep . Are driven on reasonable road Maintenance Records the vehicle in good working surfaces within legal driving Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 condition, improves fuel economy, limits. and reduces vehicle emissions for better air quality. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

. Are driven off-road in the At your dealer, you can be certain Rotation of New Tires recommended manner. See that you will receive the highest Off-Road Driving on page 9‑6. To maintain ride, handling, and level of service available. Your performance of the vehicle, it is . Use the recommended fuel. dealer has specially trained important that the first rotation See Recommended Fuel on service technicians, uses genuine service for new tires be performed. page 9‑68. replacement parts, as well as, Tires should be rotated every up‐to‐date tools and equipment 12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire to ensure fast and accurate { WARNING Rotation on page 10‑59. diagnostics. Performing maintenance work can The proper replacement parts, be dangerous. Some jobs can fluids, and lubricants to use are cause serious injury. Perform listed in Recommended Fluids and maintenance work only if you Lubricants on page 11‑7 and have the required know-how and Maintenance Replacement Parts on the proper tools and equipment. page 11‑9. We recommend the use If in doubt, see your dealer to of genuine parts from your dealer. have a qualified technician do the work. See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 10‑4. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Scheduled within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since . Windshield wiper blade the last service. Reset the oil life inspection for wear, cracking, Maintenance system whenever the oil is changed. or contamination and windshield See Engine Oil Life System on and wiper blade cleaning, When the Change Engine Oil page 10‑10. if contaminated. See Exterior Soon Message Displays Care on page 10‑93. Worn or Every Engine Oil Change damaged wiper blade Change engine oil and filter. See replacement. See Wiper Blade Engine Oil on page 10 8. An . Change engine oil and filter. ‑ Replacement on page 10 33. Emission Control Service. Reset oil life system. See ‑ Engine Oil on page 10‑8 and . Tire inflation pressures check. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Engine Oil Life System on See Tire Pressure on SOON message displays, service is page 10‑10. An Emission page 10‑53. required for the vehicle as soon as Control Service. possible, within the next 1 000 km/ . Tire wear inspection. See Tire 600 miles. If driving under the best . Engine coolant level check. See Inspection on page 10‑59. Engine Coolant on page 10‑17. conditions, the engine oil life system . Rotate tires if necessary. See might not indicate the need for . Engine cooling system Tire Rotation on page 10‑59. vehicle service for more than a year. inspection. Visual inspection of . Fluids visual leak check The engine oil and filter must be hoses, pipes, fittings, and (or every 12 months, whichever changed at least once a year and clamps and replacement, occurs first). A leak in any the oil life system must be reset. if needed. Your dealer has trained service system must be repaired and the technicians who will perform this . Windshield washer fluid level fluid level checked. check. See Washer Fluid on work and reset the system. If the . Engine air cleaner filter page 10 25. engine oil life system is reset ‑ inspection. See Engine Air accidentally, service the vehicle Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Brake system inspection . Body hinges and latches, key Additional Required Services (or every 12 months, whichever lock cylinders, folding seat occurs first). hardware, and liftgate hinges, Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles linkage, and handle pivot points . Steering and suspension . Rotate tires. Tires should be inspection. Visual inspection for lubrication. See Recommended rotated every 12 000 km/ damaged, loose, or missing Fluids and Lubricants on 7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation parts or signs of wear. page 11‑7. More frequent on page 10‑59. lubrication may be required . Lubricate the front suspension, when the vehicle is exposed to a At Each Fuel Stop steering linkage, and parking corrosive environment. Applying . Engine oil level check. See brake cable guides. For vehicles silicone grease on weatherstrips Engine Oil on page 10‑8. mainly driven in heavy city traffic with a clean cloth makes them in hot weather, in hilly or last longer, seal better, and not . Engine coolant level check. See mountainous terrain, when stick or squeak. Engine Coolant on page 10‑17. frequently towing a trailer, . . Windshield washer fluid level or used for taxi, police, Restraint system components check. See Safety System check. See Washer Fluid on or delivery service, lubricate page 10‑25. every 5 000 km/3,000 miles. Check on page 3‑35. Control arm ball joints on 2500 . Fuel system inspection for Once a Month series vehicles require damage or leaks. . Tire inflation pressures check. lubrication but should not be . Exhaust system and nearby heat See Tire Pressure on lubricated unless their shields inspection for loose or page 10‑53. temperature is −12°C (10°F) or damaged components. higher, or they could be . Tire wear inspection. See Tire damaged. Control arm ball joints Inspection on page 10‑59. on 1500 series vehicles are . Sunroof track and seal maintenance‐free. inspection, if equipped. See Sunroof on page 2‑23. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

Once a Year First Engine Oil Change After if a power washer is used to Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles clean mud and dirt from the . See Starter Switch Check on underbody, care should be taken page 10‑31. . Engine air cleaner filter replacement. See Engine Air to not directly spray the transfer . See Automatic Transmission case output seals. High pressure Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15. Shift Lock Control Function water can overcome the seals Check on page 10‑32. . Automatic transmission fluid and contaminate the transfer change (severe service) for . See Ignition Transmission Lock case fluid. Contaminated fluid vehicles mainly driven in heavy Check on page 10‑32. will decrease the life of the city traffic in hot weather, in hilly transfer case and should be . See Park Brake and P (Park) or mountainous terrain, when replaced. Mechanism Check on frequently towing a trailer, . page 10‑32. or used for taxi, police, Evaporative control system inspection. Check all fuel and . Accelerator pedal check for or delivery service. See Automatic Transmission Fluid on vapor lines and hoses for proper damage, high effort, or binding. hook up, routing, and condition. page 10‑12. ‐ Replace if needed. Check that the purge valve, . Underbody flushing service. . Four‐wheel drive only: Transfer if the vehicle has one, works case fluid change (severe properly. Replace as needed. . Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass service) for vehicles mainly An Emission Control Service. Support Gas Strut Service: driven when frequently towing a The U.S. Environmental Visually inspect gas strut, trailer, or used for taxi, police, Protection Agency or the if equipped, for signs of wear, or delivery service. Check vent California Air Resources Board cracks, or other damage. Check hose at transfer case for kinks has determined that the failure the hold open ability of the gas and proper installation. Check to perform this maintenance item strut. Contact your dealer if to be sure vent hose is will not nullify the emission service is required. unobstructed, clear, and free of warranty or limit recall liability debris. During any maintenance, prior to the completion of the vehicle's useful life. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

We, however, urge that all clear, and free of debris. During First Engine Oil Change After recommended maintenance any maintenance, if a power Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles services be performed at the washer is used to clean mud . Engine cooling system drain, indicated intervals and the and dirt from the underbody, flush, and refill (or every five maintenance be recorded. care should be taken to not years, whichever occurs first). directly spray the transfer case See Engine Coolant on First Engine Oil Change After output seals. High pressure Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles page 10‑17. An Emission water can overcome the seals Control Service. . Automatic transmission fluid and contaminate the transfer change (normal service). See case fluid. Contaminated fluid . Engine drive belts inspection Automatic Transmission Fluid on will decrease the life of the for fraying, excessive cracks, page 10‑12. transfer case and should be or obvious damage (or every 10 years, whichever occurs . replaced. Four‐wheel drive only: Transfer first). Replace, if needed. case fluid change (normal . Spark plug replacement and service). Check vent hose at spark plug wires inspection. transfer case for kinks and An Emission Control Service. proper installation. Check to be sure vent hose is unobstructed, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑17. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 89021320). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Front Axle (1500 Series Vehicles SAE 80W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021671, with Four-Wheel Drive) in Canada 89021672). Front Axle (2500 Series Vehicles SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, with Four-Wheel Drive) in Canada 89021678). SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, Rear Axle in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case (Four‐Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345879, One-Piece Propshaft Spline in Canada 10953511). (Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.) Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Hood Hinges in Canada 10953474). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, Weatherstrip Squeaks in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Maintenance Replacement Parts Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Standard Filter 15908916* A3086C* High Capacity Filter 15908915 A3085C Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades Front – 55.0 cm (21.6 in) 25877402 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 25820122 — *15908915 (A3085C) high-capacity air cleaner filter may be substituted. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Maintenance Record Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If your vehicle is a Hybrid, see the Hybrid manual for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑7 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 5.3L V8 17.3 L 18.3 qt 6.0L V8 2500 Series 16.5 L 17.4 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L† 6.0 qt† Fuel Tank Regular 98.4 L 26.0 gal Extended 1500 Series 119.2 L 31.5 gal Extended 2500 Series 147.6 L 39.0 gal Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 6L80-E Transmission 5.7 L 6.0 qt 6L90-E Transmission 6.0 L 6.3 qt Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft †Oil filter should be changed at every oil change. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel 0 Automatic 1.01 mm (0.040 in) Management™ (Iron Block) 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel 3 Automatic 1.01 mm (0.040 in) Management™ (Aluminum Block) 6.0L V8 with Active Fuel G Automatic 1.01 mm (0.040 in) Management™ (Iron Block) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Customer Roadside Assistance Program Vehicle Data Recording and (Mexico) ...... 13-9 Privacy Information Scheduling Service Vehicle Data Recording and Appointments (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-16 Canada) ...... 13-10 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-16 Customer Information Courtesy Transportation OnStar® ...... 13-17 Customer Satisfaction Program (U.S. and Navigation System ...... 13-17 Procedure (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-10 Radio Frequency Canada) ...... 13-2 Collision Damage Repair Identification (RFID) ...... 13-18 Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-11 Radio Frequency Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-4 Service Publications Statement ...... 13-18 Customer Assistance Offices Ordering Information ...... 13-14 (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-5 Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (Mexico) ...... 13-5 the United States Customer Assistance for Text Government ...... 13-15 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. Reporting Safety Defects to and Canada) ...... 13-6 the Canadian Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Government ...... 13-15 GM Mobility Reimbursement Reporting Safety Defects to Program (U.S. and General Motors ...... 13-16 Canada) ...... 13-7 Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

Customer Information STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, member of dealership management, remember that your concern will it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's Customer Satisfaction resolved by the dealership without facility. That is why we suggest Procedure (U.S. and further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. Canada) Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE U.S. Owners: Center at 1-800-222-1020. In — Your satisfaction and goodwill are Both General Motors and your Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making important to your dealer and to Canada Customer Communication Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns sure you are completely satisfied Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, with the sales transaction or the or 1-800-263-7854 (French). operation of the vehicle will be if you continue to remain unsatisfied resolved by the dealer's sales or We encourage you to call the after following the procedure service departments. Sometimes, toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business however, despite the best intentions ® of all concerned, misunderstandings following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program can occur. If your concern has not give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. been resolved to your satisfaction, representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an the following steps should be taken: . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business with a member of dealership from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive management. Normally, concerns title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or can be quickly resolved at that level. the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle If the matter has already been through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal reviewed with the sales, service, . Dealership name and location. or parts manager, contact the owner dispute resolution program prior to . Vehicle delivery date and of the dealership or the general filing a court action, use of the present mileage. manager. program is free of charge and your Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

case will generally be heard within STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning 40 days. If you do not agree with the Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor decision given in your case, you not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), may reject it and proceed with any addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call other venue for relief available procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer to you. and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, You may contact the BBB Auto Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-3777 (English), Line Program using the toll-free participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), telephone number or write them Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to: at the following address: General Motors of Canada Limited The Mediation/Arbitration Program has committed to binding arbitration BBB Auto Line Program c/o Customer Communication of owner disputes involving Centre Council of Better Business factory-related vehicle service Bureaus, Inc. General Motors of Canada Limited claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 4200 Wilson Boulevard the review of the facts involved by Suite 800 1908 Colonel Sam Drive an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Arlington, VA 22203-1838 may include an informal hearing Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 before the arbiter. The program is Your inquiry should be accompanied www.dr.bbb.org/goauto designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). This program is available in all you file your complaint to the final 50 states and the District of decision, should be completed in Columbia. Eligibility is limited by about 70 days. We believe our vehicle age, mileage, and other impartial program offers advantages factors. General Motors reserves over courts in most jurisdictions the right to change eligibility because it is informal, quick, and limitations and/or discontinue its free of charge. participation in this program. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Customer Satisfaction However, we recognize that despite STEP THREE Procedure (Mexico) the good intentions of all parties If your case is not resolved in a involved, sometimes a reasonable amount of time by your misunderstanding may occur. dealer, please call the General If you have a problem that has not Motors Customer Assistance been satisfactorily handled through Center (CAC) and provide the the normal means, we suggest the following information: following steps: . Name STEP ONE . Address Did you get the Warranty Extension Explain your case to the dealer . Phone number Plan? This plan is recommended by service agent, service manager, General Motors to supplement the dealer sales agent, or sales . Model year warranty included with the new manager, depending on your case. . Brand vehicle purchase. Make sure that they have all . Vehicle Identification See your dealer for details. necessary information. They are Number (VIN) interested in your continual Customer Assistance . satisfaction. Mileage Procedure . Delivery date STEP TWO Owner satisfaction and goodwill are . Description of the problem very important to your dealer and If you are not satisfied, please General Motors. contact the general manager or the . Dealership name dealership owner to ask for their Normally, any problem with the . Dealership address help. If they are not able to resolve transaction, sale, or usage of the your case, ask them to contact the vehicle must be handled by your right people at General Motors for dealer sales or service departments. support, if needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

See Customer Assistance Offices From Puerto Rico: Mexico, Central America, and (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or 1-800-496-9992 (English) Caribbean Islands/Countries Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more Virgin Islands) information. From U.S. Virgin Islands: General Motors de Mexico, 1-800-496-9994 Customer Assistance S. de R.L. de C.V. Canada Customer Assistance Center Offices (U.S. and Canada) Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet encourages customers Col. Granada Customer Communication Centre, C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. to call the toll-free number for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 assistance. However, if a customer 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 01-800-466-0800 wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 the letter should be addressed to: www.gm.ca United States 1-800-263-3777 (English) Customer Assistance Chevrolet Motor Division 1-800-263-7854 (French) Offices (Mexico) Chevrolet Customer 1-800-263-3830 (For Text To contact the Customer Assistance Assistance Center Telephone devices (TTYs)) Center (CAC), use the phone P.O. Box 33170 Roadside Assistance: numbers listed in this section. Detroit, MI 48232-5170 1-800-268-6800 Customer assistance is available www.Chevrolet.com Overseas Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-800-222-1020 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from Please contact the local General 08:00 to 15:00 hours. 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Motors Business Unit. Telephone Devices (TTYs)) All e-mail inquiries to the Customer Roadside Assistance: Assistance Center (CAC) should be 1-800-243-8872 sent to: [email protected]. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Mexico Customer Assistance for . Chevrolet dealer locator for service nationwide. From Mexico City Text Telephone (TTY) . Exclusive privileges and offers. 5329-0811 Users (U.S. and Canada) . Recall notices for your specific From Other Mexico Locations To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired 01-800-466-0811 and who use Text Telephones . OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries. United States and Canada (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Other Helpful Links 1-866-466-8190 Assistance Center. Any TTY user in Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com Costa Rica the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: Chevrolet Merchandise — 00-800-052-1005 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in www.chevymall.com Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Guatemala Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do 1-800-999-5252 Online Owner Center . FAQ Panama Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) . Contact Us 00-800-052-0001 www.chevyownercenter.com My GM Canada www.gm.ca Dominican Republic Information and services customized for your specific My GM Canada is a 1-888-751-5301 vehicle — all in one convenient password-protected section of El Salvador place. www.gm.ca where you can save . information on GM vehicles, get 800-6273 Digital owner manual, warranty information, and more. personalized offers, and use handy tools and forms with greater ease. Honduras . Storage for online service and 800-0122-6101 maintenance records. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

Here are a few of the valuable GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also tools and services you will have has a Mobility Program. Call access to: Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for (U.S. and Canada) details. TTY users call . My Showroom: Find and save information on vehicles and 1-800-263-3830. current offers in your area. Roadside Assistance . My Dealers: Save details such as address and phone number Program (U.S. and for each of your preferred GM Canada) dealers. For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call . My Driveway: Access quick links This program is available to 1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text Telephone to parts and service estimates, qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). check trade-in values, reimbursement of eligible For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, or schedule a service aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. appointment by adding the required for the vehicle, such as Service is available 24 hours a day, vehicles you own to your hand controls or a wheelchair/ 365 days a year. driveway profile. scooter lift for the vehicle. . My Preferences: Manage your For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance profile and use tools and forms offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, with greater ease. call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information To sign up, visit the My GM.ca Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready: section within www.gm.ca. Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and home telephone number. . Telephone number of your location. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

. Location of the vehicle. Chevrolet and General Motors of . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare . Model, year, color, and license Canada Limited reserve the right to plate number of the vehicle. limit services or payment to an tire. The spare tire, if equipped, owner or driver if they decide the must be in good condition and . Odometer reading, Vehicle claims are made too often, or the properly inflated. It is the owner's Identification Number (VIN), and same type of claim is made many responsibility for the repair or delivery date of the vehicle. times. replacement of the tire if it is . Description of the problem. not covered by the warranty. Services Provided . Coverage Battery Jump Start: Service . Emergency Fuel Delivery: to jump start a dead battery. Services are provided up to 5 years/ Delivery of enough fuel for the 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever vehicle to get to the nearest Services Not Included in comes first. service station. Roadside Assistance In the U.S., anyone driving the . Lock‐Out Service: Service to . Impound towing caused by vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are violation of any laws. person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may . Legal fines. permission from the owner is not be available if you have OnStar. covered. For security reasons, the driver . Mounting, dismounting, must present identification or changing of snow tires, Roadside Assistance is not a part of before this service is given. chains, or other traction devices. the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Chevrolet and General Motors of . Emergency Tow From a Public . Towing or services for vehicles Canada Limited reserve the right to Road or Highway: Tow to the driven on a non-public road or make any changes or discontinue nearest Chevrolet dealer for highway. the Roadside Assistance program at warranty service, or if the vehicle any time without notification. was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Services Specific to Canadian . Trip Interruption Benefits and Roadside Assistance Purchased Vehicles Assistance: Must be over 250 kilometers from where Program (Mexico) . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement your trip was started to Roadside Assistance is available is approximately $5 Canadian. qualify. General Motors of 24 hours a day, 365 days of Diesel fuel delivery may be Canada Limited requires the year. restricted. Propane and other pre-authorization, original fuels are not provided through detailed receipts, and a copy For detailed information about this service. of the repair orders. Once Roadside Assistance, please see the brochure provided with your . authorization has been received, Lock-Out Service: Vehicle new vehicle or visit our website at: registration is required. the Roadside Assistance advisor will help to make arrangements www.chevrolet.com.mx. Navigate . Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive the site and click on “Asistencia en maps of North America are payment. el Camino.” E-mail correspondence provided when requested either should be sent to: with the most direct route or the . Alternative Service: If [email protected]. most scenic route. There is a assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside To contact Roadside Assistance by limit of six requests per year. phone, use the following numbers: Additional travel information is Assistance advisor may give also available. Allow three permission to get local Mexico weeks for delivery. emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, 01-800-466-0800 after sending the original receipt United States to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be 1-866-466-8901 covered, however any cost for Canada parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the 1-800-268-6800 owner responsibility. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Appointments (U.S. and Program (U.S. and Warranty service can generally be Canada) Canada) completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to wait, GM helps When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by service, contact the dealer and experience, we and our participating providing several transportation request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support circumstances, the dealer can and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the offer one of the following: of your transportation needs, the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or hybrid‐ Shuttle service is the preferred If the vehicle cannot be scheduled specific warranties in both the U.S. means of offering Courtesy into the service department and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in destination with minimal interruption unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when of your daily schedule. This includes safety related. If it is, please call the warranty repairs are required. one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service dealership, let them know this, and within reasonable time and distance Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of the dealer's area. ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited If the dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet Public Transportation or Fuel the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Warranty and Owner Reimbursement urged to do so as early in the work Assistance Information” furnished If the vehicle requires overnight day as possible to allow for the with each new vehicle provides warranty repairs, and public same day-repair. detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of the information. dealer's shuttle service, the expense must be supported by original Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

receipts and can only be up to the insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Collision Damage Repair maximum amount allowed by GM You are responsible for fuel usage for shuttle service. In addition, for charges and may also be (U.S. and Canada) U.S. customers, should you arrange responsible for taxes, levies, usage If the vehicle is involved in a transportation through a friend or fees, excessive mileage, or rental collision and it is damaged, have the relative, limited reimbursement for usage beyond the completion of the damage repaired by a qualified reasonable fuel expenses may be repair. technician using the proper available. Claim amounts should It may not be possible to provide a equipment and quality replacement reflect actual costs and be like vehicle as a courtesy rental. parts. Poorly performed collision supported by original receipts. See repairs diminish the vehicle resale the dealer for information regarding Additional Program value, and safety performance can the allowance amounts for Information be compromised in subsequent reimbursement of fuel or other collisions. transportation costs. All program options, such as shuttle service, may not be available at Collision Parts Courtesy Rental Vehicle every dealer. Please contact the Genuine GM Collision parts are new dealer for specific information The dealer may arrange to provide parts made with the same materials about availability. All Courtesy you with a courtesy rental vehicle or and construction methods as the Transportation arrangements will be reimburse you for a rental vehicle parts with which the vehicle was administered by appropriate dealer that you obtain if the vehicle is kept originally built. Genuine GM personnel. for an overnight warranty repair. Collision parts are the best choice to Rental reimbursement will be limited General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed and must be supported by original unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety receipts. This requires that you sign or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine and complete a rental agreement Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM and meet state/provincial, local, and resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. rental vehicle provider requirements. eligibility pursuant to the terms and Requirements vary and may include conditions described herein at its minimum age requirements, sole discretion. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

Recycled original equipment parts Limited Warranty, and any vehicle Many insurance policies provide may also be used for repair. These failure related to such parts is not reduced protection to the GM parts are typically removed from covered by that warranty. vehicle by limiting compensation vehicles that were total losses in for damage repairs by using prior crashes. In most cases, the Repair Facility aftermarket collision parts. Some parts being recycled are from GM also recommends that you insurance companies will not undamaged sections of the vehicle. choose a collision repair facility that specify aftermarket collision parts. A recycled original equipment GM meets your needs before you ever When purchasing insurance, we part may be an acceptable choice to need collision repairs. The dealer recommend that you ensure that the maintain the vehicle's originally may have a collision repair center vehicle will be repaired with GM designed appearance and safety with GM-trained technicians and original equipment collision parts. performance; however, the history of state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be If such insurance coverage is not these parts is not known. Such parts able to recommend a collision repair available from your current are not covered by the GM New center that has GM-trained insurance carrier, consider switching Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any technicians and comparable to another insurance carrier. related failures are not covered by equipment. If the vehicle is leased, the leasing that warranty. Insuring The Vehicle company may require you to have Aftermarket collision parts are also insurance that ensures repairs with available. These are made by Protect your investment in the GM Genuine GM Original Equipment companies other than GM and may vehicle with comprehensive and Manufacturer (OEM) parts or not have been tested for the vehicle. collision insurance coverage. There Genuine Manufacturer replacement As a result, these parts may fit are significant differences in the parts. Read the lease carefully, as poorly, exhibit premature durability/ quality of coverage afforded by you may be charged at the end of corrosion problems, and may not various insurance policy terms. the lease for poor quality repairs. perform properly in subsequent collisions. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle make, model, and Specify to the facility that any model year. required replacement collision parts If there has been an injury, call . be original equipment parts, either emergency services for help. Do not Vehicle Identification new Genuine GM parts or recycled leave the scene of a crash until all Number (VIN). original GM parts. Remember, matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy recycled parts will not be covered by Move the vehicle only if its position number. the GM vehicle warranty. puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the instructed to move it by a police Insurance pays the bill for the repair, damage to the other vehicle. officer. but you must live with the repair. Choose a reputable repair facility Depending on your policy limits, Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. your insurance company may to police and other parties involved See Collision Parts earlier in this initially value the repair using in the crash. “ ” section. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with For emergency towing see the repair professional, and insist on If the airbag has inflated, see What Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Will You See After an Airbag and Canada) on page 13 7 or if the vehicle is leased, you may be ‑ Inflates? on page 3 44. Roadside Assistance Program ‑ obligated to have the vehicle (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Managing the Vehicle Damage repaired with Genuine GM parts, Gather the following information: Repair Process even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost. . Driver name, address, and In the event that the vehicle requires telephone number. damage repairs, GM recommends If another party's insurance that you take an active role in its company is paying for the repairs, . Driver license number. repair. If you have a pre-determined you are not obligated to accept a . Owner name, address, and repair facility of choice, take the repair valuation based on that telephone number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. insurance company's collision policy repair limits, as you have no . Vehicle license plate number. contractual limits with that company. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

In such cases, you can have control Owner Information Current and Past Models of the repair and parts choices as Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and long as the cost stays within specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current reasonable limits. to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. information about the vehicle. Service Publications The Owner Manual includes the ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday Ordering Information Maintenance Schedule for all 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time models. Service Manuals For Credit Card Orders Only In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Service Manuals have the diagnosis Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. and repair information on the Booklet. engines, transmission, axle, Or write to: suspension, brakes, electrical, RETAIL SELL PRICE: steering, body, etc. $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling Helm, Incorporated and shipping fees. P.O. Box 07130 Service Bulletins Detroit, MI 48207 Without Portfolio: Owner Service Bulletins give additional Manual only. Prices are subject to change without technical service information notice and without incurring RETAIL SELL PRICE: needed to knowledgeably service obligation. Allow ample time for $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling General Motors cars and trucks. delivery. and shipping fees. Each bulletin contains instructions All listed prices are quoted in U.S. to assist in the diagnosis and funds. Make checks payable in U.S. service of the vehicle. funds. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Reporting Safety of vehicles, it may order a Reporting Safety Defects recall and remedy campaign. to the Canadian Defects However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual Government Reporting Safety Defects problems between you, your If you live in Canada, and you to the United States dealer, or General Motors. believe that the vehicle has a safety Government defect, notify Transport Canada To contact NHTSA, you may immediately, and notify General If you believe that your vehicle call the Vehicle Safety Hotline Motors of Canada Limited. Call has a defect which could cause toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to: a crash or could cause injury or (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Transport Canada death, you should immediately http://www.safercar.gov; or Road Safety Branch inform the National Highway write to: 2780 Sheffield Road Traffic Safety Administration Administrator, NHTSA Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. General Motors. Washington, D.C. 20590 If NHTSA receives similar You can also obtain other complaints, it may open an information about motor investigation, and if it finds that vehicle safety from a safety defect exists in a group http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders to General Motors Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data In addition to notifying NHTSA Privacy Recorder (EDR). The main purpose (or Transport Canada) in a situation of an EDR is to record, in certain like this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations, sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: information about the vehicle’s hitting a road obstacle, data that will Chevrolet Motor Division performance and how it is driven. assist in understanding how a Chevrolet Customer For example, the vehicle uses vehicle's systems performed. The Assistance Center computer modules to monitor and EDR is designed to record data P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission related to vehicle dynamics and Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed (English) or 1-800-263-7854 to record such data as: (French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. Customer Communication Centre, data to help the dealer technician . Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. as radio pre-sets, seat positions, . How fast the vehicle was and temperature settings. traveling. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

This data can help provide a better manufacturer, other parties, such OnStar® understanding of the circumstances as law enforcement, that have the in which crashes and injuries occur. special equipment, can read the If the vehicle is equipped with an active OnStar system, that system Important: EDR data is recorded information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. may also record data in crash or by the vehicle only if a non-trivial near crash‐like situations. The crash situation occurs; no data is GM will not access this data or OnStar Terms and Conditions recorded by the EDR under normal share it with others except: with the provides information on data driving conditions and no personal consent of the vehicle owner or, collection and use and is available data (e.g., name, gender, age, if the vehicle is leased, with the in the OnStar glove box kit, at and crash location) is recorded. consent of the lessee; in response www.onstar.com (U.S.) or However, other parties, such as to an official request by police or www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by law enforcement, could combine similar government office; as part of pressing the Q button and the EDR data with the type of GM's defense of litigation through personally identifying data routinely the discovery process; or, as speaking to an advisor. acquired during a crash required by law. Data that GM investigation. collects or receives may also be Navigation System To read data recorded by an EDR, used for GM research needs or may If the vehicle has a navigation special equipment is required, and be made available to others for system, use of the system may access to the vehicle or the EDR is research purposes, where a need is result in the storage of destinations, needed. In addition to the vehicle shown and the data is not tied to a addresses, telephone numbers, and specific vehicle or vehicle owner. other trip information. Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an Identification (RFID) Statement authorized service facility could void RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that authorization to use this equipment. vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada as key fobs for remote door locking/ Standards RSS‐210/220/310. unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: door openers. RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause personal information or link with any interference. other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any personal information. interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont.) Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 What Will You See After Assistance Program, Accessories and an Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-44 Roadside ...... 13-7, 13-9 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag Audio Players ...... 7-14 Accessory Power ...... 9-32 Inflate? ...... 3-41 CD ...... 7-14 Active Fuel Management® . . . . . 9-34 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-39 CD/DVD ...... 7-19 Add-On Electrical Airbags Audio System Equipment ...... 9-91 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-19 Radio Reception ...... 7-12 Adding a Snow Plow or Readiness Light ...... 5-18 Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-45 Similar Equipment ...... 9-91 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Adjustable Throttle and Vehicles ...... 3-49 Automatic Brake Pedal ...... 9-28 System Check ...... 3-37 Dimming Mirrors ...... 2-20 Adjustments Alarm System Door Locks ...... 2-9 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-6 Anti-Theft ...... 2-14 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-15 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 Level Control ...... 9-54 Air Vents ...... 8-13 Antenna Automatic Transmission ...... 9-37 Airbag Rear Side Window ...... 7-13 Fluid ...... 10-12 Adding Equipment to the Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 Manual Mode ...... 9-40 Vehicle ...... 3-50 Anti-Theft Shift Lock Control Airbag System Alarm System ...... 2-14 Function Check ...... 10-32 Check ...... 3-51 Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-43 Auxiliary How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 Restrain? ...... 3-43 System (ABS) ...... 9-50 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-30 Passenger Sensing Warning Light ...... 5-24 Axle, Front ...... 10-29 System ...... 3-45 Appearance Care Axle, Rear ...... 10-30 What Makes an Airbag Exterior ...... 10-93 Inflate? ...... 3-43 Interior ...... 10-96 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

B Bulb Replacement (cont.) Cautions, Danger, and Headlamps ...... 10-36 Warnings ...... iv Battery ...... 10-28 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-37 CD Player ...... 7-14 Jump Starting ...... 10-83 Taillamps, Turn Signal, CD/DVD Player ...... 7-19 Load Management ...... 6-9 Stoplamps, and Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Power Protection ...... 6-9 Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-36 Center Seat ...... 3-4 Voltage and Charging Buying New Tires ...... 10-61 Chains, Tire ...... 10-66 Messages ...... 5-36 Charging Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-33 System Light ...... 5-20 Bluetooth ...... 7-47 C Check Brake Calibration ...... 5-6 Engine Light ...... 5-20 Pedal and Adjustable California Ignition Throttle ...... 9-28 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-68 Transmission Lock ...... 10-32 Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-23 Perchlorate Materials Child Restraints Brakes ...... 10-26 Requirements ...... 10-3 Infants and Young Antilock ...... 9-50 Warning ...... 10-2 Children ...... 3-54 Assist ...... 9-51 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-62 Lower Anchors and Fluid ...... 10-27 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Tethers for Children ...... 3-61 Parking ...... 9-51 Capacities and Older Children ...... 3-52 System Messages ...... 5-37 Specifications ...... 12-2 Securing ...... 3-69, 3-72 Braking ...... 9-3 Carbon Monoxide Systems ...... 3-57 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-27 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-35 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-39 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Liftgate ...... 2-10, 2-12 Cleaning Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Winter Driving ...... 9-19 Exterior Care ...... 10-93 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-36 Cargo Interior Care ...... 10-96 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Cover ...... 4-2 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Driver Information Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Offices ...... 13-5 Center (DIC) ...... 5-27 Dual Automatic ...... 8-4 Text Telephone (TTY) Driving Heating ...... 8-1 Users ...... 13-6 Characteristics and Rear ...... 8-10, 8-11 Customer Information Towing Tips ...... 9-73 Clock ...... 5-8 Service Publications Defensive ...... 9-2 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-12 Ordering Information ...... 13-14 Drunk ...... 9-2 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-11 Customer Satisfaction Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Compass ...... 5-6 Procedure ...... 13-2, 13-4 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-18 Continuous Damping If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-21 Control (CDC) ...... 9-54 D Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-11 Off-Road ...... 9-6 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-17 Danger, Warnings, and Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Coolant Cautions ...... iv Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-22 Engine ...... 10-17 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-16 Wet Roads ...... 9-17 Engine Temperature Daytime Running Winter ...... 9-19 Gauge ...... 5-16 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Driving for Better Fuel Cooling System ...... 10-16 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Economy ...... 1-28 Engine Messages ...... 5-38 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 Dual Automatic Climate Courtesy Transportation Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-30 Control System ...... 8-4 Program ...... 13-10 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 DVD Cover Door Rear Seat Entertainment Cargo ...... 4-2 Ajar Messages ...... 5-37 System ...... 7-34 Cruise Control ...... 9-55 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-19 Light ...... 5-27 Locks ...... 2-8 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Power Locks ...... 2-8 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

E Engine (cont.) Filter, Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-15 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-15 E85 Fuel ...... 9-69 Overheated Protection Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Electrical Equipment, Operating Mode ...... 10-23 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Add-On ...... 9-91 Overheating ...... 10-21 Flat Tire ...... 10-66 Electrical System Power Messages ...... 5-40 Changing ...... 10-69 Engine Compartment Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Floor Mats ...... 10-100 Fuse Block ...... 10-39 Running While Parked ...... 9-36 Fluid Fuses and Circuit Starting ...... 9-29 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12 Breakers ...... 10-39 Engine Oil Brakes ...... 10-27 Instrument Panel Fuse Life System ...... 10-10 Four-Wheel Drive Block ...... 10-43 Messages ...... 5-39 Transfer Case ...... 9-43, 9-47 Overload ...... 10-38 Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Power Steering ...... 10-24 Engine Equipment, Towing ...... 9-82 Washer ...... 10-25 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-15 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-16 Fog Lamps Check and Service Engine Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Bulb Replacement ...... 6-6 Soon Light ...... 5-20 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-35 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-19 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Four-Wheel Coolant ...... 10-17 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Drive ...... 10-29, 9-43, 9-47 Coolant Temperature Front Axle ...... 10-29 Gauge ...... 5-16 Front Fog Lamp Cooling System ...... 10-16 F Light ...... 5-26 Cooling System Messages . . .5-38 Fan Front Seats Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Engine ...... 10-23 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Exhaust ...... 9-35 Features Heated ...... 3-9 Fan ...... 10-23 Memory ...... 1-9 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-10 Heater ...... 9-31 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Fuel ...... 9-67 G H Additives ...... 9-68 Garage Door Opener ...... 5-54 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-36 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-69 Programming ...... 5-54 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Filling a Portable Fuel Gasoline Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Container ...... 9-72 Specifications ...... 9-68 Headlamps Filling the Tank ...... 9-70 Gauges Aiming ...... 10-34 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-68 Engine Coolant Automatic ...... 6-3 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-68 Temperature ...... 5-16 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Gauge ...... 5-14 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-15 Daytime Running Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Fuel ...... 5-14 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Management, Active ...... 9-34 Odometer ...... 5-13 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Recommended ...... 9-68 Speedometer ...... 5-13 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Requirements, California . . . . .9-68 Tachometer ...... 5-13 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 System Messages ...... 5-40 Trip Odometer ...... 5-13 Heated Fuel Economy Voltmeter ...... 5-17 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Driving ...... 1-28 Warning Lights and Heated and Ventilated Front Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-82 Indicators ...... 5-11 Seats ...... 3-10 Fuses General Information Heated Front Seats ...... 3-9 Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-19 Fuse Block ...... 10-39 Towing ...... 9-73 Heater Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Engine ...... 9-31 Breakers ...... 10-39 Glass Replacement ...... 10-34 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 Instrument Panel Fuse Glove Box ...... 4-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Block ...... 10-43 GM Mobility Reimbursement Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Program ...... 13-7 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-18 Hood ...... 10-5 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

Horn ...... 5-5 L Lighting How to Wear Safety Belts Entry ...... 6-8 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-47 Properly ...... 3-24 Exit ...... 6-8 Lamp Messages ...... 5-41 Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Lamps Lights I Auxiliary Roof Airbag Readiness ...... 5-18 Ignition Positions ...... 9-28 Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 Antilock Brake System Ignition Transmission Lock Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-24 Check ...... 10-32 Dome ...... 6-7 Brake System Warning ...... 5-23 Immobilizer ...... 2-15 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Charging System ...... 5-20 Infants and Young Children, Exterior Lamps Off Cruise Control ...... 5-27 Restraints ...... 3-54 Reminder ...... 6-2 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-25 Infotainment ...... 7-1 License Plate ...... 10-37 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-12 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-20 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-26 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Reading ...... 6-8 High-Beam On ...... 5-26 Introduction ...... iii Lap Belt ...... 3-34 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-28 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-26 LATCH System J Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-17 Replacing Parts After a Jump Starting ...... 10-83 Security ...... 5-26 Crash ...... 3-69 StabiliTrak® LATCH, Lower Anchors and Indicator ...... 5-24 Tire Pressure ...... 5-25 K Tethers for Children ...... 3-61 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-24 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-41 Level Control Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-54 Keyless Entry Automatic ...... 9-54 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Liftgate Keys ...... 2-2 Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-10, 2-12 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

Locks Manual Mirrors ...... 2-18 Mirrors Automatic Door ...... 2-9 Manual Mode ...... 9-40 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-20 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Automatic Dimming Door ...... 2-8 Messages Rearview ...... 2-20 Lockout Protection ...... 2-9 Airbag System ...... 5-43 Convex ...... 2-17 Power Door ...... 2-8 Anti-Theft Alarm System ...... 5-43 Folding ...... 2-19 Safety ...... 2-9 Battery Voltage and Heated ...... 2-19 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Charging ...... 5-36 Manual ...... 2-18 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Brake System ...... 5-37 Manual Rearview ...... 2-20 Lower Anchors and Tethers Door Ajar ...... 5-37 Park Tilt ...... 2-20 for Children (LATCH Engine Cooling System ...... 5-38 Power ...... 2-18 System) ...... 3-61 Engine Oil ...... 5-39 Trailer Tow ...... 2-18 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-6 Engine Power ...... 5-40 Monitor System, Tire Front Seats ...... 3-6 Fuel System ...... 5-40 Pressure ...... 10-55 Key and Lock ...... 5-41 M Lamp ...... 5-41 N Maintenance Object Detection System . . . . .5-41 Navigation Records ...... 11-10 Ride Control System ...... 5-42 Vehicle Data Recording Maintenance Schedule Tire ...... 5-44 and Privacy ...... 13-17 Recommended Fluids and Transmission ...... 5-44 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-27 Lubricants ...... 11-7 Vehicle ...... 5-36 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-3 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-45 Transfer Case ...... 9-43, 9-47 Washer Fluid ...... 5-46 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-20 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

O Outlets Personalization Power ...... 5-9 Vehicle ...... 5-46 Object Detection System Overheated Engine Phone Messages ...... 5-41 Protection Bluetooth ...... 7-47 Object Detection, Side Blind Operating Mode ...... 10-23 Power Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-60 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-21 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Odometer ...... 5-13 Mirrors ...... 2-18 Trip ...... 5-13 Outlets ...... 5-9 Off-Road ...... 9-6 P Protection, Battery ...... 6-9 Driving ...... 9-6 Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-32 Recovery ...... 9-5 Shifting Into ...... 9-32 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Oil Shifting Out of ...... 9-34 Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Engine ...... 10-8 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-20 Windows ...... 2-22 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Parking Power Assist Steps ...... 2-14 Engine Oil Pressure Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-58 Pregnancy, Using Safety Gauge ...... 5-15 Brake ...... 9-51 Belts ...... 3-34 Messages ...... 5-39 Brake and P (Park) Privacy Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Mechanism Check ...... 10-32 Radio Frequency Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-52 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-34 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-18 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Passenger Airbag Status ® Program OnStar System ...... 1-30 Indicator ...... 5-19 Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-10 Operation, Infotainment Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-45 Proposition 65 Warning, System ...... 7-3 Perchlorate Materials California ...... 10-2 Ordering Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Service Publications ...... 13-14 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

R Rearview Mirror Replacing Safety Belt Automatic Dimming ...... 2-20 System Parts After a Radio Frequency Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-20 Crash ...... 3-36 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-18 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-7 Reporting Safety Defects Statement ...... 13-18 Recommended Fluids and Canadian Government ...... 13-15 Radios Lubricants ...... 11-7 General Motors ...... 13-16 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 Recommended Fuel ...... 9-68 U.S. Government ...... 13-15 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-19 Records Restraints Reception ...... 7-12 Maintenance ...... 11-10 Where to Put ...... 3-60 Satellite ...... 7-9 Recreational Vehicle Retained Accessory Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Towing ...... 10-87 Power (RAP) ...... 9-32 Rear Axle ...... 10-30 Reimbursement Program, Ride Control Systems Locking ...... 9-54 GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Messages ...... 5-42 Rear Climate Control Remote Keyless Entry Roads System ...... 8-10, 8-11 (RKE) System ...... 2-2, 2-3 Driving, Wet ...... 9-17 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Roadside Assistance System ...... 7-45 Replacement Program ...... 13-7, 13-9 Rear Seat Entertainment Glass ...... 10-34 Roof System ...... 7-34 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-38 Sunroof ...... 2-23 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-45 Replacement Parts Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Rear Seats Airbags ...... 3-52 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-59 Heated ...... 3-11 Maintenance ...... 11-9 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Rear Side Window Antenna . . . 7-13 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-52 Running the Vehicle While Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Replacing LATCH System Parked ...... 9-36 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-62 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-69 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

S Seats (cont.) Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-49 Heated Front ...... 3-9 Shift Lock Control Function Safety Belts ...... 3-20 Heated, Rear ...... 3-11 Check, Automatic Care ...... 3-36 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-6 Transmission ...... 10-32 Extender ...... 3-35 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Shifting How to Wear Safety Belts Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-7 Into Park ...... 9-32 Properly ...... 3-24 Second Row ...... 3-12 Out of Park ...... 9-34 Lap Belt ...... 3-34 Third Row Seat ...... 3-16 Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 9-60 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-28 Second Row Seats ...... 3-12 Signals, Turn and Reminders ...... 5-17 Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-79 Lane-Change ...... 6-5 Replacing After a Crash ...... 3-36 Securing Child Snow Plow ...... 9-91 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-34 Restraints ...... 3-69, 3-72 Specifications and Safety Defects Reporting Security Capacities ...... 12-2 Canadian Government ...... 13-15 Light ...... 5-26 Speedometer ...... 5-13 General Motors ...... 13-16 Vehicle ...... 2-14 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . . 5-24 U.S. Government ...... 13-15 Service StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-52 Safety Locks ...... 2-9 Accessories and Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Safety System Check ...... 3-35 Modifications ...... 10-3 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-31 Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Starting the Engine ...... 9-29 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-3 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-20 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-10 Steering ...... 9-4 Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 Fluid, Power ...... 10-24 Seats Maintenance, General Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Information ...... 11-1 Wheel Controls ...... 5-3 Center Seat ...... 3-4 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Steps Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Publications Ordering Power Assist ...... 2-14 Heated and Ventilated Information ...... 13-14 Front ...... 3-10 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-10 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Third-Row Seats ...... 3-16 Tires (cont.) Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-28 Wheel Alignment and Tire Storage Time ...... 5-8 Balance ...... 10-65 Rear ...... 4-2 Tires Wheel Replacement ...... 10-65 Storage Areas Buying New Tires ...... 10-61 When It Is Time for New Armrest ...... 4-2 Chains ...... 10-66 Tires ...... 10-60 Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Changing ...... 10-69 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-41 Center Console ...... 4-2 Designations ...... 10-49 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-24 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Different Size ...... 10-62 Towing Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Full-Size Spare ...... 10-82 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-73 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-21 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-66 Equipment ...... 9-82 Sun Visors ...... 2-23 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-56 General Information ...... 9-73 Sunroof ...... 2-23 Inspection ...... 10-59 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-87 Symbols ...... iv Messages ...... 5-44 Trailer ...... 9-77 System Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Vehicle ...... 10-87 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-55 Trailer Roof Rack ...... 4-3 Rotation ...... 10-59 Tow Mirrors ...... 2-18 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-79 Trailer Towing ...... 9-77 T Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-47 Transfer Case ...... 9-43, 9-47 Tachometer ...... 5-13 Terminology and Transmission Taillamps Definitions ...... 10-51 Automatic ...... 9-37 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Uniform Tire Quality Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-12 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Grading ...... 10-63 Messages ...... 5-44 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-16 Transportation Program, Immobilizer ...... 2-15 Courtesy ...... 13-10 Trip Odometer ...... 5-13 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle (cont.) Wheels Signals ...... 6-5 Remote Start ...... 2-5 Alignment and Tire Turn Signal Security ...... 2-14 Balance ...... 10-65 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Towing ...... 10-87 Different Size ...... 10-62 Vehicle Care Replacement ...... 10-65 U Tire Pressure ...... 10-53 When It Is Time for New Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-58 Vehicle Identification Tires ...... 10-60 Uniform Tire Quality Service Parts Identification Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-60 Grading ...... 10-63 Label ...... 12-1 Windows ...... 2-21 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-54 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-13 Power ...... 2-22 Operation ...... 5-59 Visors ...... 2-23 Windshield Programming ...... 5-54 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-17 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-5 Using this Manual ...... iv Winter W Driving ...... 9-19 V Warning Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-33 Brake System Light ...... 5-23 Wipers Vehicle Rear Washer ...... 5-6 Canadian Owners ...... iii Warning Lights, Gauges, Control ...... 9-3 and Indicators ...... 5-11 Identification Warnings ...... iv Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Load Limits ...... 9-22 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Messages ...... 5-36 Washer Fluid ...... 10-25 Personalization ...... 5-46 Washer Fluid Messages ...... 5-46 Reminder Messages ...... 5-45